PITMAN-MOORE  COMPANY 

PHARMACEUTICAL  and 
BIOIOGICAL  CHEMISTS 


INDIANAPOLIS,  U-  S-A 


VETERINARY  CATALOGUE 


WITH  NOTES  ON 


lOBERN  BIOLOGICAL  THERAPY 


-^  ^-r^-v. 


3  9090  014  531    285 


VVtiusier  rarniiy  Liorary  ot  veieriaary  Medicine 
Cumrnings  School  of  Veterinary  Medicine  at 
Tufts  University 
200  Westboro  Road 
North  Grafton,  MA  01 536 


DESCRIPTIVE  CATALOGUE 

(With  Current  Prices) 


OF 


STANDARD 
PHARMACEUTICAL 

AND 

BIOLOGICAL  PRODUCTS 

FOR  THE 

VETERINARIAN 


WITH  NOTES  ON 

MODERN 
BIOLOGICAL  THERAPY 


Copyright,  1922 

PITMAN-MOORE  COMPANY 

Pharmaceutical  and  Biological  Chemists 
Indianapolis,  U.  S.  A. 


INDEX 


A  Pane 

Absorbent  Cotton 186 

Alcumethone,   Oint 39 

Aloin  Compound,  Bolus 21 

Aloin  Compound  B,  Bolus 22 

Alum  Powder  Comp.,  Dr.  McKil- 

lip    17 

Ammonia  Aromatic,   Spirit  of , .   80 
Ammonium    Chloride    and    Stra- 
monium Comp.,  Electuary....   31 
Ammonia   Comp.,    Compactoid..   26 

Anthrax  Products  101 

Anti-Blackleg    Serum 88 

Anti-Calf-Scour-Serum    88 

Anti-Distemper   Serum,   Canine.   88 

Anti-Flatulence  Bolules 22 

Anti-Hemorrhagic        Septicemia 

Serum    (for  Cattle) 89 

Anti-Hemorrhagic    Septi  c  e  m  i  a 

Serum  (for  Rabbits) 89 

Anti-Hemorrhagic    Septi  c  e  m  i  a 

Serum    (for  Swine) 90 

Anti-Hog-Cholera    Serum    87 

Anti-Metritis      Bolules      (for 

Swine)    23 

Anti-Mixed-I  nfection    Serum 

(Swine)    90 

Antimony  and  Areca  Compound, 

Bolules    23 

Anti-Sera    88 

Antiseptic  Dusting  Powders.  .17-18 
Antiseptic   Dusting   Powders 

(with  private  label) 18 

Antiseptic  Tablets   47  and  53 

Anti-Snuffles    Serum    (for    Rab- 
bits)        89 

Anti-Toxin,  Tetanus 91 

Aromatic  Spirits  Ammonia 80 

Arsenic  Comp.,  Compactoid....  26 
Arsenic  and  Iron  Comp.,  Powder  44 
Autogenous  Bacterins   93 

B 

Bacterins    92 

Backus'  Vermifuge  Comp 50 


Page 

Balling  Guns   (Swine)    24 

Bandages   187 

Barium     Chloride     and     Tartar 
Emetic.    Tablets,    Description, 

Price    54 

Bichloride  Tablets    53 

Biologies    83-102 

Biological  Depots X 

Biological  Laboratories 84 

Biological  Therapy,  Notes  on.. 

107-179 

Blackleg  Filtrate 99 

Blackleg  Products    88  and  99 

Blisters,  Veterinary   19-20 

Blister  Liquid,  Wagner 20 

Blister  Salve 20 

Bolules    22 

Bolules   Anti-Flatulence    22 

Bolules    Anti-Metritis    (for 

Swine)     23 

Bolules    Antimony  and   Areca 

Compound    23 

Bolules  Utero  23 

Bolules,  Veterinary 21 

Bolus  Aloin  Compound 21 

Bottles,  Prescription    182 

Breakage,  Claims  for XI 

Buchu-Juniper  and   Acetate  Po- 
tassium-Elixir      32 

Branch  House  Addresses X 

Breakage  and  Shortage XI 


Cable  Code   103 

Calf-Scour   (Anti-Serum)    88 

Calf-Scour-Mixed-Bacterin    94 

Calistrychnos,  Elixir   32 

Camphor  Comp.,   Liniment, 

White  and  Pink   77 

Camphor  in  Oil,  see  Camphoules  35 

Camphoules,  Hysolvets  35 

Canine  Tablets 61-67 

Cannabis  Com.p.,  Syrup 47 


Page 

Cantharides  and  Croton  Oil 

Comp.,  Blister   19 

Capsiphor    27 

Capsosal  27 

Capsules  Cathartic 22 

Capsules,  Empty  183 

Capsules  Santaloin  Comp.,    (for 

Swine)     24 

Cascara  Flavored  Liquid 38 

Cathartic  Capsules  22 

Cerates   78 

Cerate  Cantharides 20 

Chemicals    189 

Chicken  Cholera  Tablets  (see 
Tablets  Mercury  Bichloride 
and    Phen  olsulphonates 

Comp 56 

Chicken  Pox  Vaccine 100 

Chloral  Compound  with  Potass, 

Brom 25 

Chloramine  T,  Solutabs 46 

Claims   for  Breakage XI 

Cocaine  Tablets  for  Solution...  59 

Code,  Telegraph  and  Cable 103 

Coloring  Solution   25 

Colors    25 

Compactoids    26 

Compactoid  Ammonia  Comp. ...   26 

Compactoid  Arsenic  Comp 26 

Compactoid  Capsiphor    27 

Compactoid    Pruni-Pinus    Comp.  27 

Compound   Alum    Powder 17 

Compound   Alum   Powder    (with 

private  label)    18 

Compound  Zinc  Powder  18 

Cordial  Krameria  Comp.,  (see 
Rumeria  Astringent)    45 

Corks,  Prescription 184 

Cotton,  Absorbent 186 

Cougji  and  Cold  Remedy  No.  3. .   28 

Cow  Drench   2S 

Cre-Guiatone   29 

Creo-Pinus  Compound   29 

Creosote  and  Eucalyptus  Comp.  30 
Cresol     Solutions      (See     Kreu- 
camph,  Page  37  and  Solution 
Cresylic  Acid  Comp.,  Page...   79 


Page 

Cresylic   Acid   Compound,   Solu- 
tion     79 

Crude  and  Powdered  Drugs  . . .  .189 


Depots,  Biological    X 

Digitalis     and     Lobelia     Comp., 

Elixir     33 

Distemper  Mixed   Bacterin   (for 

Horses)     94 

Distemper  Serum,  Canine 88 

Distributors   of  Biologies X 

Dose  Syringes    184 

Dusting  Powders  17-18 

E 

Echi  Chloride 31 

Electuary    Ammonium    Chloride 
and  Stramonium  Compound..   31 

Elixirs     68-69 

Elixir   Buchu  Juniper  and  Ace- 
tate Potassium 32 

Elixir  Calistrychnos  32 

Elixir     Digitalis      and      Lobelia 

Comp 33 

Elixir  Ferrogen  33 

Elixir  Uva  Ursi  Comp 34 

Equi-Lax     34 

Equine  Influenza  Mixed  Bacterin  96 

Ether,  Nitrous,  Oil  of 38 

Ether,  Nitrous,  Spirit  of 80 

Extracts,   Fluid    70-76 

F 

Ferrogen  Elixir   33 

Filtrate,  Blackleg   99 

Fluidextracts    70-76 

Fluidextract  Nux  Vomica 74 

Fowl  Cholera  Bacterin 95 

Fowl  Cholera  Tablets,  (See  Tab- 
lets   Mercury    Bichloride    and 
Phenolsulphonates   Comp.    ...   56 
Fowler's  Solution 79 


IV 


G  Page 

Gauze 187 

Gauze  Bandages    187 

General  Information   XI 

Gentian  and  Nux  Vomica  Comp., 

Powder    44 

Goulard's  Extract  79 

Guns,  Balling  (Swine)    24 


H 


Hemorrhagic    Septicemia    Anti- 
Serum   (for  Cattle)    89 

Hemorrhagic    Septicemia    Anti- 
Serum   (for  Rabbits)    89 

Hemorrhagic    Septicemia    Anti- 
Serum  (for  Swine) 90 

Hemorrhagic     Septicemia     Bac- 

terin  (for  Cattle)    95 

Hemorrhagic     Septicemia     Bac- 

terin   (for  Sheep) 95 

Hemorrhagic     Septicemia     Bac- 

terin  (for  Swine)    96 

Hemorrhagic     Septicemia     Vac- 
cine (for  Cattle)   101 

Hog  Cholera  Serum 87 

Hog  Cholera  Virus 87 

Hypodermic  Needles   184 

Hypodermic  Syringes    185 

Hypodermic  Tablets 58-60 

Hysolvets     35 

Hysolvets  Camphoules    35 

Hysolvets   Sodium   Cacodylate..   36 


Influenza  Mixed  Bacterin  Equine  96 

Information,  General XI 

Iodine  Soluble   37 

Iodine,  Tincture 81 

lodocan.  Blister 20 

Iron  Chloride,  Tinct 81 


Krameria    Comp.,    Cordial    (See 

Rumeria   Astringent)     45 

Kreucamph    37 


L  Page 

Laboratories,  Biological    84 

Laxothalen  Tablets    66 

Liability   XII 

Ligatures  187 

Liniments    77 

See  also  Capsiphor   27 

Liniment     Camphor     Comp., 

White  and  Pink   77 

Liniment    Solidified     (See    Cap- 

sosal)     27 

Liquid  Blister,  Wagner 20 

Liquid  Cascara  Flavored 38 

Liquid   Soap    38 

Liquor  Cresolis  Compositus  (See 

Solution  Cresylic  Acid  Comp.)  79 
Lugol's  Solution   79 


M 


Mail  Orders  XIII 

Mail  Service  Dept XIII 

Mastitis    Mixed    Bacterin     (for 

Cattle)     96 

Melpinol  Comp.,  Syrup  48 

Mercuric  Oxide,  Yellow,  Oint...   41 
Mercuric-Potassium   Iodide,   Sol- 

utabs    47 

Mercury  Bichloride  and  Phenol- 
sulphonates  Compound  Tab- 
lets        56 

Metritis  Mixed  Bacterin  (Cat- 
tle)        96 

Mixed  Bacterin  (for  Swine) 98 

Mixed  Infection,  Anti-Serum 
(for  Swine)   90 


N 


Needles,  Hypodermic 184 

Needles,  Surgical    186 

Nitroglycerin,  Spirit  of 80 

Nitrous  Ether,  Oil   38 

Nitrous  Ether,  Spirit  of 80 

Normal  Horse  Serum    91 

Notes   on   Biological   Therapy.. 

107-179 

Nux  Vomica,  FE 74 


O  Fage 

Oakum    187 

Oils,  Essential  and  Fixed 200 

Oil  Nitrous  Ether 38 

Ointments    77 

Ointment  Alcumethone 39 

Ointment     Bismuth     Subgallate 

Compound   (See  Pellitol)    42 

Ointments,  Blistering 19-20 

Ointments,  Ophthalmic   40 

Ointment  Pellitol    42 

Ointment  Phycamphol 39 

Ophthalmic  Ointments    40 

Ophthalmic  Solutions    41 

P 

Parcel  Post  Shipments XII 

Pellitol    42 

Pituitary  Extract 102 

Phycamphol,  Ointment   39 

Pig-Scour  Mixed  Bacterin   98 

Plasters,  Adhesive   188 

Powders   43 

Powder  Arsenic  and  Iron  Com- 
pound       44 

Powder  Gentian  and  Nux  Vom- 
ica Compound    '44 

Powders,  Dusting   17-18 

Powder    Sulphocarbolates    Com- 
pound       43 

Pruni-Pinus      Compound,      Com- 

pactoid    27 

Pyo-Bismuth  Paste   42 

R 

Rabies  Vaccine   102 

Roup  Bacterin   (See  Mixed  Bac- 
terin  (for  Fowls)    97 

Rumeria  Astringent 45 

S 

Sabismul    45 

Santaloin  Comp.,  Capsules 24 

Scarlet  Oil  Compound  46 

Sera   88 

Serum,  Anti-Calf-Scour   88 

Serum,  Anti-Hemorrhagic  Septi- 
cemia (Cattle)   89 


Page 

Serum,    Anti-Hemorrhagic    Sep- 
ticemia (Rabbits)    89 

Serum,  Anti-Hemorrhagic  Septi- 
cemia (Swine)    90 

Serum,  Anti-Hog-Cholera   87 

Serum  Syringes 185 

Shipping  Routes   XI 

Snuffles,    Anti-Serum    (for   Rab- 
bits)        89^ 

Snuffles,  Bacterin  (for  Rabbits)  97 

Soap,  Liquid   38 

Sodium  Cacodylate,  Hysolvets..   36 
Solidified  Liniment   (See  Capso- 

sal)     27 

Soluble  Iodine    37 

Solutabs    46 

Solutions    79 

Solutions,  Coloring 25 

Solutions,     Cresol      (See     Kreu- 
camph  37  and  Solution  Cresy- 

lic  Acid  Compound  79 

Solution  Cresylic  Acid  Comp.  . .   79 

Solutions,  Ophthalmic  41 

Specialties   17-51 

Speculum   25 

Spirits     80 

Spirits  Ammonia  Aromatic    ....   80 

Spirits  Nitrous  Ether 80 

Strep-Staph-Coli    Bacterin     (for 

'  Cattle)     98 

Strep-Staph-Coli     Bacterin     (for 

Horses)     99 

Sulphocarbolates     Comp.,     Pow- 
der      43 

Sundries     182 

Surgical  Needles  186 

Sutures     187 

Swine  Balling  Guns  24 

Swine  Mouth  Speculum   24 

Swine  Plague,  Anti-Serum 90 

Bacterin    96 

Syringes,  Dose 184 

Syringes,    Hypodermic    185 

Syringes,   Serum  and  Virus 185 

Syrup  Cannabis  Comp 47 

Syrup  Melpinol  Comp 48 

Syrup  White  Pine  Comp..  No.  2 .   48 


T  Page 

Tablets  Antiseptic    53 

Tablets     Barium    Chloride    and 

Tartar  Emetic   54 

Tablets  Bichloride    53 

Tablets  Cocaine  for  Solution...   59 

Tablets  Coloring— For  Oils 26 

Tablets  for  Canine  Practice.  .61-67 

Tablets   Hypodermic    58-60 

Tablets  Laxothalen 66 

Tablets  Mercury  Bichloride  and 
Phenolsulphonates    Compound  56 

Tablets  Veterinary 53-58 

Tartar  Emetic  and  Barium  Chlo- 
ride,   Tablets,   Description, 

Prices   54 

Telegraph  and  Cable  Code 103 

Terms,  etc XI 

Terragene    48 

Tetanus  Antitoxin 91 

Thermometers,  Clinical 186 

Thycamphone   49 

Tinctures   80-82 

Tuberculins     99-100 

Tuberculin  Testing,  Notes  on. .  .172 
Turcapsol     49 


U  Page 

Utero  Bolules 23 

Uva  Ursi  Comp.,  Elixir 34 

V 

Vaccines   100-101 

Vermifuge  Capsules,  swine 24 

Vermifuge  Comp.,  Backus 50 

Veterinary  Biologies   83-102 

Veterinary  Hypodermic  Tablets 

58-60 

Veterinary  Specialties  17-51 

Veterinary  Tablets 52-58 

Virus,  Hog  Cholera 87 

W 

Wagner,  Liquid  Blister 20 

White  Pine  Comp.,  No.  2,  Syrup  48 


Zeamantine  Compound   51 

Zinc  Oxide  Ointment 78 

Zinc  Powder  Compound 18 


I 


The  Pitman-Moore  Policy 


F  you  but  take  the  trouble  to  dig  deep  down 
under  any  real  success,  in  business  or  else- 
where, invariably  you  find  that  it  is  founded 
on  some  basic  principle  so  sound  and  so  firmly  an- 
chored in  truth  that  nothing  can  displace  it. 

The  success  of  the  Pitman-Moore  Company  is  founded 
on  the  basic  policy,  early  adopted  by  the  founder  of  this 
business,  of  making  only  products  of  known  value,  of  put- 
ting into  these  products  the  highest  possible  quality,  and 
then  making  sure  that  these  best  possible  products  are 
administered  by  knowing  hands  only. 

For  the  Pitman-Moore  Company  has,  from  the  begin- 
ning, if  not  actually  in  a  spirit  of  awe,  at  least  in  a  spirit  of 
extreme  seriousness,  realized  to  the  utmost  its  scientific  re- 
sponsibility. 

It  is  no  small  thing  to  know  that  on  what  we  make, 
depends  whether  life  shall  be  preserved  or  shall  perish. 

It  is  no  small  thing  to  know  that  how  our  work  is  done, 
will  have  a  decided  influence  on  the  success  of  the  man  who 
puts  his  confidence  in  us,  and  actually  stakes  his  reputation 
as  a  man  of  science  on  the  purity  and  potency  of  our  prod- 
ucts. This  realization  of  our  responsibility  to  the  veterinary 
profession  is  one  of  the  real  factors  in  the  growth  and  the 
success  of  this  company. 

Next  to  their  potency  and  purity,  we  place  careful  ad- 
ministration of  our  products.  Skillfully  made  medicinal 
products  cannot  be  fully  effective,  unless  skillfully  used. 
Hence  a  fundamental  principle  of  our  policy  is  administra- 
tion of  our  products  by  knowing  hands  only.  To  us,  this 
means  confining  the  use  of  our  veterinary  products  to  Li- 
censed, Graduate  Veterinarians  only. 

To  the  maintenance  of  our  policy,  as  outlined  above, 
we  permanently  pledge  the  full  man  power  and  mind  power 
of  our  entire  organization. 

PITMAN-MOORE  COMPANY 


Branches  and  Distributors 

CHICAGO,  ILL 5609  Blackstone  Ave. 

DES  MOINES,  lA 100  Maple  St. 

LEXINGTON,  KY Cor.  MaxweU  and  High  Sts. 

LIMA,  OHIO 320  E.  Market  St. 

MADISON,  WIS. 753  E.  Washington  Aye. 

PHILADELPHIA,  PA US.  Water  St. 

SIOUX  CITY,  lA 205  Fifth  St. 

WASHINGTON  C.  H.,  OHIO 


Distributors  for  Biologies 

ATLANTA,  GA 

.  . .  .  J.  W.  Patterson  Commission  Co.,  Nat'l  Stock  Yards 

BOSTON,  MASS.   Eastern  Drug  Co. 

HAETFORD,  CONN Gladding  Drug  Co.,  56  Church  St. 

LAKE  GENEVA,  WIS Dr.  T.  H.  Ferguson 

LANSING,  MICH Dr.  S.  R.  Johnson,  406  S.  Grand 

OKLAHOMA    CITY,    OKLA. 

Drs.  Robnett  &  Espy,  125-127  W.  23rd  St. 

PASADENA,  CAL Dr.  L.  M.  Hurt,  665  N.  Fair  Oaks  Aye. 

RICHMOND,  VA 

Eraser  Yeterinary  Supply  Co.,  316-318  N.  Henry  St. 

ST.  PAUL,  MINN Marrinan  Medical  Supply,  Hamm  Bldg. 


General  Information 

Fair  dealing  with  all  our  patrons  requires  that  we  make  no  excep- 
tions to  such  rules  of  commercial  policy  as  are  necessary  for  the  proper 
conduct  of  our  business  relations  with  the  veterinary  profession  of  the 
country.  Should  any  favoritism  be  shown  to  a  single  patron,  even  that 
patron  might  suspect  that  still  greater  advantages  were  being  accorded 
to  others;  hence  we  believe  that  square  business  dealing  requires  that 
we  adhere  strictly  to  our  published  terms, 

PRICES 

All  prices  quoted  herein  are  net,  and  are  submitted  as  ruling  on  this 
date,  but  are  without  offer  and  are  subject  to  change,  as  market  condi- 
tions may  require,  without  notice. 

Since  the  policy  governing  our  sales  is  to  deal  directly  with  members 
of  the  Veterinary  Profession,  without  the  intervention  of  middlemen,  there 
is  no  necessity  for  our  publishing  fictitious  "list  prices"  with  a  varying 
scale  of  discounts. 

Prices  quoted  on  all  items  are  the  lowest  net  prices  at  which  prod- 
ucts of  the  quality  we  offer  can  legitimately  be  sold;  for  in  every  instance, 
the  quality  of  the  product  is  given  first  consideration.  Our  selling  prices 
always  are  based  on  cost  of  production,  and  necessarily  change  with  the 
market  prices  of  ingredients:  our  prices,  not  our  formulas,  change  with 
the  market. 

TERMS 

From  the  net  prices  quoted  herein,  we  allow  a  discount  of  2  per  cent 
for  cash  with  order,  or  for  payment  within  10  days  from  date  of  invoice, 
unless  otherwise  specified  upon  the  invoice.  All  invoices  are  due,  net, 
in  30  days  from  date,  unless  otherwise  specified. 

REMITTANCES 

Suitable  remittances  or  reference  should  accompany  first  orders. 
Remittances  by  draft  or  money  order  are  preferred. 

CONTAINERS 

Prices  quoted  include  containers,   except  when   otherwise  specified. 

BREAKAGE  AND  SHORTAGE 

Our  shipments  are  carefully  checked  three  times  by  trained  order 
clerks  and  are  packed  by  expert  packers.  Should  an  apparent  shortage 
occur,  customers  are  requested  to  examine  carefully  the  packing  material 
and  container,  since  small  articles  frequently  are  lost  in  this  way.  If 
unable  to  locate  a  missing  item,  please  advise  us  promptly,  enclosing 
with  your  report  the  packing  slip  which  we  place  in  each  box. 

If  goods  arrive  in  damaged  condition,  insist  upon  proper  notation 
being  made  on  the  transportation  company's  expense  bill  by  their  agent; 
unless  this  is  done  claims  cannot  be  prosecuted  successfully.  Trans- 
portation companies  act  as  agents  of  the  purchaser,  and  we  must  refer 
our  patrons  to  them  for  reparation  in  case  of  damages.  We  are  at  all 
times  pleased  to  assist  our  customers  in  proving  claims  against  the 
carrier,  but  we  cannot  assume  the  responsibility  of  collecting  them. 


PARCEL  POST  INSURANCE 

Shipments  by  Parcel  Post  are  at  the  risk  of  the  consignee  after 
delivery  to  the  postal  authorities.  Even  if  registered,  no  recovery  from 
the  government  is  possible  in  case  of  loss.  Since  our  patrons  can  be 
insured  against  loss  at  a  cost  of  1  cent  for  each  $3.00  or  less,  unless 
specifically  instructed  otherwise,  we  insure  all  Parcel  Post  shipments, 
charging  the  cost  upon  the  invoice. 

DETERIORATION 

We  hold  ourselves  responsible  for  the  condition  of  our  products 
so  long  as  packages  containing  them  are  intact,  referring  particularly 
to  removal  of  labels,  bottle  stoppers,  etc.,  but  cannot  assume  responsi- 
bility for  deterioration  of  our  products  which  have  been  opened,  or  which 
have  been  unduly  exposed  to  sunlight,  extreme  heat,  cold  or  moisture, 
or  other  deteriorating  influences  beyond  our  control,  the  products  having 
left  our  laboratories  in  proper  condition. 

THERAPEUTIC  INDICATIONS 

The  therapeutic  indications  and  uses  listed  in  the  following  pages 
necessarily  are  general  in  scope  and  character.  The  products  listed  are 
intended  for  use  only  by  those  who  are  learned  in  veterinary  medicine, 
and  capable  of  judging  whether  any  product  or  dosage  is  applicable  to 
a  given  condition,  and  whether  a  particular  formula  is  indicated  or  contra- 
indicated  in  a  particular  case. 

LIABILITY 

Our  pharmaceutical  and  biological  products  are  offered  to  the  veter- 
inary profession  as  being  of  the  best  quality  possible.  All  known  methods 
of  chemical  and  physiological  assay  and  tests  are  applied  to  our  drug 
products  to  insure  strength  and  accuracy. 

Our  veterinary  biological  products  are  produced  under  U.  S.  Gov- 
ernment license  and  inspection,  and  in  addition  to  passing  all  tests 
required  by  government  regulations,  are  submitted  to  our  own  rigid  tests 
for  purity.  Each  product  is  guaranteed  to  be  of  proper  potency  and 
purity  when  it  leaves  our  hands;  however,  since  we  have  no  control  over 
the  application  of  these  products  in  the  field,  nor  over  the  condition  and 
handling  of  the  animals  upon  which  they  are  used,  we  cannot  assume 
any  responsibility  for  the  results  obtained  from  their  use.  Purchases 
of  our  products  must  be  understood  to  signify  that  this  limitation  of 
our  responsibility  is  understood  and  accepted  by  the  purchaser. 


Our  Veterinary 
Mail  Service 

For  the  convenience  of  our  friends  in  the  profession,  we 
give  special  attention  to  the  quick  handling  of  orders  sent 
us  by  mail.  Every  mail  order  is  treated  as  a  "rush"  order, 
and  is  executed  immediately  and  shipped  by  the  first  possible 
carrier. 

Your  orders  sent  us  by  mail  will  receive  the  same  care 
and  the  same  prompt  attention  as  though  you  personally 
were  in  our  offices,  or  our  representative  was  calling  upon 
you  at  your  office. 

Our  offices  are  open  24  hours  every  day  for  receiving  and 
filling  orders  by  telegraph  or  telephone,  both  in  Indianapolis 
and  at  our  branches  and  distributors. 

Members  of  the  Veterinary  Profession  are  invited  to 
make  use  of  these  facilities  whenever  emergencies  arise  that 
require  promptness,  and  are  assured  that  they  will  not  be 
disappointed  in  the  service  we  render. 


PART  ONE 

Veterinary  Pharmaceutical 

Products  -  -  -  Pages  15  to  82 

Specialties — Boluses,  Bolules,   Blisters,   Dust- 
ing Powders,  Ointments,  Antiseptics. 

Tablets,    Fluid    Extracts,    Elixirs,    Tinctures, 
etc.,  etc. 


PART  TWO 

Veterinary  Biological  Products  Pages  84  to  102 

Anti-sera,    Antitoxins,   Bacterins,   Diagnostic 
Agents,  Vaccines,  etc. 

Notes  On  Modern  Biological 

Therapy         -          -         -         Pages  107  to  180 


PART  THREE 

Chemicals,  Sundries,  Instruments, 

Surgical  Dressings,  etc.  Pages  182  to  200 


PART  ONE 

Veterinary  Pharmaceutical 
Products 


specialties 


In  our  23  years  of  experience  as  pharmaceutical  manu- 
facturers, certain  products  of  our  laboratories  have  been 
found  to  possess  points  of  superiority  that  have  made  them 
distinctive. 

Whether  these  points  relate  to  unusual  therapeutic  value, 
or  to  pharmaceutical  elegance  of  more  than  ordinary  de- 
gree, or  to  particularly  marked  adaptability  to  the  use  or 
condition  indicated,  these  products  have  won  especial  atten- 
tion from  the  veterinary  profession  and,  through  years  of 
clinical  trial  by  many  practitioners,  have  proven  their  right 
to  be  classed  as  Specialties  in  our  pharmaceutical  line. 

For  these  reasons,  the  preparations  listed  under  the 
head  of  Specialties  in  the  following  pages  are  given  promi- 
nence in  our  catalog,  and  are  commended  to  the  profession 
with  confidence  that  they  will  meet  the  approval  of  the 
discriminating  veterinarian. 


Antiseptic  Dusting  Powders 


ALUM  POWDER  COMPOUIVD,  DR.  McKILLIP 

Prepared  from  Iodoform,  Boric  Acid,  Burnt  Alum  and 
Starch  in  the  proportions  recommended  by  Dr.  M.  H. 
McKillip  to  his  students. 

This  popular  antiseptic  dusting  powder  is  less  astringent 
than  many  commonly  used  formulae,  and  has  less  tendency 
to  the  formation  of  scar  tissue.  Its  value  is  increased  by  the 
iodoform  content,  which  enhances  its  antiseptic  and  stimu- 
lant properties  and  acts  as  an  effective  fly-repellant. 

This  powder  possesses  powerful  antiseptic,  styptic  and 
healing  properties  and  is  especially  effective  in  the  control 
of  capillary  hemorrhages  from  small  wounds  or  bruises.  Its 
free  application  will  be  followed  by  almost  immediate  arrest 
of  bleeding  and  at  the  same  time  will  prevent  access  of 
pus-forming  micro-organisms. 

When  dusted  freely  upon  cuts,  ulcers  or  suppurative 
wounds,  it  prevents  the  growth  of  many  bacteria  and  through 
its  stimulating  action  it  promotes  the  formation  of  healthy 
granulating  tissue  and  causes  rapid  healing. 

Indicated  in  all  conditions  where  a  stimulating,  antisep- 
tic and  styptic  dressing  is  required,  and  as  a  prophylactic 
measure  in  the  treatment  of  fresh  wounds. 

Supplied  in  all-metal,  sprinkler-top  cans,  which  avoid 
access  of  moisture  and  prevent  the  powder  from  caking. 
14  lb.  Sprinkler-top  cans,  per  doz $2.00 

ALUM  POWDER  COMPOUND 

Purified  Burnt  Alum,  carefully  Carbolized 
and  Camphorated,  then  reduced  to  an  im- 
palpable powder  without  heating,  thus  pre- 
serving all  of  the  therapeutic  activity  of  the 
ingredients. 


6mit9^ 


VLlM 
1*0  W  I)  K^^ 


When  a  more  strongly  astringent 
dressing  is  desired  than  the  formula 
listed  above,  this  product  is  recom- 
mended. It  is  particularly  valuable 
for  checking  the  growth  of  exuber- 
ant fungus  granulations  (proud 
flesh).  Its  use  is  followed  by  rapid 
retraction  and  healing,  and  aids  in 
preventing  wound  infection. 


14  lb.  Sprinkler-top  all-metal  cans,  per 
dozen    $2.00 


17 


18 


Specialties 


ANTISEPTIC   DUSTING   POWDER    (With   Private   Label) 

The  majority  of  our  orders  for  Antiseptic  Dusting 
Powders  call  for  these  products  to  be  supplied  under  the 
buyers  private  label. 

There  is  a  constant  demand  for  products  of  this  kind, 
and  by  supplying  them  under  his  own  name  the  veterinarian 
is  enabled  to  control  that  demand.  We  urge  the  veterinarian 
to  handle  these  products  under  his  own  label,  because  it 
brings  him  new  business,  and  brings  the  client  back  for 
additional  supplies. 

We  print  special  private  labels  for  these  powders  when 
ordered  in  quanties  of  one-half  gross  or  more,  without 
extra  charge.  Choice  of  several  styles  of  labels  are  offered, 
and  samples  of  the  different  styles  will  be  submitted  upon 
request. 

Our  special  all-metal  container  prevents  caking  of  the 
powder  through  access  of  moisture. 

14  lb.  Sprinkler-top  all-metal  cans,  with  buy- 
ers' private  label. 

Half-gross  lots    $11.50 

Gross    lots    22.00 


COMPOUND  ZINC  POWDER 

This  powder  represents:  Zinc  Stearate,  Talcum,  Burnt 
Alum,  Camphor,  Phenol,  and  Boric  Acid,  as  a  fine  ab- 
sorbent powder  free  from   gritty  or  irritating  particles. 

Compound  Zinc  Powder  possesses  absorbent,  antiseptic 
soothing  and  styptic  properties,  and  freely  used  will  control 
slight  hemorrhages,  form  an  effective  protective  dressing 
and  stimulate  repair. 

This  powder  will  appeal  to  the  practitioner  who  wants 
an  antiseptic  protective  dressing  that  will  not  cause  the 
formation  of  heavy  hard  crusts,  thus  delaying  natural  heal- 
ing processes. 

It  is  not  as  astringent  as  our  Compound  Alum  Powder. 

In  4-oz.  sprinkler-top  tins,  per  dozen. ,  ,$  2,25 
With  customer's  private  label,  per   Vz 

gross    12.75 

Per  gross    24.75 


specialties 


19 


BLISTER  CANTHAKIDES  ANT)  CROTON  OIL  COMPOUND 

Contains    Cantharides,    Croton    Oil,    Origanum    and    Red 
Mercuric   Iodide. 

This     preparation 
has  no  superior  as  a 
powerful  counter-ir- 
ritant and  vesicant. 
iKB^^^^^  This  is  the  opinion 

coMPotN^^^HI  expressed    by    many 

veterinarians     after 
giving  it  a  thorough 
trial.  It  is  a  superior 
M>i   ^^^i^^HJV      pi*eparation   because 
^  '  of  its  absolutely  de- 

pendable action  and 
great  penetrating 
>.v.'-..&.^  power;  because  it  is 
»a_  practically  painless 
[?' '  '.l^x^m^  aj^d  does  not  injure 
hair  follicles;  and 
because  it  is  effect- 
ive in  one-half  the 
quantity  of  ordinary 
blisters.  It  is  especially  indicated  in  the  treatment  of  exos- 
tosis of  bone  and  cartilage,  in  promoting  absorption  of 
chronic  and  inflammatory  deposits  as  in  chronic  pleurisy,  in 
relieving  sprained  tendons  and  spavin,  in  treatment  of  pain- 
ful swollen  joints,  bursitis,  etc. 

We  recommend  the  use  of  this  preparation  in  our  col- 
lapsible tube  package,  which  makes  it  convenient  for  dis- 
pensing and  easy  of  application.  Slip  the  label  off  the  tube 
and  write  directions  on  the  carton. 

Directions:  Clip  the  hair  close;  grease  all  around  the 
surface  to  be  blistered;  apply  the  blister  and  rub  in  lightly 
if  possible.  Repeat  the  application  if  necessary.  If  a  growth 
is  to  be  removed  puncture  the  blister  and  let  the  serum  out; 
on  the  fourth  day  following  apply  the  blister  again  if  neces- 
sary; then  cleanse  well  with  soap  and  water  and  repeat  the 
treatment  as  needed  to  produce  the  desired  result. 

Pound    jar    $2.50 

Half-pound  jar    1.35 

Fourth-pound  jar   80 

Half-ounce  collapsible  tubes,  per  doz...   2.00 
One-ounce  collapsible  tubes,  per  doz...   3.50 


20 


Specialties 


BLISTER  lODOCAN 

Contains  Gum  Euphorbia  5  per  cent,  Red  Mercuric  Iodide 
5  per  cent,  Mylabris  (Chinese  Blistering  Plies)  5  per  cent. 
Turpentine  2i/^  per  cent,  in  a  special  ointment  base. 

A  dependable  blister  for  promoting  absorption  of 
chronic  inflammatory  deposits,  for  relieving  sprained 
tendons,  and  for  the  treatment  of  spavin,  etc. 

Directions:     Clip  the  hair  closely,  protect  the  surround- 
ing surface  with  grease  and  apply  the  blister  freely  to  the 
area,  rubbing  well  into  the  skin  where  possible. 
1  lb.  can  only  $1.50 


BLISTER  SALYE 

This  salve  contains  Red  Mercuric  Iodide  10  per  cent  and 
Cantharides  10  per  cent  in  an  antiseptic,  oleaginous  base. 

Pound  jar $2.00 

Half-pound  jar    1.10 

One-half-ounce     collapsible     tubes,     per 

dozen    1.75 

One-ounce  collapsible  tubes,  per  dozen.   3.00 


CERATE  CANTHARIDES 

Contains  Cantharides  35  per  cent. 

Useful  as  a  vesicant  and  counter-irritant  in  acute 
laryngitis,  in  rheumatism  and  in  the  treatment  of  diseases 
of  the  joints,  bones,  tendons,  etc. 

34  lb.  jar $0.65 

1  lb.  jar 2.25 


BLISTER  LIQUID,  DR.  WAGNER 

Contains  Croton  Oil,  Turpentine,  Oil  of  Camphor,  Sul- 
phuric Acid  and  Kerosene  prepared  according  to  the 
formula  of  Dr.  Wagner. 

Especially  indicated  in  conditions  characterized  by 
swelling  and  rheumatic-like  pains,  in  spavin,  chronic  inflam- 
mation, etc.  This  preparation  must  be  carefully  used  as  the 
oily  base  tends  to  the  formation  of  a  multiple  bleb. 

Pint  bottle   $1.50 


Specialties 


21 


Veterinary  Boluses 

In  our  line  of  hand-made  veterinary  boluses,  we  offer  to 
the  profession  the  most  distinctive  advance  in  veterinary- 
pharmacy  of  recent  years. 

The  introduction  of  this  line  met  with  instant  approval, 
and  its  popularity  with  the  profession  has  steadily  increased. 

Our  boluses  are  so  shaped  as  to  be  easy  of  administra- 
tion, being  IS-in.  in  diameter,  2i/4-in.  in  length,  with  rounded 
ends.  They  are  coated  to  preserve  drug  activity  and  dis- 
guise bitter  taste. 

By  a  special  process  of  massing,  these  boluses  remain 
soft  and  pliable;  they  disintegrate  quickly  and  are  readily 
absorbed.  They  are  most  convenient  to  carry,  and  will  not 
break  or  crumble.  An  added  advantage  is  that  the  dosage 
can  easily  be  divided  to  suit  any  occasion,  without  discarding 
the  remainder  of  the  bolus.  They  are  supplied  in  handy 
cartons  for  carrying  in  the  medicine  case. 


BOLUS  ALOIN  COMPOUND 

Aloin    240  grs. 

Calomel   60  grs. 

Oleoresin  Capsicum  4  Min. 

*Fluidextract  Nux  Vomica    30  Min. 

Dose:     One  bolus,  repeated  if  necessary  in  48  hours. 

Bolus  Aloin  Com- 
pound  will  overcome 
the  frequently  heard 
complaint  of  practi- 

tioners,     that     they 

||0|J^^  \  '"'^  cannot     secure     afti 

P^l^r  active  aloin. 

We  have  no  hesi- 
tancy in  saying  it  is 
the  most  popular 
equine  cathartic  on 
the  market  today. 

This  Bolus  is 
strongly  recom- 
mended in  all  condi- 
tions where  thor- 
ough purgation  is 
indicated,  as  in  dyspepsias,  constipation,  impactions,  edemas 


"Standardized. 


22 


Specialties 


due  to  heart  deficiency,  the  early  stages  of  acute  infectious 
fevers  and  the  after  treatment  of  colics. 

Contra-indications — Marked  inflammation  of  the  gastro- 
intestinal tract  and  pregnancy. 

Per  box  of  24  (8  cartons  of  3  each) $3.75 

BOLUS  ALOIN  COMPOUND  "B." 

Aloin    180  grs. 

Calomel   45  grs. 

Oleoresin  Capsicum   3  min. 

*Fluidextract  Nux  Vomica 22 1^  min. 

Dosage:      One  bolus,  repeated  if  necessary  in  48  hours. 

A  lighter  formula  than  our  Bolus  Aloin  Compound,  for 
use  with  horses  of  light  or  medium  weight,  or  with  animals 
running  on  green  pasture,  or  when  a  less  drastic  purgative 
action  is  desired. 

Per  box  of  24  (8  cartons  of  3  each) $3.25 

CATHARTIC  CAPSULES 

Aloin  equivalent  to  634  grs.  of  Barbadoes  Aloes,  Oleo- 
resin Ginger  equivalent  to  60  grs.  of  powdered  Ginger, 
Strychnine  equivalent  to  60  grs.  of  powdered  Nux  Vomica, 
Calomel  30  grs. 

Per  box  of  12 $1.40 

Bolules 

We  have  adopted  this  name  to  distinguish  our  Capsule 
preparations,  containing  their  active  medicinal  contents  in 
powder  form,  from  our  Bolus  or  mass  form  of  medication. 
The  formulae  listed  below  are  based  on  practical  experiments 
and  their  increasing  usage  proves  their  value. 
•  They  are  packed  in  our  handy  packages  of  three  boluses 
to  a  carton,  eight  cartons  to  the  box.  Sold  only  in  the 
original  packages. 

BOLULES  ANTI-FLATULENCE 

Each  Bolule  contains  240  grains  of  Salicylic  Acid  with  a 
suitable  carminative. 

Dosage — Horse:  One;  may  be  repeated  every  two  hours 
for  several  doses. 

This  bolule  is  used  with  markedly  beneficial  results  in 
the  control  of  fermentation,  due  to  gastro-intestinal  disturb- 
ances. It  acts  as  a  stimulant  and  absorbent  and  retards  the 
fermentation  of  food. 

Per  box  of  24  (8  cartons  of  3  each) $2.00 

♦Standardized. 


Specialties 


23 


BOLULES  A]N TI-METKITIS  (for  Swine) 

Contains  Iodoform,  Echinacea  and  Sodium  Biborate. 
The  medicinal  ingredients  of  this  Bolule  are  the  same 
as  are  contained  in  our  Bolule  Utero,  which  has  proven  so 
popular  in  the  treatment  of  infective  conditions  of  the  bovine 
uterus. 

It  is  of  convenient  size  for  application  in  the  uterus  of 
sows,  and  will  be  found  extremely  useful  as  a  preventive 
of  infection  following  parturition  and  for  hastening  the  sepa- 
ration and  expulsion  of  retained  placental  membranes. 

Per  bottle  of     25 $1.25 

Per  bottle  of  100 4.50 

BOLULES  ANTIMONY  AND  ARECA  COMPOUND 

Each  Bolule  contains:  Antimony  and  Potassium  Tartrate 
60  grains  in  combination  with  Areca  Nut,  Ferrous  Sul- 
phate and  Quassia. 

Dosage:  One  or  two  bolules  per  day  for  five  days,  fol- 
lowed by  a  rapidly  acting  purge. 

This  bolule  is  an  effective  agent  for  removing  various 
worms  inhabiting  the  gastro-intestinal  canal  of  horses. 

Per  box  of  24  (8  cartons  of  3  each) $2.00 


BOLULES  UTERO 

Contains  Iodoform,  Echinacea  and  Sodium  Biborate. 

'  Place  capsule  well 
within  the  uterus,  or  re- 
move cap  and  distribute 
contents  over  area. 

This  bolule  is  used 
with  success  for  stimu- 
lating contraction  of  the 
uterus,  stimulating  the 
separation  of  Cotyle- 
dons and  hastening  the 
return  to  normal  condi- 
tion. Its  antiseptic  ac- 
tion prevents  infection 
and  the  use  of  sodium 
biborate  avoids  forma- 
tion of  gas  and  conse- 
quent danger  of  hemor- 
rhage or  rupture. 
Per  box  of  24  (8  cartons  of  3  each) $4.00 


24  Specialties 


CALISTRYCHNOS.   See  Elixir  Calistrychnos,  page  32. 

CATHARTIC  CAPSULES  (Equine) 

See  under  Boluses,  page  22. 

CAPSULES  SANTALOIIV  COMPOUND    (for  Swine) 

Each  capsule  contains: 

Santonin   2i^  grs. 

Aloin   2%  grs. 

Calomel 2i^  grs. 

Areca  Nut  q.s. 

In  No.  00  pink  gelatin  capsule. 

Dosage:     For  pigs  up  to  150  pounds  in  weight  1  capsule. 

The  use  of  these  capsules  eliminates  the  uncertainty 
and  waste  of  giving  vermifuges  in  the  feed.  Exact  dosage 
to  each  animal  means  complete  eradication  of  the  parasites, 
and  no  one  animal  left  to  reinfest  the  entire  herd. 

This  method  of  administering  exact  doses  of  proven 
anthelmintics  to  each  individual  animal  was  originated  by 
us,  and  first  described  in  our  book,  "Hogs — and  How  to  Keep 
Them  Healthy."  It  has  developed  a  new  and  profitable  field 
of  veterinary  practice,  and  is  an  exceedingly  popular  service 
to  swine-growers  everywhere.  Its  use  will  greatly  increase 
profits  from  swine  raising. 

Directions:  Give  with  balling  gun  (described  below). 
Place  capsule  well  back  on  tongue.  Swine  should  be  kept 
off  feed  twenty-four  hours  before  treatment,  and  should  be 
confined  in  a  small  area  that  can  be  thoroughly  limed 
twenty-four  hours  after  treatment,  thus  preventing  reinfesta- 
tion.  Badly  infested  herds  should  receive  a  second  treatment 
in  10  to  14  days. 

Bottles    of      100 $  11.50 

Bottles   of      500 56.00 

Bottles    of   1,000 110.00 

SWINE  BALLING  GUNS 


^^ 


These  guns  afford  the  only  practical  method  of  giving 
our  Capsules  Santaloin  Compound  and  similar  formulae. 
They  are.  made  of  good  quality  brass  tubing,  heavy  enough 


Specialties 


25 


to  prevent  crushing  between  the  animal's  jaws,  and  are 
heavily  nickel-plated.  Equipped  with  easy-acting  spring, 
to  retain  capsule  in  position  until  released  by  driving  home 
the  plunger. 

Each   $1.25 

In  lots  of  six  or  more,  each 1.15 

SWINE  MOUTH  SPECULUM 

For  use  with  Swine  Balling  Gun  for  giving 
Capsules  Santaloin  Compound,  etc. 

Holds  hog's  mouth  open  in  proper  position 
for  placing  capsule  well  back  on  tongue. 

The  use  of  this  speculum  makes  possible 
much  more  rapid  handling  of  the  animals  and 
lessens  danger  of  injury  to  throat. 

Each   $1.00 

In  lots  of  six  or  more,  each 90 

CHLORAL  COMPOUND  WITH  POTASSIUM  BROMIDE 

One  fluidounce  is  equal  to: 

Chloral  Hydrate 120  grs. 

Potassium  Bromide  120  grs. 

Ext.  Cannabis   1  gr. 

Ext.  Hyoscyamus  ^/^  gr. 

A  powerful  calmative,  sedative  and  relaxant.  Of  value 
in  the  treatment  of  spasmodic  conditions,  tetanus,  colic  and 
convulsions. 

Dose — Horse:     One-half  to  one  fluidounce.    Dog:    One  to 
two  teaspoonfuls. 

Pint    $1.35 

5    Pints    6.25 

Gallon 9.60 

COLORS,  for  Aqueous  Solutions 

Red  for  Water  Solutions,  oz 25c 

Yellow  for  Water  Solutions,  oz 20c 

CONCENTRATED  HYDROCARBON  COLOR,  for  Oils 

These  coloring  oils  are  greatly  appreciated  as  a  conve- 
nience by  many  veterinarians.  Being  soluble  in  turpentine, 
oils,  petrolatum,  etc.,  and  guaranteed  entirely  harmless,  they 
can  be  utilized  in  many  ways.  15  or  20  drops  will  give  a 
distinct  color  to  one  gallon  of  turpentine. 

Yellow,  per  oz 30c 

Red,    per   oz 35c 

Green,    per   oz 40c 

Specify  colors  desired. 


26 


Specialties 


TABLETS  HYDROCAEBON,  for  Coloring  Oils 

Red,  Green  or  Yellow,  per  bottle  of  100. .  .25c 


Compactoids 


When  in  the  field,  the  veterinarian  often  is  prevented 
from  carrying  many  of  the  standard  formulae  for  which  he 
has  constant  use,  because  of  their  bulk.  To  overcome  this 
difficulty,  and  to  supply  the  practitioner  with  a  means  of 
dispensing  such  remedies  extemporaneously  wherever  he  is, 
we  have  devised  our  line  of  concentrated  products  which  we 
have  designated  "Compactoids."  They  represent  formulae 
in  every-day  use,  and  in  most  cases,  require  only  the  addi- 
tion of  the  proper  amount  of  water  to  complete  the  prepara- 
tion for  dispensing. 

COMPACTOID  A3IM0NIA  COMPOUIND 

This  product  is  four  times  the  strength  of  U.  S.  P. 
Spirit  Ammonia  Aromatic. 

One  of  our  convenient  and  deservedly  popular  Compac- 
toid  family.  Its  convenience  for  handling  and  carrying  will 
instantly  recommend  it,  as  it  may  be  used  full  strength  in 
one-fourth  the  dosage  of  the  U.S.P.  spirit,  or  may  be  diluted 
with  three  parts  alcohol  in  which  dilution  it  may  be  used  in 
the  same  dosage  as  U.S.P.  spirit.  It  may  also  be  mixed  with 
water  in  all  proportions.  Properly  diluted,  may  be  used  as 
a  drench. 

This  preparation  will  prove  of  great  value  as  a  quick- 
acting  diffusible  stimulant. 

In  pints  only,  per  pint $  0.90 

Per  dozen  pints   10.00 

COMPACTOID  AKSENIC  COMPOUND 

Two  fluidounces  of  this  concentrated  solution  mixed 
with  water  q.s.  to  make  one  pint,  make  a  solution  con- 
taining Sodium  Arsenite  equal  to  Arsenous  Acid  1  per 
cent,   the   same   arsenic   strength   as   Fowler's    Solution. 

The  most  popular  member  of  our  Compactoid  family, 
and  another  most  convenient  method  of  handling  a  standard 
preparation;  avoiding  the  necessity  of  carrying  large  bulk 
and  permitting   extemporaneous   preparation. 

When  diluted  as  above,  use  same  as  Fowler's  Solution. 

Pints    $0.50 

5  pints  2.00 

Oallon 3.00 


specialties 


(OMPACTOIT)  CAPSIPHOR 

A  concentrated  liniment  containing  Capsicum,  Camphor, 
Oil  Mustard,  Oil  Turpentine,  Oil  Sassafras,  Oil  Origanum 
and    Ammonia. 

This  Compactoid  permits  the  dispensing  of  a  good  lini- 
ment from  the  medicine  case  without  carrying  the  greater 
bulk  of  the  ordinary  preparation. 

One  ounce  of  Capsiphor  added  to  from  three  to  seven 
ounces  of  water  (depending  upon  strength  desired)  forms  a 
good  counter-irritant  emulsion  of  creamy  consistency,  that 
separates  but  slowly  and  readily  reforms  by  shaking. 

When  very  pronounced  counter-irritant  effects  are 
desired,  as  in  glandular  swellings,  small  quantities  of  the 
full-strength  product  may  be  dispensed. 

In  pints  only,   per  pint $  1,25 

Per  dozen  pints   12.50 

COMPACTOID  PRUM-PINUS  COMPOUND 

Each  pint  is  equal  to: 

White   Pine   Bark    4  oz. 

Cherry  Bark    4  oz. 

Sanguinaria    224  grs. 

Balm  Gilead  Buds   256  grs. 

Spikenard    256  grs. 

Sassafras     128  grs. 

Chloroform 256  mins. 

For  syrup  mix  Compactoid  Pruni-Pinus  Compound  4 
fluidounces,  simple  syrup  12  fluidounces. 

The  therapeutic  effect  of  Syrup  White  Pine  Compound 
can  be  secured  by  the  addition  of  four  fluidounces  of  this 
Compactoid  to  twelve  fluidounces  of  water.  A  preparation 
of  better  appearance  pharmaceutically,  may  be  made  by 
the  use  of  simple  syrup  for  making  the  dilution. 

Pint    $1.20 

Special  quantity  prices  quoted  on  application. 


CAP80SAL    (Solidified  Liniment) 

Composed  of  Methyl  Salicylate,  Menthol,  Oil  Erigeron. 
Oil  Origanum,  Oil  Croton,  Oil  Sassafras,  Capsicum  and 
Camphor — combined  in  a  bland  base. 

A  w^arm  penetrating  counter-irritant  in  solid  form. 
Useful  for  relieving  pain,  and  in  muscle  soreness. 

Directions:  Rub  in  thoroughly  over  affected  part  and 
cover  with  flannel  cloth. 

1   lb.    jar $1.35 

1  doz.  1  oz.  tubes 2.25 


28 


Specialties 


COUGH  AND  COLD  REMEDY  No.  3 

One  fluidounce  represents: 

Stramonium 30  grs. 

Ammonium   Chloride    54  grs. 

With  Sodium  Chlorate,  Tincture  Iron  Chloride  and  Gly- 
cerine. 

Dose — Horse:     One    ounce    (two    tablespoonfuls)    given 
with  dose  syringe  or  as  a  drench. 

Cough  and  Cold  Remedy  No.  3  is  the  sheet-anchor  of 
many  practitioners  in  the  treatment  of  affections  of  the 
nose,  throat  and  bronchi  characterized  by  coughs  either  dry 
or  moist.  In  cases  of  catarrhal  inflammation,  laryngitis, 
strangles  (distemper),  shipping  fever,  it  will  produce  the 
result  desired. 

The  effect  of  this  formula  is  to  reduce  fever,  liquefy  and 
diminish  secretions  and  relieve  cough.  Its  action  is  both 
local  and  systemic,  and  is  particularly  valuable  in  chronic 
conditions  following  influenza  and  distemper. 

Pint    $0.65 

5  pints   , . 2.75 

Gallon    4.00 

COW  DEENCH 

One  avoirdupois  pound  contains:     Powdered  Nux  Vomica 
115    grs.,    equivalent   to   Strychnine    I14    grs.;    Gamboge, 
Ginger  and  Magnesium  Sulphate,  colored  pink. 
Dose:      One    pound    when    the    hepatic    and    chologogue 
effect  is  desired;  many  cases  respond  well  to  the  use  of 


times. 


^,o^^    l)KKX<« 


Cow  Drench  in  one-pound 
doses,  is  a  powerful  purge,  in- 
creasing  peristalsis,  and 
through  the  withdrawal  of 
water  from  the  tissues,  pro- 
duces a  large  watery  stool. 
Given  in  smaller  doses  it  is  a 
valuable  hepatic  stimulant. 

Useful  in  all  conditions  of 
cattle  where  a  purgative  is  in- 
dicated such  as  congestion  of 
liver,  febrile  disorders,  absorp- 
tion of  toxins,  constipation,  etc. 

Cow  Drench  is  packaged 
ready  for  dispensing.  The 
pound  cartons  have  a  double 
label  perforated  so  that  the 
name   may  be   easily  torn   off 


Specialties 


29 


and  individual  directions  written  on  the  remaining  part  of 
the  label  attached  to  the  package. 

This  is  a  profitable  specialty  for  the  veterinarian  to 
handle  in  large  quantities,  and  we  call  particular  attention 
to  our  prices  on  one-half  gross  and  gross  lots. 

Pound  boxes,  per  dozen    $  3.50 

y2  gross  pound  boxes 18.75 

1  gross  pound  boxes 37.00 


CRE-GUIATONE 

Contains  Guaiacol,  Beechwood  Creosote,  Cresol,  Oil  Eu- 
calyptus, Oil  Camphor,  Oil  Sassafras  and  Turpentine  in 
a  special  saponified   base. 

Cre-Guiatone  is  a  concentrated  preparation  for  use  in 
the  treatment  of  inflammatory  conditions  of  the  upper 
respiratory  and  gastro-intestinal  tracts.  It  is  a  powerful 
stimulant,  carminative  and  antiseptic. 

For  respiratory  conditions,  mix  Cre-Guiatone,  1  floz., 
water,  15  floz.,  adding  the  water  slowly,  and  shaking  after 
each  addition  until  a  good  emulsion  is  formed. 

Dose:  Horse,  for  respiratory  conditions,  one  fluidounce 
of  the  dilution  three  times  daily.  As  an  intestinal  anti- 
septic and  absorbent  in  colics,  etc.,  administer  undiluted 
in  capsule.     Dose:      14  to   1  floz.,  as  indicated. 

Pint    $0.70 

5  pints   3.00 

Gallon    4.40 


CREO-PINUS  COMPOUND 

Each  fluidounce  represents: 

White  Pine  Bark   32  grs. 

Grindelia    32  grs. 

Sanguinaria    4  grs. 

Guaiacol  and  Creosote 4  min. 

Hyoscyamus    32  grs. 

Wild  Cherry  Bark  16  grs. 

Yerba   Santa    4  grs. 

Sodium  Nitrite 3  grs. 

Dosage — Horse:    One  fluidounce  (2  tablespoonfuls)  every 
three  or  four  hours. 


30 


Specialties 


CREO-PINUS  COMPOUND— Cont'd 

Indicated  in  the  treatment  of  bronchitis,  colds,  coughs, 
laryngitis,  strangles  and  other  inflamed  or  irritated  condi- 
tions of  the  throat  and  respiratory  tract.  Its  administration 
is  followed  by  relief  of  irritative  symptoms,  the  localization 
of  inflammatory  processes,  liquefaction  and  easy  expulsion 
of  mucous  and  rapid  improvement. 

The  heavy  drug  strength  and  pleasant  flavor  make  this 
a  valuable  remedy  in  all  conditions  indicating  the  adminis- 
tration of  a  sedative,  astringent  cough  syrup. 

Pint    $0.85 

5  pints   3.75 

Gallon     5.60 

CREOSOTE  AND  EUCALYPTUS  COMPOUND 

One  fluidounce  contains: 

Phenol   (carbolic  acid) i^  per  cent 

Creosote  Beechwood    1  per  cent 

Camphor    1  per  cent 

Oil  Eucalyptus  1  per  cent 

In  a  bland  fatty  oil  base. 

Dose — Horse:      (Internally)   one  fluidounce;   give  second 

dose   in  one-half  hour;    then  repeat   every   three  hours. 

Colts  and  calves;   one-half  to  one  tablespoonful  given  as 

above. 

(Externally) :  Use  freely  without  dilution  on  wounds, 
traumatic  or  surgical;  burns,  chafing,  etc.,  keeping  the 
parts   well   covered   with   bandage   dressing. 

Creosote  and  Eucalyptus  Compound  is  a  preparation  of 
high  value  for  both  internal  and  external  use.  An  antiseptic 
dressing  of  great  germicidal  and  healing  power.  It  does  not 
irritate,  but  on  the  contrary  allays  itching  and  pain. 

Internally,  it  is  a  splendid  intestinal  antiseptic,  quickly 
checking  fermentation  of  the  contents  of  stomach  and 
bowels,  and  is  a  local  sedative  to  inflamed  and  irritated 
membranes. 

Systemically,  it  reduces  fever,  but  does  not  cause  depres- 
sion of  circulation  or  respiration. 

Pint    $0.70 

5  pints   3.00 

Gallon    4.40 

DUSTING  POWDERS 

See  Antiseptic  Dusting  Powders,  page  17. 


Specialties 


31 


ECHI  CHLOKIDE,  Stronger 

Contains   Chloride   of  Zinc   and   Echinacea  in   a   Lanum 
and  Petrolatum  base. 

Echi  Chloride  Stronger  is 
the  favorite  of  many  practi- 
tioners in  the  treatment  of 
fistula.  It  is  to  be  applied  on 
gauze  and  well-packed  into 
the  pipes,  or  ramifications  of 
the  infectious  process,  where 
it  causes  irritation  and  hard- 
ening of  the  diseased  parts, 
which  can  be  removed  prac- 
tically complete  after  three 
days  to  one  week's  contact 
with  the  pack. 

Per  pound    $1.50 

Packed  in  pounds  only. 

ELECTUARY  AMMONIUM  CHLORIDE  AND 
STRAMONIUM  COMPOUND 

One  ounce  avoirdupois  contains: 

Stramonium  herb  28  grs.,  with  Ammonium  Chloride,  Iron 
Chloride,  Sodium  Chlorate,  Licorice  and  Glycerin. 
Dose— Horse:     One  ounce   (2  tablespoonfuls)   four  times 
daily  until  improvement  is  well-marked,  then  three  times 
daily.  Measure  on  a  spoon 
or  paddle   and   smear   on 
the  teeth. 

Many  veterinarians  pre- 
fer to  apply  treatment  for 
affections  of  the  throat  in 
the  form  of  an  electuary, 
because  medicinal  ingredi- 
ents are  thus  kept  longer  in 
contact  with  the  affected 
parts. 

For  this  purpose  Electu- 
a  r  y  Ammonium  Chloride 
and  Stramonium  Compound 
will  be  found  ideal.  It  is 
exceptionally  useful  in  the 
treatment  of  all  coughs, 
colds,  laryngitis,  strangles 
(distemper),    stock  -  stable 


32  Specialties 


or  shipping  fever,  catarrhal  fever  and  all  throat  and  bron- 
chial affections. 

Its  use  is  followed  by  diminution  of  cough,  reduction  of 
secretions  which  become  liquefied  and  easily  expelled,  deple- 
tion of  congested  and  swollen  membranes,  rapid  restoration 
of  normal  functions. 

This  Electuary  is  semi-liquid  and  is  easily  administered 
on  a  paddle  or  spoon. 

1  lb.  jar $0.70 

3  lb.  jar 1.75 

ELIXIR  BUCHU  JUMPER  AND   ACETATE   POTASSIUM 

One  fluidounce  is  equal  to: 

Buchu    80  grs. 

Juniper    40  grs. 

Uva  Ursi   40  grs. 

Potassium  Acetate 24  grs. 

Dose — Horse:     One  to  two  fluidounces. 

Our  Elixir  Buchu  Juniper  and  Acetate  Potassium  is  the 
outgrowth  of  much  experimental  testing  resulting  in  a 
remedy  of  great  value  and  having  a  distinctive  action  not 
given  by  many  preparations  bearing  similar  names.  This 
elixir  contains  all  the  constituents  of  the  drugs  named  in  the 
formula,  which  have  valuable  diuretic  and  blenorrhetic 
action. 

See  also  Zeamantine  Compound,  Veterinary,  and  Elixir 
Uva  Ursi  Compound. 

Pint    $  1.60 

5  pints   7.50 

Gallon    10.50 

ELIXIR  CALISTRYCHNOS 

Each  fluidounce  represents: 

Strychnine  Sulphate %  gr. 

Iron   Pyrophosphate    8  grs. 

Calisaya  Bark    (alkaloid  equivalent) 20  grs. 

Dose — Horse:   One  to  two  fluidounces  three  times  daily. 
Colt:  One  to  two  fluidrams. 

In  Calistrychnos,  the  profession  is  offered  an  excellent 
bitter  tonic  having  a  wide  range  of  usefulness  as  a  recon- 
structive and  stimulant. 

It  will  prove  its  value  in  all  forms  of  wasting  diseases, 
secondary  enemias,  inappetence  and  in  weakened  and  run- 
down conditions. 


specialties 


For  restoring  tone  to  muscular  tissue,  stimulating  the 
circulatory  and  nervous  systems,  supplying  iron  to  the  blood 
in  an  easily  assimilable  form,  this  formula  will  not  disap- 
point its  users.  With  these  factors,  its  stimulating  effect 
upon  the  alimentary  tract  will  produce  better  appetite  and 
better  digestion. 

Pint    $0.80 

5  pints   3.25 

Gallon    4.50 

ELIXIR  DIGITALIS  AND  LOBELIA  COMPOUND, 

DR.  ROBERTS 

Contains    Digitalis,    Lobelia   and    Arsenic    in    a    suitably 
aromatized  elixir  base. 

Dose — Horse:   One-half  fluidounce  morning  and  evening, 
given  either  mixed  with  feed  or  in  syringe. 

This  elixir  is  especially  recommended  as  a  palliative 
treatment  in  so-called  "heaves"  in  horses.  Lobelia.,  long 
recognized  as  of  value  in  this  condition,  is  combined  with 
digitalis  for  its  effect  as  a  cardiac  tonic,  and  arsenic  for  its 
general  systemic  tonic  action. 

When  administered  early  after  symptoms  first  appear, 
the  condition  often  entirely  disappears;  while  in  later  stages, 
this  elixir  relieves  the  animal  while  under  treatment,  pre- 
venting the  characteristic  respiratory  symptoms  by  its  re- 
laxant and  tonic  effect. 

Pint   $1.05 

5  pints   4.75 

Gallon    7.20 

ELIXIR  FERROGEN  "B" 

Each  fluidounce  represents: 

Tinct.  Gentian   100  mins. 

Tinct.  Iron  Citro-chloride  80  mins. 

Strychnine  Sulphate   V2  gr. 

Dose — Horse:  One-half  to  one  fluidounce  five  times  daily. 
An  energetic  reconstructive  tonic.     The  iron  carried  in 
this  formula  is  in  a  form  easily  assimilated  and  is  free  from 
astringent  effect.     The  preparation  is  practically  free  from 
bitterness  and  is  easy  of  administration. 

Following  its  use  there  is  pronounced  and  rapid  toning- 
up  of  the  digestive,  circulatory  and  nervous  systems,  in- 
crease of  appetite  and  improved  digestion  and  assimilation. 
It  has  been  found  very  effective  in  animals  that  have  ''gone 
stale"  while  in  training. 

Pint  $0.85 

5  pints    3.75 

Gallon    5.60 


34 


Specialties 


VETERINARY  ELIXIR  UVA  URSI  COMPOUND 

Each  fluidounce  represents: 

Uva   Ursi    40  grs. 

Corn  Silk   20  grs. 

Sodium  Acetate    80  grs. 

Juniper  Berries    40  grs. 

Scoparius    40  grs. 

Aromatics    q.   s. 

Dose — Horse:    One-half  to  two  fluidounces  three  to  four 
times  a  day. 

An  excellent  non-irritating  diuretic. 

The  diuretic  principles  of  the  drugs  in  this  formula  are 
presented  in  their  most  active  form  and  without  irritant 
action  on  the  gastro-intestinal  tract. 

This  preparation  has  a  direct  action  on  the  kidney  secre- 
tion, increasing  the  elimination  of  iluid  and  rendering  the 
urine  antiseptic. 

For  allaying  irritation  of  the  genito-urinary  tract,  in- 
creasing the  volume  of  urine,  thus  securing  dilution  of  toxins 
and  removal  of  fluid  from  the  system,  Elixir  Uva  Ursi  Com- 
pound will  prove  a  most  valuable  remedy. 

Pint    $0.90 

5    pints    4.50 

Gallon    6.00 

EQUI-LAX 

A  highly  concentrated  preparation  representing  in  each 

fluidounce: 

Aloes,  whole    480  grs. 

Podophyllum    300  grs. 

Nux  Vomica 15  grs. 

Dose — Horse:  One-half  to  two  fluidounces  as  drench  or  in 

syringe.     Repeat  in  two  days  if  required.     Best  results 

are  obtained  by  exercising  the  horse. 
The    many   needs    of   the   veterinarian    for    a    suitable 
liquid  Aloes  Cathartic  in  concentrated  form,  are  admirably 
met  in  this  preparation. 

It  presents  the  whole  aloes  in  more  than  fluidextract 
strength,  suitably  synergized  by  Podophyllum  and  Nux 
Vomica.  The  cathartic  action  is  not  that  of  Aloin  alone  but 
the  preparation  exhibits  the  valuable  action  of  the  whole 
aloes,  having  its  active  principle  in  chemical  combination 
with  the  collodial  substances  of  the  drug,  thus  insuring  more 
powerful  action. 

Because  of  the  concentration  of  this  formula  and  the 
collodial  nature  of  the  aloes,  this  preparation  has  a  tendency 
to  gelatinize  on  standing;  it  will  again  become  liquid  if 
warmed  gently  and  well-shaken. 

In  pints  only,  per  pint $2.00 


specialties 


35 


Hysolvets 

(HYPODERMIC  SOLUTIONS,  VETERINARY) 

The  veterinarian  who  has  once  learned  the  convenience 
of  these  handy  little  ampoules  will  not  willingly  be  without 
them.  They  are  a  distinctive  feature  of  the  Pitman-Moore 
Veterinary  line. 

The  solutions  are  sterile,  and  the  dosage  given  is  abso- 
lutely accurate.  The  soft  rubber  stoppers  are  sealed  into  the 
ampoules,  and  are  to  be  punctured  with  the  hypodermic 
needle.  Thus  the  veterinarian  can  remove  whatever  amount 
of  the  contents  he  desires,  without  contamination  or  loss  of 
the  remainder. 


'^->>. 

y«fe^.;'- 

.ffl^ 


The  superior  appearance  of  this  line  of  medication  will 
appeal  to  the  careful  practitioner  and  to  his  most  fastidious 
client.  The  similarity  of  the  package  to  that  of  bacterins 
and  serums  permits  similar  technique  in  administration. 
They  enable  the  veterinarian  to  carry  a  sterile,  accurate 
hypodermic  solution,  always  ready  for  instant  use. 


HYSOLVETS  CAMPHOULES  25  MILS.  (Cc.) 

Each  5  mil.  (Cc)  contains  Camphor  18  grs.  dissolved  in 
pure  Olive  Oil,  sterile  and  ready  for  hypodermic  injection. 
Dose — 5  to  25  mils,  (Cc)  as  indicated  by  patient's  con- 
dition. 


36 


Specialties 


HYSOLVETS  CAMPHOULES— Cont'd 

Solutions  of  camphor  in  oil  are  recognized  as  being  of 
tne  highest  value  as  a  quick-acting  and  powerful  circulatory 
stimulant  with  a  sedative  action  on  the  nervous  system.  The 
value  of  these  solutions  has  been  thoroughly  demonstrated 
in  pneumonias,  shock,  heat-stroke,  shipping-fever,  milk- 
fever,  etc.     Dependable  in  emergencies. 

This  solution  is  particularly  valuable  in  the  form  of  our 
Camphoules,  a  sterile,  accurate  solution  of  camphor  in  pure 
olive  oil,  ready  for  instant  use. 

Per  box  of  six  25-mil.  vials $1.75 

Per  dozen  vials    (two  boxes) 3.25 

HYSOLYETS  CAMPHOULES  51^  Mils.  (Cc). 

Containing  same  solution  as  Camphoules  25  mils.,  but  in 

smaller  vials  for  individual  dosage. 

Per  box  of  12  vials $1.75 

Per  %  dozen  boxes  (72  vials) 8.00 

HYSOLYETS  SODIUM  CACODYLATE,  45  Grs. 

Each  25  mil.  (Cc)  vial  contains  Sodium  Cacodylate  45 
grs.,  in  sterile  solution  prepared  for  hypodermic  or  in- 
travenous use. 

Owing  to  the  slow  liberation  of  the  organic  arsenic  in 
the  blood-stream,  the  antiseptic  effect  on  the  blood  of  Sodium 
Cacodylate  is  effective  and  lasting.  It  has  been  character- 
ized as  the  only  dependable  blood  antiseptic  that  can  be 
applied  directly  in  the  blood-stream. 

The  many  conditions  in  which  it  can  be  used  beneficially 
have  been  described  by  Quitman  and  others.  In  many  forms 
of  septicemias  and  anemias,  low  types  of  malarial  and  other 
fevers,  in  various  skin  diseases  of  dogs,  cattle  and  horses, 
in  infectious  ophthalmia,  as  a  specific  for  red-worm  (strongy- 
lus  armatus),  and  in  various  other  conditions  in  which  disin- 
fection of  the  blood  stream  or  the  administration  of  arsenic 
is  indicated,  sodium  cacodylate  will  prove  most  valuable. 

Our  Hy-sol-vets  offer  the  drug  in  a  safe,  sterile  and  ac- 
curate solution,  ready  for  intravenous  or  hypodermic  admin- 
istration. 

Per  box  of  six  vials $1.60 

Per  dozen  (two  boxes  of  6  vials  each) . .   3.00 


specialties 


IODINE  SOLUBLE  YETEKINARY 

Contains  Iodine  l7c,  Potassium  Iodide  3%  in  a  non- 
alcoholic  solvent. 

A  useful  preparation  for  the  internal  administration  of 
iodine  for  systemic  effect,  or  properly  diluted,  it  forms  a 
valuable  douche,  either  for  uterine  or  vaginal  use  in  the 
Infections  of  these  parts.  It  may  also  be  used  as  an  injec- 
tion into  the  fatty  tissue  above  the  eye  in  periodic 
ophthalmia. 

Dose:  Horse,  orally,  one-half  to  one  fluidram  well 
diluted.  Swine:  Orally,  five  to  ten  minims  well  diluted  in 
water.  As  uterine  douche  in  cattle,  one  quarter  to  one 
per  cent  (V;;  to  li/4  Aoz.  to  1  gallon  of  water). 

In  2  oz.  bottles,  per  bottle $0.30 

Per  doz.  bottles   3.00 

Per  pint    1.00 

KREICAMPH 

Contains  Cresol  20  per  cent,  with  Eucalyptus  Oil,  Cam- 
phor Oil  and  Turpentine,  in  a  specially  prepared  soap 
base,  suitably  aromatized.  Inert  material  20  per  cent. 
Use  in  the  proportion  of  one-half  to  one  ounce  to  one 
gallon  of  water. 

The  veterinary  profession  demands  a  dependable  anti- 
septic, germicide  and  disinfectant  that  will  form  a  perfect 
emulsion  with  water,  either  hard  or  soft. 

Kreucamph  successfully  meets  this  demand.  Its  Cresol 
content  guarantees  its  germicidal  power;  the  emulsifying 
agents  are  so  combined  as  to  give  a  perfect  emulsion  with  the 
different  waters  found  in  the  field  with  no  uncombined  oily 
substance  floating  on  the  solution. 

Solutions  of  Kreucamph  are  practically  non-caustic,  and 
will  not  injure  the  user's  hands. 

This  preparation  has  an  extremely  wide  range  of  useful- 
ness for  both  external  and  internal  application,  as  well  as 
for  a  general  antiseptic  and  disinfectant.  May  be  used  for 
disinfecting  surgical  instruments;  as  a  lotion  for  wounds, 
retarding  bacterial  infection  and  stimulating  repair;  as  a 
general  disinfectant  and  insecticide.  Internally,  a  valuable 
treatment  for  colics,  to  check  fermentation  and  relieve  flatu- 
lence. When  colored  solutions  are  desired  add  a  few  drops 
of  our  Coloring  Solution  Oils  to  the  Kreucamph  before  mak- 
ing the  solution. 

Pint    $0.60 

5    pints    2.50 

Gallon    3.50 


38 


Specialties 


LIQUID  CASCARA  FLAVORED 

One  fluidounce  is  equal  to  Rhamnus  Purshiana  (Cascara 
Sagrada).  456  grs.,  with  Aromatics,  Glycerin;  slightly 
alkaline. 

Dosage — Dog:  One  teaspoonful  night  and  morning. 
Liquid  Cascara  Flavored  is  made  from  selected  and  aged 
Cascara  Bark  in  which  the  bitter  constituents  have  been 
modified.     It  is  very  effective  as  a  laxative,  acts  mildly  and 
does  not  require  increased  dosage  when  used  frequently. 

Reports  from  many  of  our  customers  justify  us  in  recom- 
mending this  preparation  as  thoroughly  satisfactory  for  the 
cases  where  Cascara  freed  from  bitterness  is  wanted. 

This  preparation  is  not  a  drastic  purgative  in  any  dose 
however  large.  Best  results  come  from  continued  moderate 
dosage. 

Pint    $1.10 

5    pints    5.00 

Gallon    6.80 

LIQUID  SOAP 

A  pleasantly  perfumed,  highly  concentrated  solution  with 
superior  cleansing  qualities.  Forms  a  generous  lather 
in  either  hard  or  soft  water. 

A  bottle  of  Liquid  Soap  in  the  medicine  case  will  prove 
wonderfully  convenient.  A  good  impression  upon  your  client 
can  be  created  by  cleansing  the  hands  with  this  liquid  prepa- 
ration before  beginning  the  treatment  of  a  case. 

Liquid  Soap  is  convenient  and  economical  for  home, 
office  or  field  use.  Include  a  trial  package  with  your  next 
order. 

4-oz.    sprinkler-top   bottles,    per   doz....$2.25 

Pint    65 

5    pints    2.75 

Gallon    4.00 

OIL  NITROUS  ETHER 

One    fluidounce    contains    Ethyl    Nitrite    18  1-5    minims. 

Fully  equal  to  Sweet  Spirit  of  Nitre  U.S. P.;  in  percentage 

of  Nitrous  Ether  (ethyl  nitrite). 

Dose — Horse  or  Cow:  One-half  to  two  fluidounces. 
Oil  Nitrous  Ether  produces  the  same  therapeutic  effect 
as  Sweet  Spirit  of  Nitre,  with  the  exception  of  the  alcohol 
stimulation  of  the  latter.  This  product  is  more  stable  than 
Spirit  Nitrous  Ether,  and  has  the  advantage  that  when  mixed 
with  water,  it  forms  an  emulsion  that  does  not  so  readily 
break  down  the  nitrous  ether  content. 


specialties 


ni) 


It  has  been  found  of  especial  value  in  cattle  practice. 

Pint     $0.80 

5    Pints    3.50 

Gallon    5.20 

OINTMENT  ALCUMETHONE 

Composed  of  Copper  Sulphate  5%,  Alum  2%,  Methylene 
Blue  3/10%,  Oil  of  Sassafras,  Synth.  1%,  incorporated  in 
a  special  ointment  base. 

Alcumethone  will  be  found  of  real  value  in  the  treatment 
of  Galls  and  other  chronic  open  wounds  due  to  irritation  or 
trauma.  Freely  applied  to  such  cases,  its  powerful  astrin- 
gent action  will  stimulate  the  repair  of  the  wound,  while  the 
methylene  blue  content  will  retard  the  development  of 
infection. 

Directions:  Apply  freely  to  the  diseased  parts  twice 
daily,  gradually  diminishing  as  improvement  occurs. 

Pounds  only,  per  pound $0.50 

5  one-pound  cans 2.00 

OINTMENT  PHYCAMPHOL 

Contains  Extract  Phytolacca  (Poke  Root)  10%  (equal  to 
131  grains  of  crude  drug),  Camphor  2%,  Carbolic  Acid 
V2%,  and  Capsicum  V2%,  in  a  base  specially  devised  for 
rapid  and  complete  absorption 


First  use  hot  applications  to  the  affected  part,  then  apply 
Ointment  Phycamphol  with  gentle  massage. 

The  great  field  for  the  use  of  this  formula  is  in  the  treat- 
ment of  Mammitis.  Its  immense  popularity  with  practi- 
tioners in  dairy  districts,  and  the  enthusiastic  reports  of 
the  good  results  it  gives  are  the  best  evidence  of  its  value. 

Ointment  Phycamphol  is  highly  recommended  for  all 
glandular  infections.  Its  value  is  greatly  increased  by  the 
special  ointment  base  which  assures  quick  and  thorough 
absorption.     The  tube  package  is  convenient  for  dispensing 

and  use.         2-oz.  collapsible   tubes,  per  doz $3.00 

1-pound   cans,    per   pound 1.00 

5-pound    cans,    per    can 4.50 


40 


Specialties 


Ophthalmic  Ointments 

These  ointments  are  made  with  especial  care.  They  are 
free  from  gritty  substances  and  to  facilitate  ease  of  applica- 
tion are  put  up  in  21/0  gram  collapsible  tubes  with  special 
eye  tip. 


OINTMENT   ADRENALIN   AND    HOLOCAIN    COMPOUND 
OPHTHALMIC 

Holocain    Hydrochloride    1%,    Adrenalin    Chloride    sol. 
1/1000  5%,  Adeps  Lanae,  Petrolatum  Alba. 

Local  anesthetic,  astringent  and  haemostatic. 

Dozen  V2  Gross 

2y2-gram   tubes    $1.60  $8.00 

OINTMENT  ATKOPINE  AND  YELLOW  MERCURIC  OXIDE 

Atropine  5%,  freshly  precipitated  Mercuric  Oxide  Yellow 
0.9%,  in  purified  petrolatum. 

Useful  in  suppurative  conditions  of  the  eye  where  it  is 
desirable  to  keep  pupil  dilated  and  prevent  adhesions. 

Dozen  %  Gross 

21^-gram  tubes $1.25  $6.00 


OINTMENT  BICHLORIDE  OPHTHALMIC 

Mercury    Chloride    corrosive,    1/10000:    Petrolatum    Alba 
q.  s. 

Antiseptic  in  purulent  conjunctivitis  or  other  forms. 

Dozen  1,^  Gross 

214-gram    tubes    $1.25  $6.00 


J 


specialties 


41 


OINTMENT  BORIC  ACID  OPHTHALMIC 

Acid    Boriciim    3% 

Adeps   Lanae    5  % 

Petrolatum   Alba    q.    s. 

Bland,  soothing  ointment. 

Dozen  ^2  Gross 

21^-gram   tubes    $1.25  $6.00 

OINTMENT  CALOMEL  OPHTHALMIC 

Calomel    1% 

Adeps   Lanae    5% 

Petrolatum  Alba  q.  s. 

Of  value  in  keratitis. 

Dozen  %  Gross 

2 y2-gram   tubes    $1.25  $6.00 

OINTMENT  ICHTHINE  OPHTHALMIC 

Ammonium  Sulpho-icthyoliceum    5% 

Adeps  Lanae 10% 

Petrolatum  Alba   q.  s. 

Of  value  in  ulcerative  blepharitis. 

Dozen  V2  Gross 

2  i^-gram   tubes    $1.35  $6.25 

OINTMENT  MERCURIC  OXIDE  YELLOW  OPHTHALMIC 

Contains  freshly  precipitated  Mercuric  Oxide  Vz  grain  in 
each  dram. 

Useful  in  blepharitis,  chronic  conjunctivitis,  phlyctenu- 
lar keratitis,  opacities  of  cornea,  etc. 

Dozen  14  Gross 

21^-gram  tubes    $1.25  $5.75 

14-ounce   tubes 1.50  7.00 

Ophthalmic  Solutions 

These  solutions  are  specially  prepared  for  use  in  the 
treatment  of  the  eye.  They  are  completely  sterile  and  should 
be  handled  aseptically. 

OPHTHALMIC  SOLUTION  ANTISEPTIC 

Each   fluidounce  contains  Antipyrine  5   grs.,   Boric  Acid 
and  Sodium  Bi-borate. 

Directions:       Use    freely    in    eyes    three    times    daily. 
Anodyne  and  antiseptic.    Relieves  pain  and  irritation. 
Pints    $1.00 


42 


Specialties 


OPHTHALMIC  SOLUTION  ASTRINGENT 

Contains  Boric  Acid,  Camphor  and  Zinc  Sulphate. 
Directions:     Use  freely  three  times  daily  as  wash  for 
inflamed  conditions  of  the  eye.    Useful  in  Conjunctivitis. 

Pints     $0.75 


PYO-BISMUTH  PASTE,  DR.  R.  C.  JULIEN 

This  paste  consists  of  Bismuth  Subnitrate  and  Pyoktan- 
nin,  in  a  specially  prepared  base. 

For  the  treatment  of  open  navel  and  prevention  of  in- 
fection through  the  same. 

The  paste  remains  solid  at  the  body  temperature  of  the 
horse,  and  for  use  should  be  warmed  by  placing  tube  in  warm 
water  while  preparing  the  navel  for  injection.  The  paste  is 
then  injected  into  the  umbilicus  through  the  tip  that  accom- 
panies package  and  allowed  to  completely  fill  the  opening. 
After  setting  it  will  hold  its  position  and  being  antiseptic 
controls  pyogenic  infection  and  stimulates  closure.  A  suture 
around  the  umbilicus  will  assist  in  retaining  the  paste,  and 
may  be  applied  as  follows:  Pass  a  curved  needle  threaded 
with  heavy  braided  silk  under  the  skin  (about  one  inch  from 
the  navel  opening)  down  through  and  posterior  to  the 
umbilical  cord  and  out  through  the  skin  on  the  opposite  side; 
return  needle  to  or  near  the  point  just  made,  passing  it 
through  the  skin  and  anterior  to  the  umbilical  cord  at  or 
near  the  point  of  first  starting;  now,  tie  the  silk  suture  draw- 
ing it  smartly  tight,  leaving  two  or  three  inches  of  the  suture 
free  at  the  ends;  these  loose  ends  will  aid  in  removing  the 
suture,  which  should  be  done  in  about  one  week. 

Stains  on  hands  from  the  paste  can  be  readily  removed 
by  washing  with  alcohol  and  weak  hydrochloric  acid. 

Marketed  only  in  tubes  containing  two  ounces  with  ap- 
plicator pipes. 

Per    tube    $  1.00 

1  dozen  tubes   10.80 

PELLITOL   (Ointment  Bismuth  Subgallate  Comp.) 

Contains  Resorcin  5%,  Purified  Pyroligneus  Acid,  Oil  of 
Cade,  Echinacea,  Zinc  Oxide,  Bismuth  Subgallate,  Bis- 
muth Subnitrate,  Calamine  and  Talcum  in  a  special 
lanum-petrolatum  base. 

This  preparation,  which  for  years  has  been  a  marked 
favorite  with  human  physicians  over  the  entire  country,  is 
steadily  gaining  popularity  with  the  veterinary  profession. 


Specialties 


43 


Pellitol  allays  itching,  reduces  inflammation  and  re- 
lieves localized  pain  almost  as  soon  as  applied.  It  penetrates 
the  skin  readily  and  also  has  sufficient  consistency  to  be  a 
good  protective  covering  for  irritated  and  sensitive  surfaces. 
When  applied  to  highly  inflamed  surfaces  Pellitol  may  be- 
come much  softer  and  melt;  this  quickens  the  absorption 
and  since  the  congestion  and  inflammation  is  rapidly  re- 
duced, a  second  application  after  a  short  interval,  usually 
remains  in  place. 

This  ointment  is  carefully  freed  from  gritty  particles; 
examine  Pellitol  under  a  magnifying  glass  and  note  its  uni- 
formity and  smoothness.  It  never  irritates  and  can  usually 
be  applied  to  the  most  sensitive  surfaces. 

Pellitol  produces  good  results  in  fissured  or  sore  teats 
of  cows,  scratches  of  horses,  fistulas,  saddle  galls,  chafing 
under  collar,  etc.,  all  kinds  of  itching,  canker  of  ear  in  dog, 
eczema,  etc. 

As  a  healing  salve  Pellitol  is  in  a  class  by  itself.  Anti- 
septic and  parasiticide. 

It  is  as  a  dressing  for  burns  that  Pellitol  has  established 
its  greatest  reputation;  many  prominent  practitioners  of 
both  veterinary  and  human  medicine  agree  that  in  burns  of 
any  degree  no  better  treatment  exists  than  the  free  applica- 
tion of  this  ointment. 

BURNS — Apply  freely,  covering  the  burned  area  with  a 
layer  of  Pellitol  about  y^-inch  thick;  repeat  frequently  but 
do  not  remove  the  first  layer  until  the  burn  has  greatly  im- 
proved. 

A  supply  of  this  splendid  ointment  should  be  in  your 
drug  room. 

Pound  jars   $2.50 

i/^-pound  jars  1.35 

14-pound    jars    70 

PoAvders 

(See  also  Antiseptic  Dusting  Powders,  pages  17-18.) 

POWDER  SULPHOCARBOLATES  COMPOUND 

Contains  equal  parts  of  specially  purified  Sulphocarbo- 
lates  (Phenol-sulphonates)  of  Calcium,  Sodium  and 
Zinc. 

Dose — Horse:    14    ounce.      Pig:    15    to   30    grs.      Chickens: 
One  heaping  teaspoonful  dissolved  in  one  pint  of  drink- 
ing water. 


44 


Specialties 


POWDER  SULPHOCARBOLATES  COMP.— Cont'd 

The  value  of  this  formula  as  an  intestinal  antiseptic 
for  all  species  of  animals  and  fowls  is  well  recognized  and 
while  most  frequently  administered  in  tablet  form,  in  many 
cases  the  use  of  the  powder  is  more  convenient.  It  can  be 
mixed  with  soft  feed  or  readily  dissolved  in  drinking  water. 

It  is  indicated,  and  gives  good  results  in  intestinal  fer- 
mentation, gastro-enteritis,  diarrhea,  and  is  a  valuable  treat- 
ment for  scours  in  young  animals  and  in  fowl  cholera.    Free 
dosage  with  this  powder  usually  promptly  reduces  fever. 
(See  also  Tablets  Phenol-sulphonate  Compound,  page  56.) 

1-pound    bottle    $1.35 

5-pound    bottle    6.00 

POWDER  ARSENIC  AND  IRON  COMPOUND  No.  3 

Contains  Arsenic  Trioxide.  1  part;   Iron  Sulphate,  dried, 
20  parts;  Sodium  Nitrate,  20  parts;  Foenugreek,  20  parts; 
Linseed,  20  parts. 
Dose — One-half  ounce  mixed  with  feed. 

Powder  Arsenic  and  Iron  Compound  is  a  valuable  hema- 
tinic,  alterative,  diuretic,  and  stomachic  for  horses  and  cat- 
tle; useful  as  a  general  tonic  in  debilitated  conditions,  ane- 
mias, nervous  disorders,  etc. 

Pound  box,  per  dozen $3.25 

25  1-pound  boxes   6.25 

POWDER  ARSENIC  AND  IRON  COMPOUND  No.  4 

Dose — One-half  ounce  mixed  with  feed. 
This  powder  differs  from  Powder  Arsenic  and  Iron  Com- 
pound No.   3   in  containing  Willow   Charcoal   and   Sodium 
Chloride;  therapeutically  it  is  slightly  more  diuretic. 

Pound    box,    per    dozen $3.25 

25  1-pound  boxes 6.25 

POWDER  GENTIAN  AND  NUX  VOMICA  COMPOUND  No.  3 

Contains  Ginger,  Nux  Vomica,  Iron  Sulphate,  dried;   Sul- 
phur, of  each  1  part;   Sodium  Nitrate,  2  parts;   Oil  Cake, 
4  parts;  Foenugreek,  4  parts;  color  and  flavor,  1  part. 
Dose — One-half  ounce  mixed   with  feed. 

Tonic  and  stimulant,  alterative  and  diuretic. 

Pound  boxes,  per  dozen $3.25 

25  1-pound  boxes 6.25 

With  customer's  private  label. 

^/^-gross  lots    $18.00 

1-gross   lots    35.50 


I 


Specialties  45 


POWDER  GENTIAN  AND  NLX  VOMICA  COMPOUND  No.  4 

Dose — One-half   ounce   mixed   with    feed. 
This  powder  differs  from  Powder  Gentian  and  Nux  Vom- 
ica Compound   No.   3   in   containing   Sodium   Chloride   and 
Charcoal. 

Pound  box,  per  dozen   $3.25 

25    1-pound    boxes 6.25 

RUMERIA  ASTRINGENT 

One  fluidounce  is  equal  to: 

Krameria    40  grs. 

Rubus  (Blackberry  Root)    24  grs. 

Tincture  Ginger 120  mins. 

Eugenol    ^  gr. 

Sulphonates  from  Guaiacol  and  Creosote 16  grs. 

Dosage — Colt  or  Calf:  One-half  to  two  fluidrams  every 
hour. 

There  is  efficiency  in  every  constituent  of  this  formula. 
It  combines  the  best  intestinal  astringents  with  dependable 
intestinal  antiseptics.  For  the  treatment  of  diarrhoea  and 
intestinal  disturbances  in  young  animals  Rumeria  Astringent 
has  no  superior.  Its  increasing  popularity  among  veterinar- 
ians who  have  tried  it  thoroughly  is  the  best  evidence  of  its 
value. 

Pint    $0.90 

5  pints   4.00 

Gallon    6.00 

SABISMUL— White  or  Pink 

One  fluidounce  contains: 

Bismuth  Hydroxide,  equal  to  Milk  of  Bismuth.. 77  mins. 

Zinc  Sulphocarbolate   8/10  gr. 

Pepsin   4  grs. 

Salol  1^^  grs. 

Dose — Colt  or  calf:  One  tablespoonful.  Suckling  pigs: 
One  teaspoonful.  Should  be  given  every  fifteen  minutes 
during  first  hour,  then  at  longer  intervals  until  relieved. 

Sabismul  will  produce  pleasing  results  in  fermentative 
diarrhoeas  of  very  young  animals,  and  can  be  relied  upon 
when  especially  valuable  animals  are  under  your  treatment. 
This  formula  produces  a  mild  antiseptic,  astringent  and  se- 
dative action  on  the  mucous  membrane  of  the  gastro-intes- 
tinal  tract,  relieving  the  irritability  of  the  stomach  and 
bowel,  protecting  the  inflamed  membranes,  and  gradually 
changing  the  character  of  the  intestinal  secretions. 

Pint    $0.80 

5  pints   3.50 

Gallon    4.80 


46 


Specialties 


SCARLET  OIL  COMPOUND  "B" 

Contains  Scarlet  Red  Medicinal,  Menthol,  Camphor,  Bal- 
sam Peru,  Thymol  Iodide,  Eucalyptol,  Salol,  Carbolic 
Acid  and  Oil  Tar,  dissolved  in  a  bland  mineral  oil. 

A  stimulating  antiseptic  dressing  for  the  treatment  of 
cuts,  wounds,  abrasions  or  burns. 

Applied  freely,  this  preparation  stimulates  rapid  repair, 
prevents  infection,  stops  pain  and  prevents  soreness.  It 
keeps  the  tissues  soft  and  pliable,  and  assists  nature  to  re- 
duce scar  formation  and  assists  in  preventing  subsequent 
contraction  of  muscles  or  ligaments. 

Dressings  moistened  with  Scarlet  Oil  Compound  "B"  do 
not  adhere  to  the  wound  and  may  be  changed  without  injury 
to  the  delicate  granulations  of  repair. 

Note:  After  repair  of  the  wound  has  advanced  to  a 
point  of  safety,  it  is  well  to  dilute  the  applications  of  this 
preparation  with  mineral  oil  to  prevent  over  stimulation. 

4-oz.   bottles  with  applicator  swab   and 

direction  label,  per  doz $3.50 

Pint    80 

5    pints    3.50 

Gallon     5.20 


Solutabs 

This  name  designates  tablets  especially  designed  to  dis- 
solve quickly  and  completely.  They  are  hand-molded,  true 
to  weight  and  readily  soluble. 

SOLUTABS  CHLORAMINE  T.  4i^  grs. 

This  tablet  is  intended  for  use  as  a  chlorine  antiseptic 
in  solutions  of  from  one-half  to  two  per  cent. 

Solutabs  Chloramine  T.  41/2  grs.  are  tested  to  insure  the 
available  chlorine  content  of  41/2  grs  of  Chloramine  T.  When 
one  tablet  is  dissolved  in  one  fluidounce  of  water,  a  strongly 
germicidal  solution  is  formed  which  does  not  precipitate 
albumin. 

Packed  in  bottles  of  100  only. 

Per  100   $0.55 

Per  500   (5  bottles) 2.50 

Per  1,000  (10  bottles) 4.80 


specialties 


47 


SOLUTABS  MERCUlUC-rOTASSll  M  IODIDE 

Each  tablet  represents: 

Mercuric-Potassium  Iodide  1  4/10  grs. 

Sodium  Bicarbonate    q.  s. 

Sodium   Hydroxide    q.  s. 

One  tablet  dissolved  in  one  pint  of  water  makes  a  1  to 
5,000  solution;  equal  in  germicidal  power  to  1  to  1,000 
Bichloride  Solution.  Contains  added  color  to  make  solu- 
tion light  blue. 

These  tablets  possess  the  following  advantages: 

The  solution  does  not  coagulate  albumen;  does  not  in- 
jure metal;  does  not  irritate  the  hands;  does  not  attack 
nickel  or  steel  instruments  because  of  the  presence  of  free 
alkali  which  unites  chemically  with  the  carbon  dioxide  held 
in  solution  in  water,  thus  preventing  action  on  these  metals. 

The  Mercuric-Potassium  Iodide  contained  in  this  tablet 
is  made  before  being  added  to  the  remaining  ingredients, 
insuring  accuracy  of  the  formula. 

These  tablets  are  carefully  tested  to  prove  their  bacteri- 
cidal action. 

Packed  only  in  bottles  of  100. 

100    $0.55 

500    (5/lOOs)    2.50 

1,000   (10/lOOs)    4.80 


SYRUP  CANNABIS  COMPOUND,  NO  MORPHINE 

One  fluidounce  is  equal  to  Cannabis  Indica,  7^^  grs.; 
Chloroform,  4  mins.;  Lobelia,  iy2  grs.;  Tartar  Emetic, 
Vs  gr.;  with  Tolu  and  Aromatics, 

Dosage — Horse:  One  fluidounce.    Dog:  One  fluidram. 

Syrup  Cannabis  Compound  is  an  effective  expectorant 
and  sedative;  it  allays  irritation,  reduces  inflammation  and 
favors  liquefaction  and  expectoration  of  bronchial  mucus. 
The  distinctive  appearance  and  acceptable  taste  of  this  syrup 
and  the  certainty  of  its  action  have  made  it  very  popular 
among  our  customers. 

Pint  bottle   $0.75 

5-pint    bottle    3.25 

Gallon  bottle   4.50 


48 


Specialties 


SYRUP  MELPINOL  COMPOUND 

One  fluidounce  is  equal  to: 

Chloroform    4  mins. 

Syrup  Wild  Cherry    90  mins. 

Syrup  Sanguinaria   10  mins. 

Syrup  Senega   8  mins. 

Syrup  White  Pine    60  mins. 

Syrup  Ipecac    20  mins. 

Syrup  Squills   160  mins. 

Honey,  Eucalyptol  and  Anise. 

Dose — Horse:    One-half  to   one   fluidounce    every    three 

hours. 

This  syrup  has  proven  itself  a  very  satisfactory  prepa- 
ration in  the  relief  of  troublesome  conditions  of  the  upper 
respiratory  tract,  where  it  acts  as  a  sedative  and  stimulates 
secretion. 

Pint    $0.60 

5  pints    2.50 

Gallon    3.60 


SYRUP  WHITE  PINE  COMPOUND  No.  2 

Each  fluidounce  is  equal  to: 

White   Pine   Bark    30  grs. 

Cherry   Bark    30  grs. 

Blood-root     4  grs. 

Balm   Gilead    4  grs. 

Spikenard    4  grs. 

Sassafras    2  grs. 

Chloroform    4  mins. 

The  value  of  this  formula  has  long  been  recognized  in 
the  treatment  of  laryngeal  and  bronchial  coughs. 

Pint   $0.60 

5  pints  2.50 

Gallon 3.60 

TERRAGENE 

This  preparation  contains  earthy  silicates,  glycerin  and 
antiseptics.  It  is  an  antiseptic,  hygroscopic  application 
which  quickly  relieves  congestion  and  pain.  It  is  useful 
wherever  there  is  inflammation  or  congestion,  whether  sup- 
erficial or  deep  seated. 

Directions:  Warm  Terragene  by  setting  the  can  in  a 
pan  of  boiling  water,  being  careful  to  prevent  any  water 
from  mixing  with  it.  When  it  is  as  warm  as  can  be  applied, 
spread  it  about  an  eighth  of  an  inch  thick  over  the  inflamed 
part,  cover  with  absorbent  cotton,  heavy  cloth  or  oiled  paper; 


Specialties 


49 


hold  in  place  with  bandages.  Allow  the  dressing  to  remain 
in  place  twelve  to  twenty-four  hours,  when  it  will  peel  off, 
leaving  the  parts  clean. 

i/^-pound  cans,  per  dozen $2.25 

1-pound  cans,  per  dozen 4.00 

5-pound  can  1.75 

THYCAMPHONE 

Contains  Menthol,  Camphor.  Balsam  Peru,  Thymol  Iodide,  ,    .^ 

Eucalyptol,  Salol,  Carbolic  Acid  and  Oil  Tar,  dissolved  in  ^ 

a  special  mineral  oil  base. 

Thycamphone  has  thoroughly  proved  its  high  value  in 
the  local  treatment  of  wounds — traumatic  or  surgical — ab- 
rasions, fistulous  tracts,  barb-wire  cuts,  burns  and  all  similar 
conditions  where  a  protective,  antiseptic  and  healing  dress- 
ing is  required.  It  possesses  marked  germicidal,  antiseptic 
and  stimulant  properties;  when  applied  to  wounds  will  pro- 
mote healthy  granulation  and  rapid  healing,  retard  infec- 
tion, relieve  pain  and  irritation,  and  by  keeping  the  tissues 
softened  and  pliable,  will  prevent  formation  of  excessive 
scar  tissue. 

When  in  contact  with  alkaline  fluids  the  salol  in  this 
formula  is  broken  up,  liberating  free  phenol,  thus  enhancing 
its  antiseptic  value. 

The  special  oil  base  used  in  Thycamphone,  in  addition 
to  preventing  undue  hardening  of  the  tissues,  avoids  adhe- 
sion of  dressings  to  injured  parts,  thus  permitting  changes 
of  dressing  without  disturbing  the  delicate  newly-formed 
tissue  and  retarding  repair. 

If  desirable  this  preparation  may  be  diluted  with  mineral 
oil  of  a  good  grade. 

Pint    $0.70 

5    pints    3.00 

Gallon    4.40 

TURCAPSOL 

Each  fluidounce  represents: 

Camphor,  20  grs.;  Salicylic  Acid,  15  grs.;  Turpentine,  120 
minims.,  in  a  specially  concentrated  preparation  of  Capsi- 
cum and  Ginger. 

Dose — Horse:  One-half  to  one  fluidounce,  repeated  as  indi- 
cated. Use  undiluted  in  capsule,  or  well  shaken  with 
water  in  dose  syringe  or  as  drench. 

Turcapsol  deservedly  is  one  of  the  most  popular  of  our 
veterinary  specialties. 


50 


Specialties 


TURCAPSOL— Cont'd 

It  fully  conforms  to  modern  methods  in  the  treatment 
of  colics,  by  relieving  pain,  shock  and  fermentation  without 
disguising  pathological  symptoms.  Containing  no  opiates 
it  does  not  check  peristalsis,  but  rather  stimulates  normal 
bowel  action. 

These  features  make  Turcapsol  a  safe  and  reliable  rem- 
edy for  the  treatment  of  those  troublesome  gastric  or  intes- 
tinal derangements  which  are  characterized  by  gas  forma- 
tion, pain,  shock  and  circulatory  disturbances.  This  prep- 
aration can  be  dispensed  with  safety  for  administration  by 
stable  attendants. 

Freely  used,  it  will  act  as  an  efficient  circulatory  and 
systemic  stimulant,  stimulate  peristalsis,  check  fermentation, 
and  relieve  pain. 

Pint    $0.80 

5    pints    3.50 

Gallon    5.20 

VERMIFUGE  COMPOUND:  Dr.  N.  D.  Backus 

Contains:    Arsenous    Acid,    2  5/6    grs.;     Tartar    Emetic, 
14  oz.  Avd.,  and  Foenugreek. 


Directions  —  Mix  the 
powder  with  feed  twice  a 
day  for  five  days  (10 
powders),  then  follow  with 
Bolus  Aloin  Compound  or 
other  equally  active  ca- 
thartic. 


This  anthelmintic  treatment  can  be  easily  administered 
by  the  attendant,  and  the  distinctive  package  makes  it  desir- 
able for  dispensing.  Its  use  enables  the  practitioner  to 
replace,  with  an  ethical  and  efficient  remedy,  the  patent 
"worm-expellers"  (?)  of  the  market. 


specialties 


51 


The  value  of  Arsenous  Acid  and  Tartar  Emetic  as  an- 
thelmintics is  well  recognized,  when  given  in  repeated  doses 
as  recommended  for  this  preparation.  The  addition  of  Foen- 
ugreek  gives  the  desired  palatability. 

Per  pack    (6   cartons,   each   containing 

one  complete  treatment)    $  2.25 

2  packs    (twelve    treatments) 4.25 

6  packs  (thirty-six  treatments)   12.00 


VETERINARY  ZEAMANTINE  COMPOUND 

Each  fluidounce  represents: 

Uromantine  (Hexamethylenamine),  80  grs.;  Uva  Ursi,  40 

grs.;    Zea  Mays,  64  grs.;    Sodium   Citrate,   16  grs.;    Aro- 

matics,  q.  s. 

Dose — Horse:   One  fluidounce.     Repeat  every  two  hours  if 

necessary. 

Uromantine  (hexamethylenamine)  breaks  down  in  the 
kidneys  and  liberates  free  formaldehyde,  thereby  affording 
an  efficient  agent  for  sterilizing  the  entire  urinary  tract. 

Veterinary  Zeamantine  Compound  carries  a  sufficient 
quantity  of  Uromantine  to  be  effective,  in  combination  with 
powerful  diuretics  and  demulcents. 

In  tlie  treatment  of  those  conditions  characterized  by 
urine  containing  blood,  pus  or  other  evidence  of  infection, 
Veterinary  Zeamantine  Compound  will  give  marked  and 
pleasing  results.  Its  use  reduces  the  irritation  of  acid  urine, 
allays  congestion,  increases  kidney  function  with  practically 
no  irritation,  and  quickly  relieves  the  clinical  symptoms  in 
septic  conditions  of  the  urinary  tract,  pyelitis,  cystitis,  and 
edema. 

This  preparation  has  been  endorsed  by  many  veterinar- 
ians as  a  valuable  adjuvant  in  the  treatment  of  Azoturia,  in 
which  disease  it  merits  a  thorough  trial. 

Pint    $1.05 

5    pints    4.75 

Gallon    7.20 


Some  Distinctive  Features  of 
Pitman  Moore  Tablet  Making 

Tablet  medication  at  this  time  is  of  vital  interest  to  the 
veterinary  profession.  Through  this  type  of  medication, 
accuracy  of  dosage  and  economy  of  administration  are 
gained,  costs  are  reduced,  waste  is  avoided  and  time  and 
space  are  conserved. 

Pitman-Moore  tablet  equipment  is  designed  to  produce 
quality  tablets,  and  it  must  be  remembered  that  the  process 
in  the  production  of  tablets  can  not  be  automatic,  but  re- 
quires close  supervision  of  each  individual  formula  to  pro- 
duce active  therapeutic  preparations. 

1.  The  various  components  of  a  formula  are  double  checked 
to  insure  against  error. 

2.  In  mixing  the  component  parts  of  a  formula,  methods 
insuring  proper  division  of  the  various  drugs  are  used, 
a  factor  of  special  value  when  potent  alkaloids  or  chem- 
icals enter  into  the  formula. 

3.  When  being  dried  for  granulation,  the  heat  used  is  care- 
fully regulated  to  prevent  any  damage  to  the  active  in- 
gredients. 

4.  The  granulations  are  made  with  a  view  to  rapid  disin- 
tegration, when  in  contact  with  the  stomach  fluids. 

5.  When  ready  for  compression  the  tablet  machines  are  set 
to  insure  just  enough  pressure  to  hold  the  tablet  in  shape 
with  ordinary  handling,  yet  soft  enough  to  be  crushed 
easily.  (Exceptions  to  this  rule  are  tablets  like  Nitrate 
of  Potassium,  etc.,  which  require  harder  compression.) 
The  weight  of  the  finished  tablet  is  carefully  checked  to 
insure  uniformity  and  accuracy. 

6.  The  finished  lot  is  protected  until  ready  for  packing  to 
insure  clean  tablets. 

7.  Before  packing,  each  lot  is  carefully  sorted  to  insure 
that  only  perfect  tablets  are  marketed. 

Our  label  on  tablets  means  quality  in  material  and  work- 
manship, accuracy  in  dosage  and  honesty  in  purpose.  They 
give  results. 

52 


Veterinary  Tablets 

100  500  1.000 

Acetanilid,  45  grs $1.00  $  4.50  $  8.75 

Acetanilid  and  Sodium  Salicylate.  .  .    1.30  5.75  11.25 

Acid  Salicylic  (See  Salicylic  Acid,  Page  57) 

Aconite  Root  5  min.  Fldext.  U.  S.  P.      .90  4.00  7.75 

Aloin  Comp.  Kound   3.50         17.00         33.00 

Aloin    60  grs. 

Calomel    15  grs. 

Ext.  Nux  Vomica 3  grs. 

Powd.    Ginger    5  grs. 

Ammonium  Chloride  Round  60  grs.       .80  3.50  6.75 

Anti-Flatus    1.25  5.50         10.50 

Each  tablet  represents: 

Tr.  Ginger 20  mln. 

Tr,  Capsicum   40  min. 

Camphor    10  grs. 

Salicylic  Acid    20  grs. 

Indicated  in  the  treatment  of  indigestion.     This  tablet  supports  circu- 
lation, retards  gas  formation  and  stimulates  peristalsis. 

Dose — Horse:    2   to   4   tablets.     Repeat  if  necessary. 

100  500  1,000 

Antiseptic  No.  3 — f^lue  or  Red 50  2.25  4.40 

Corrosive  Sublimate 7  3/10  grs. 

Citric  Acid    3  8/10  grs. 

Hand  molded,  quickly  soluble.  Make  colored  solutions. 
For  1:1000  solution  dissolve  one  tablet  in  one  pint  of 
water. 

Antiseptic  Bernay's — Blue    25  .90  1.60 

Corrosive    Sublimate 1%  grs. 

Citric  Acid  87/100  grs. 

For  1:1000  solution  dissolve  one  tablet  in  four  fluidounces 
of  water;    for  1:5000  solution   dissolve   one   tablet   in   1- 
pint,  4  fluidounces  of  water. 
(See  also  Solutabs  Chloramine  T.  4^/^  grs.,  and  Solutabs  Mercuric  Potas- 
sium Iodide,  page  46.) 


tSupplied    on    unspecified   orders. 

53 


54 


Veterinary  Tablets 


100  500  1,000 

Arsenic  and  Iron  Compound 75  3.25  6.25 

Arsenous    Acid 5  grs. 

Copper   Sulphate    30  grs. 

Iron     Sulphate     equal     to     crystal- 

ized   Iron   Sulphate 60  grs. 

A  suitable  tonic  for  Horses  and  Cattle. 
Dose — One  tablet  as  indicated. 

Arsenous  Acid  Round  2^4  grs 60  2.50  4.75 

Equal  to  Vz  fluidounce  Fowler's  Solution. 

Astringent  Wash  "B"  Round 90  4.00  7.75 

Lead   Acetate    48  grs. 

Alum    16  grs. 

Zinc  Sulphate    32  grs. 

For  preparing  White  Lotion  dissolve   one  tablet  in  one 

pint  of  water. 

Barantco  Compound 1.50  7.00         13.75 

Barium   Chloride    ....30  grs. 

Tartar  Emetic    30  grs. 

Powdered  Ginger  10  grs. 

Strychnine  Sulphate   V2  gr. 

Barium  Chloride  and  Tartar  Emetic  kave  been  highly  recommended 
in  atony  of  the  rumen  in  cattle.  The  formulae  here  listed  represent 
the  combinations  and  dosages  that  have  been  found  best  suited  to 
the  various  phases  of  this  condition.  The  desired  dose  of  these  tablets 
should  be  suspended  in  water,  well  shaken  and  given  orally. 

100  500  1.000 

Barium  Chloride  30  grs 60  2.50  4.75 

Barium  Chloride  and  Tartar  Emetic 

Comp 90  4.00  7.75 

Barium    Chloride    15  grs. 

Tartar  Emetic 15  grs. 

Ginger    10  grs. 

Strychnine    Sulphate %  gr. 

(See  also  Tablet  Tartar  Emetic  and  Barium  Chloride,  page  58.) 

Belladonna  Leaves  60  min.  Fldext. 

U.  S.  P 1.00  4.50  8.75 

Calcium  Iodized  15  grs 1.00  4.50  8.75 

A  useful  alterative  in  the  treatment  of  nutritional  diseases.  Has  been 
used  with  success  in  certain  cases  of  so-called  posterior  paralysis  in 
swine,  when  due  to  nutritional  insufficiency. 

100  500  1.000 

Calcium  Sulphide  30  grs.  Plain 75  3.25  6.25 


Veterinary  Tablets 


55 


500 

6.00 

1.000 

11.50 

5.50 

10.50 

7.50 

14.75 

100 

Calcium  Sulphide  Compound  Kound  1.35 

Calcium  Sulphide  30  grs. 

Echinacea    30  grs. 

Calomel  20  grs 1.25 

Calomel  and  Soda  "C" 1.65 

Calomel    30  grs. 

Sodium  Bicarbonate   30  grs. 

Capsicum  30  grs 75  3.25  6.25 

Each  tablet  represents: 

Capsicum    Powdered 30  grs. 

Chloral  Hydrate  20  grs 1.00  4.50  8.75 

Chloral  Hydrate  60  grs 2.50  

Colic  "B''  Round   1.10  5.00  9.75 

Camphor,  10  grs.,  with  special  con- 
centration of  Capsicum  and  Gin- 
ger. 

Cough  "B"    1.20  5.35         10.40 

Ammonium  Chloride   60  grs. 

Fldext.  Belladonna  Lvs...20  mins. 
Strychnine  Sulphate  1/10  gr. 

Bichromate  and   Ammonium    Com- 
pound        1.00  4.50  8.75 

Potassium  Bichromate 5  grs. 

Ammonium    Chloride    60  grs. 

Fldext.  Stramonium 5  min. 

Useful  in  chronic  cough.  'Dose — 
Horse:     1  tablet  three  times  a  day. 

Echinacea  30  grs.  "B"  Round 1.00 

Ginger  60  grs 1.00 

Each  tablet  represents: 

Ginger   Powdered    60  grs. 

Iron  Sulphate  45  grs 60 

Laminitis    65 

Powdered  Alum    45  grs. 

Sodium  Nitrate 45  grs. 


4.50 

8.75 

4.50 

8.75 

2.50 

4.75 

2.75 

5.50 

56  Veterinary  Tablets 


100  500  1,000 

Mercury    Bichloride    &    Plienolsul- 

phonates  Compound 80  3.50  6.75 

(For  Fowl  Cholera) 

Zinc  Sulphocarbolate   6  grs. 

Calcium  Sulphocarbolate 6  grs. 

Sodium  Sulphocarbolate    6  grs. 

Copper   Sulphocarbolate    2  grs. 

Mercury  Bi-chloride    2  grs. 

When  ordered  in  quantities  of  5,000  tablets,  will  be  supplied  in  bottles 
of  50  or  100,  with  private  prescription  label. 

5,000  in  bottles  of  50 $39.50 

5,000  in  bottles  of  100 35.00 

Directions :  Dissolve  on^  tablet  in  each  pint  of  drinking  water,  or  mix 
a  solution  of  one  tablet  with  each  pound  of  soft  feed. 
Poultry  practice  offers  an  additional  source  of  revenue  to  the  veter- 
inarian. Intestinal  infections  form  a  large  part  of  the  troubles  found 
in  fowls.  That  our  Tablets  Mercury  Bi-chloride  and  Phenolsulphonates 
Compound  offer  practically  a  specific  treatment  for  intestinal  infections 
in  fowls  is  the  experience  of  practitioners  who  use  them  extensively. 

100  500  1.000 

INaplithalin  60  grs 70  3.00  5.75 

IVux  Vomica  60  grs.  Round $0.75         $3.25         $6.25 

Each  tablet  represents: 

Nux  Vomica,  standardized.  .60  grs. 

Phenolsulphonates  30  grs 75  3.25  6.25 

Sodium  Phenolsulphate   10  grs. 

Calcium  Phenolsulphonate.  .10  grs. 
Zinc   Phenolsulphonate    10  grs. 

Phenolsulphonates  60  grs.  Round..    1.20  5.35         10.40 

Sodium  Phenolsulphonate.  .20  grs. 
Calcium  Phenolsulphonate.  .20  grs. 
Zinc    Phenolsulphonate 20  grs.    • 

Phensolsulphonates    with    Arsenite 

of  Copper 80  3.50  6.75 

Phenolsulphonates 30  gi's. 

Arsenite  Copper %  gr. 

Potassium  Arsenite,  28  grs 1.50  6.90         12.50 

For  preparing  Fowler's  Solution  extemporaneously,  dissolve  one  tablet 
in  four  fluidounces  of  water.  Eliptoid  shape  to  admit  passing  tablet 
through  neck  of  bottle,  water  then  to  be  added.  Makes  distinct  red 
solution. 

Potassium  Arsenite  Solution  (Fow-     loo  5oo  i.ooo 

ler's)  1  floz.  Round $0.70         $3.00         $5.75 


Veterinary  Tablets 


57 


100  500  1.000 

Potassium  Chlorate  30  grs 60  2.50  4.75 

Potassium  Chlorate  90  grs 70  3.00  6.75 

Potassium  Dichromate  5  grs .80  1.50 

A   useful   tablet   in  the   treatment   of   coughs,   distemper,   sore    throat, 

purpura  hemorrhagica,  etc. 

Dose:     Horse,  one  tablet  dissolved  in  water  every  three  or  four  hours. 

100  500  1.000 

Potassium  Bichromate  40  grs 1.00  4.50  8.75 

Potassium  Nitrate  30  grs 60  2.50  4.75 

Potassium  Nitrate  90  grs 70  3.00  6.75 

Potassium  Nitrate  120  grs 1.00  4.50  8.75 

Salicylic  Acid  30  grs.  Round 70  3.00  5.75 

Salicylic  Acid  60  grs.  Round 1.10  5.00  9.75 

Sodium  Bicarbonate  Red  14  ^^«  ^z. 

Round    60  2.25  4.50 

Sodium    Bicarbonate    Red    60    grs. 

Round     60  2.25  4.75 

Sodium  Chloride  30  grs 60  2.25  4.50 

-Sodium  Chloride  60  grs.  Round $0.60         $2.25  $4.50 

Sodium  Chloride  90  grs.  Round 60  2.25  4.50 

Sodium  Nitrate  90  grs.  Round 75  3.25  6.25 

Sodium  Oxalate  Compound 60  2.25  4.50 

Each  tablet  represents  Oxalic  Acid 
4  grs.  with  Sodium  Bicarbonate. 

Sodium  Salicylate  60  grs.  Round 1.20  5.35  10.40 

Strychnine  Sulphate  1^  gr 2.35  4.50 

Strychnine  Sulphate  1  gr 3.80  7.50 

Sulphocarbolates —  ( See  Phenolsulphonates ) — 

Tartar  Emetic  15  grs 60  2.25  4.50 


58 


Veterinary  Tablets 


100  500  1.000 

Tartar  Emetic  and  Barium  Chloride  1.00  4.50  8.75 

Tartar  Emetic    30  grs. 

Barium   Chloride    30  grs. 

See  also  Tablets  Barantco  and 
Barium  Chloride. 

Tonic 60  2.50  4.75 

Contains  Strych.  Sulph.  1/10  gr., 
Arsenous  Acid  1  gr.,  Ferrous  Sul- 
phate equla  to  120  grs.  of  crystaline 

salts. 

Triple  Bromides  45  grs 75  3.25  6.25 

Ammonium  Bromide  15  grs. 

Potassium  Bromide   15  grs. 

Sodium  Bromide  15  grs. 

Uromantic  60  grs 2.25  ....  .... 


Veterinary  Hypodermic  Tablets 

Per  100 
Per  tube        in  tubes 

Aconitine  1-12  gr Tube  of  10 $0.20       $  1.75 

Aconitine,  Amorphous    1/12  gr. 

$H.  T.  Apomorpliine  Hydro- 
chloride 1-10  gr Tube  of  20 30  1.35 

$H.  T.  Apomorpliine  Hydro- 
chloride 1-5  gr Tube  of  20 50  2.15 

Arecoline  Hydrobromide 

3.^  gr Tube  of  10 50  4.40 

Arecoline  Hydrobromide 

1  gr Tube  of  10 90  8.00 

Arecoline   Compound    Tube  of  10 1.25         12.00 

Arecoline  Hydrobromide   1  gr. 

Eserine  Salicylate  V2  gr. 

Strychnine    Sulphate    V2  gr. 


JPederal  Narcotic  order  required.     Federal  Tax  1  cent  per  tube. 


Hypodermic  Tablets 


59 


Per  tube 

.      .65 


,95 


.60 


Arecoliiie  and  Lobeline.  .  .  .  Tube  of  10 

Arecoline  Hydrobromide   V2  gr. 

Lobeline  Sulphate    1/10  gr. 

Arecoline  and  Strychnine.  .  Tube  of  10  . 

Arecoline  Hydrobromide   1  gr. 

Strychnine  Sulphate   V2  gr. 


Atropine  Sulphate  %  gr.  .  .  Tube  of  10  .... 

Atropine  Sulphate  1  gr.  ...  Tube  of  10  ...  . 

Barium  Chloride  2^^  grs..  .    Tube  of  10 

Cardiac  Tonic Tube  of  10    ... 

Digitalin    1/10  gr. 

Sparteine  Sulphate    Vs  gr. 

Strychnine   Nitrate    Vs  gr. 

^Cocaine  Hydrochloride  1  gr.Tube  of  10  ...  . 

ifH.  T.  Cocaine  Hydrochloride  l^g  ^^*  ^^^  so- 
lution per  bottle  of  25,  $1.50;  per  bottle 
of  100,  $5.75. 

$H.  T.  Codeine  Sulphate  ^.^  gr.Tube  of  20 

H.  T.  Digitalin  1-60  gr.  ...  Tube  of  20  . 

Digitalin  ^i  gr Tube  of  10  . 

Eserine  Salicylate  J^  gr.  .  .  Tube  of  10  . 

E  serine  Salicylate  1  gr.  ...  Tube  of  10 

Eserine  and  Pilocarpine  .  .  .  Tube  of  10 

Eserine  Salicylate   V2  gr. 

Pilocarpine  Hydrochloride   1  gr. 

Lobeline  Sulphate  1-10  gr.  .  Tube  of  10 

Lobeline  Sulphate  1-5  gr.   .  Tube  of  10 

Lobeline  Sulphate  J4  ^*'-  •    Tube  of  10 

IFederal  Narcotic  order  required.     Federal  Tax  1  cent  per  tube. 


Per  100 
in  tubes 

6.00 


8.50 


.40 

3.50 

.55 

5.00 

.20 

1.00 

.25 

2.10 

5.60 


.  .  .      .45 

2.00 

.  .  .$0.20 

$0.85 

.  .  .      .40 

3.25 

.  .  .      .60 

5.50 

.  .  .    1.10 

10.00 

.  .  .    1.40 

13.50 

.  .  .      .45 

3.75 

.  .  .      .70 

6.50 

.  .  .      .85 

7.75 

60 


Hypodermic  Tablets 


:i:H.  T.  Morphine  Sulphate 

f4  gr Tube  of  20  . 

$H.  T.  Morphine  Sulphate 

%  gr Tube  of  20  . 

ifMorphine  Sulphate  1  gr..  .  .  Tube  of  10  . 

Nitroglycerin  1-10  gr Tube  of  10  . 

IVitroglycerin  1-5  gr Tube  of  10  . 

Physostigmine — See  Y.  H.  T.  E serine. 

H.  T.  Pilocarpine  Hydro- 
chloride %  gr Tube  of  20  . 

Pilocarpine  Hydrochloride 

J^  gr Tube  of  10  . 

Pilocarpine  Hydrochloride 

1  gr Tube  of  10' . 

H.  T.  Strychnine  Sulphate 

1-60  gr Tube  of  20  . 

H.  T.  Strychnine  Sulphate 

1-40  gr Tube  of  20  . 

H.  T.  Strychnine  Sulphate 

1-30  gr Tube  of  20  . 

Strychnine  Sulphate  ^4  gr.  Tube  of  10 

Strychnine  Sulphate  i^  gr.  Tube  of  10 

Strychnine  Sulphate  1  gr.  .  Tube  of  10 


,25 


1.15 


30 

2.25 

45 

2.00 

20 

1.00 

20 

1.25 

.  .  .      .35 

1.35 

.  .  .      .50 

4.50 

.  .  .      .80 

8.50 

.  .  .      .15 

.45 

.  .  .      .15 

.45 

.  ..      .15 

.45 

.  ..      .15 

.75 

.  ..      .20 

1.00 

.  .  .      .20 

1.25 

JPederal  Narcotic  order  required.     Federal  Tax  1  cent  per  tube. 


Tablets  for  Canine  Practice 

The  following  are  suggestions  of  tablet  formulae  convenient  for  canine 

and  feline  medication.    The  formulae  presented  cover  a  wide  range  of 

indications,  but  no  attempt  has  been  made  to  cover  the  entire  field  of 

therapeutic  agents  for  these  species  of  animals. 

We  will  be  glad  to  receive  suggestions  for  additional  formulae  and  to 

prepare  special  formula  tablets  where  ordered  in  quantities  sufficient 

for  manufacturing   requirements.     Write   for   quotations. 

Note:      Since  the  dosage  of  canine  medicinal  preparations  must  vary 

with  the  size  of  the  animals,  only  the  approximate  average  dose  can 

be  given  herein. 

100  500  1000 

Absorbent  Dyspeptic   (Canine)    $0.25       $1.05       $2.00 

Pepsin  1 :  3000    1  gr. 

Charcoal    2  grs. 

Sodium   Bicarbonate 21/2  grs. 

For  indigestion,  fermentation,  dyspepsia. 
One  to  four  tablets  after  feeding. 

Aeetanilid  Compound  (Canine) 25         1.05         2.00 

Acetanilid   3  grs. 

Sodium  Bicarbonate    %  grs. 

Caffeine  Citrated    V2  gr. 

Capsicum    1/10  gr. 

Anodyne,  Antipyretic. 

One    or    two    tablets    repeated    in    three 

or  four  hours  if  needed. 

Acetyl-Salicylic  Acid  (Aspirin)   2  grs. 

(Canine)    15  .50  .90 

Antirheumatic,  anodyne. 

For    small    animals;    one    or    two    every 

three  or  four  hours. 

Acetyl-Salicylic  Acid   (Aspirin)   5  grs. 

(Canine)    25  .85         1.60 

Antirheumatic,  anodyne. 

For  large  dogs ;  one  or  two  every  three  or 

four  hours. 

Acetplienetidin  2  grs 25         1.10         2.10 

Acetplienetidin  5  grs 50         2.20         4.25 

Acetplienetidin  Compound   (Canine) .    $0.45       $2.10       $4.00 

Acetphenetidin    SV2  grs. 

Caffeine  Alkaloid   i/4  gr. 

Sodium   Bicarbonate li^  grs. 

Anodyne,  antipyretic. 

61 


Canine  Tablets 


100  500  1000 

Acetplienetidin  and  Magnesium   Sali- 
cylate Compound  No.  2  (Canine) 40         1.60         3.10 

Acetphenetidin    1  gr. 

Magnesium   Salicylate    1^/^  grs. 

Phenol  Salicylate 1  gr. 

Quinine  Sulphate   V2  gr. 

Aloin    Vs  gr. 

Caffeine  Alkaloid   %  gr. 

In   coryza,   influenza,   distemper;    one   or 
two  every  three  hours. 

Aconite  Root  Tincture  2  min.  (Canine)     .15  .45  .80 

One   tablet   every  two   hours   until   fever 
is  reduced. 

Alkaline  and  Antiseptic 25  .90         1.75 

Sodium     Bicarbonate,     Sodium     Bi- 

borate,    Sodium    Benzoate,    Sodium 

Salicylate,    Sodium    Chloride,    Eu- 

calyptol,     Thymol,      Menthol,      Oil 

Gaultheria. 
One  tablet  dissolved  in  2  ounces  of  water 
makes  a  cleansing  alkaline  solution. 

Aloin    Cascarin    Compound    (Canine) 

Coated  Brown    20  .80         1.50 

Aloin    14  gr. 

Cascarin    14  gr. 

Ext.  Belladonna    %  gr. 

Podophyllin    14  gr. 

Hepatic  stimulant  and  laxative.    One  tab- 
let one  to  four  times  daily. 

Alplienine   (Canine)   Coated  Brown...      .25  .90         1.75 

Aloin    Vs  gr. 

Podophyllin    %  gr. 

Phenolphthalein    i/^  gr. 

Gingerine    %  gr. 

Laxative  and  hepatic  stimulant.     One  or 
two  tablets,  one  to  three  times  daily. 

Antacid   (Canine) 15  .55         1.00 

Calcium  Carbonate   3i^  grs. 

Magnesium  Carbonate    ....2I/2  grs. 

Sodium   Chloride    1  gr. 

To  correct  hyper-acidity.     One  or  two  as 
required. 


Canine  Tablets 


100  500  1000 

Anti-Bilious    (Canine)    $0.20       $0.65       $1.25 

Calomel   V2  gr. 

Sodium  Bicarbonate   1  gr. 

Podophyllin    Vs  gr. 

Ext.  Belladonna   %  gr. 

Oleoresin   Capsicum %  gr. 

One  or  two,  night  and  morning. 

Bismuth  Subnitrate  2  grs 30         1.25         2.40 

Bismuth  Subnitrate  5  grs 55         2.60         5.00 

Boric  Acid  5  grs 15  .55         1.00 

Bronchitis  (Canine)    30         1.35         2.50 

Ammonium  Chloride  1  gr. 

Terpin   Hydrate    V2  gr. 

Ext.   Glycyrrhiza    V2  gr. 

Powdered    Squill    Vs  gr. 

Oil  Anise    1/12  gr. 

Stimulating  expectorant.  One  or  two 
every  two  or  four  hours. 

Calcium  Iodized  1-3  gr 20 

Calcium  Iodized  ^^  gr 20 

Calcium  Iodized  1  gr 25 

Calcium  Iodized  2  gr 35 

Calcium  Iodized  5  grs 55 

Alterative.  Produces  systemic  effect  of 
iodine.  One  tablet  three  or  four  times 
daily. 

Calcium  Lactate  5  grs 30 

Calcium  Sulphide  %  gr.  Coated  Brown     .15 

Calcium  Sulphide  ^^  gr.  Coated  Brown     .15 

Calcium  Sulphide  1  gr.  Coated  Brown.     .20 

Calomel  1-10  gr 15 

Calomel  M  gr ^^ 

Calomel  %  gr 15 

Calomel  and  Phenolphthalein  (Canine)     .15 

Calomel    i/4  gr. 

Phenolphthalein    ^  gr. 


.70 

1.25 

.75 

1.35 

1.05 

2.00 

1.55 

3.00 

2.55 

5.00 

1.20 

2.25 

.55 

.90 

.55 

1.00 

.60 

1.10 

.45 

.75 

.50 

.80 

.55 

.90 

.60 

1.10 

64 


Canine  Tablets 


100  500  1000 

Calomel  and  Soda  No.  1  (Canine) $0.15       $0.45       $0.75 

Calomel   1/10  gr. 

Soda   Bicarbonate    1  gr. 

Calomel  and  Soda  No.  2  (Canine) 15  .50  .80 

Calomel    i/i  gr. 

Soda   Bicarbonate    1  gr. 

Calomel  and  Soda  No.  3  (Canine) 15  .55  .90 

Calomel   V2  gr. 

Soda   Bicarbonate    1  gr. 

Cascara    Rliubarl)    and    Ipecac    Com- 
pound Special  (Canine) 20  .65         1.20 

Rhubarb  Powdered    V2  gr. 

Ipecac  Powdered   1/16  gr. 

Sodium  Bicarbonate    5  grs. 

Oil  Peppermint  1/10  gr. 

Fldext.  Cascara  Sagrada. .  .2i/^  grs. 
Antacid,   laxative   and   carminative.     One 
or  two  tablets  after  feeding 

Cascarin  Compound   (Canine)    Coated 
Brown     20  .75         1.40 

Aloin    14  gr. 

Podophyllin    14  gr. 

Cascarin    14  gr. 

Cathartic  Compound  U.  S.  P.  (Canine) 

Coated  Brown    30         1.20         2.25 

Ext.  Colocynth  Comp li/4  grs. 

Extract  Jalap    V2  gr. 

Calomel 1  gr. 

Gamboge   i^  gr. 

As  a  laxative,  one;  cathartic,  two. 

Cathartic  Improved    (Canine)    Coated 

Brown    .30         1.30         2.50 

Extract   Colocynth   Comp 1  gr. 

Extract  Jalap    V2  gr. 

Podophyllin ^4  gr. 

Leptandrin   i/4  gr. 

Extract   Hyoscyamus    ^4,  gr. 

Extract  Gentian   1/2  gr. 

Dose:     One  to  three  tablets. 


Canine  Tablets 


100  500  1000 

Chlorodyne,  no  Morphine,  half 
strength  (Canine)    20  .70         1.25 

Extract  Cannabis Vs  gi*- 

Extract  Hyoscyamus M  gr. 

Nitroglycerin     1/600  gr. 

Oleoresin   Capsicum    1/20  gr. 

Oil  Peppermint 1/20  gr. 

Relieves  gastric  and  intestinal  pain.  One 
tablet  every  15  minutes  for  two  or  three 
doses,  then  at  longer  intervals,  if  re- 
quired. 

Conjunctivitis  (Canine) 15  .55         1.00 

Zinc  Sulphocarbolate   ^A  gr. 

Boric  Acid    2  grs, 

Two  dissolved  in  1  fluidounce  of  water 
makes  an  effective  eye  lotion  in  con- 
junctivitis. 

Febrile     Laxative     (Canine)     Coated 

Brown    60         2.80         5.50 

Quinine  Sulphate  1  gr. 

Acetanilid   2  grs. 

Tr.  Gelsemium  U.  S.  P...l^/^  min. 

Aloin     1/20  gr. 

Podophyllin    1/40  gr. 

Capsicum    i/4  gi*- 

One  every  hour  until  fever  is  reduced. 

Ferruginous  Cascara  Comp.  (Canine) .     .20  .70         1.20 

Blaud's  Mass 3  grs. 

Ext.  Cascara  Sagrada V2  gr. 

Arsenous  Acid    1/60  gr. 

Excellent  Iron  Tonic. 

Fever  Davis   (Canine)    15  .45  .75 

Tr.  Aconite,  U.  S.  P 7/10  min. 

Tr.  Belladonna,  U.  S.  P.. 3/20  min. 

Tr.    Bryonia    1/10  min. 

One  every  15  minutes  until  fever  is  re- 
duced. 

Gastritis    (Canine)    25  .95         1.75 

Silver  Nitrate    Ye,  gr. 

Extract  Hyoscyamus    i/4  gr. 

Extract   Nux   Vomica i/4  gr. 

Sodium  Bicarbonate   3  grs. 

One  before  feeding. 


66 


Canine  Tablets 


100  500  1000 

Glycerophosphates    Calcium    and    So- 
dium   (Canine)     35         1.40         2.75 

Calcium    Glycerophosphate  —  1  gr. 

Sodium  Glycerophosphate 1  gr. 

Tonic  and  restorative.  One  or  two  three 
times  daily  with  feed. 

Heart  Tonic  (Canine)  Coated  Green.  . .     .25         1.05         2.00 

Digitalin    1/134  gr. 

Strophanthin    1/5000  gr. 

Strychnine  Sulphate  1/500  gr. 

Spartein  Sulphate    1/40  gr. 

Nitroglycerin    1/500  gr. 

Fldext.  Cactus    %  min. 

For  weak,  irregular  and  irritable  heart 
action.     One  after  feeding. 

Heart  Tonic  and  Stimulant  Dr.  DaCos- 

ta,  Coated  Brown  (Canine) 15  .65         1.10 

Nitroglycerin   1/100  gr. 

Tr.  Strophanthus  U.  S.  P....1  min. 

Tr.   Digitalis  U.   S.   P 3  min. 

Tr.  Belladonna  U.  S.  P %  min. 

One  after  feeding. 

Intestinal  Antiseptic  (Canine) 20  .80         1.50 

Calcium  Sulphocarbolate  ..l^/^  grs. 

Sodium    Sulphocarbolate. .  .IV2  grs. 

Zinc  Sulphocarbolate   1^/4  grs. 

One  with  water  before  feeding.  Increase 
if  necessary  to  two  every  two  or  three 
hours. 

Laxothalen  2  grs.  (Canine) 35         1.45         2.75 

Each    tablet    contains    Phenol- 

phthalein    2    grs.,   with    sugar   and 

aromatics. 

Dose:     Dog,  one  or  two,  night  and 

morning.     Recommended   by  many 

canine    specialists    as    one    of   the 

best  laxatives  for  dogs. 

Magnesium  Salicylate  5  grs.  (Canine) .     .25  .95         1.75 

Anti-rheumatic,  anodyne. 

Phenolsulphonates    Comp.    (Canine) .  .      .40         1.80         3.00 

Bismuth    Subgallate    2  grs. 

Zinc  Phenolsulphonate ^/^  gr. 

Bismuth  Naphtholate    ^/^  gr. 

Copper  Arsenite  1/200  gr. 

Cinnamon    q.s. 

Bowel  antiseptic  and  sedative.  One  every 
hour  if  required. 


I 


Canine  Tablets 


67 


.50 

.90 

.80 

1.50 

.30 

2.50 

100  500  1000 

Rhinitis  (Canine)   Coated  Brown 40         1.75         3.40 

Camphor   Vz  gr. 

Fldext.  Belladonna  Root 14  min. 

Quinine    Sulphate    V2  gr. 

One  every  three  hours  if  required. 

Salol  1  g:r 15 

Salol  21^  grs 20 

Salol  5  grs 30 

Intestinal  antiseptic.     One  to  five  grains 
four  times  daily. 

Salol  and  Bismuth  Comp.  (Canine) ...     .25         1.00         1.90 

Salol  Vs  gr. 

Mercury  Iodide  (yellow) .  .1/120  gr. 

Bismuth  Subsalicylate   1  gr. 

One  tablet  every  two  hours  for  eight 
doses,  and  then  every  three  hours  as 
required. 

Santonin  and  Calomel  No.  1  (Canine) .   2.50        

Santonin   V2  gr. 

Calomel   V2  gr. 

Vermifuge,  laxative.  One  to  three  tablets. 

Santonin  and  Calomel  No.  2  (Canine)   1.30        

Santonin    14  gr. 

Calomel  i^  gr. 

Santonin  and  Calomel  No.  3  (Canine) .     .60        

Santonin   1/10  gr. 

Calomel  1/10  gr. 

Sodium  Salicylate  5  grs 20  .80         1.50 

Sulphur  and  Cream  Tartar  (Canine) .  .     .15  .55         1.00 

Sulphur   4  grs. 

Potassium   Bitartrate    2  grs. 

One  to  three,  night  and  morning. 

Uromantic  5  grs.  (Canine) 30         1.15         2.25 

Urinary  antiseptic. 

Vermifuge  (Canine)    2.60        

Calomel  '^^  gr. 

Podophyllin    1/20  gr. 

Santonin    V2  gr. 

Sodium  Bicarbonate    1  gr. 

Oil  Worm  Seed   14  min. 

Anthelmintic,  laxative.  One  night  and 
morning  if  required. 

Zinc  Sulphocarbolate  2}^  grs 15  .55         1.00 


Elixirs 


Elixirs  are  sweetened  aromatic  liquids  containing  active  medicinal 
agents,  and  having  the  taste  of  the  active  drug  modified  or  disguised 
by  flavoring  agents. 

Originated  for  use  in  human  medicine  to  permit  administration  of 
drugs  in  more  palatable  form,  a  number  of  elixir  formulae  have  found 
their  way  into  veterinary  medicine  because  of  the  adaptability  of  their 
formulae  to  veterinary  requirements. 

The  following  list  contains  those  elixirs  that  have  been  found  most 
useful  in  veterinary  practice: 

Dosage — The  usual  dose  of  this  class  of  products  is  as  follows: 
Dog,  one  fluidram;   cat,  ^ 
horse,  1  to  2  fluidounces. 


Buchu  Juniper  and  Acetate  Potassium 

See  formula  and  description  under  specialties,  page  32. 
Pint,  $1.60  5  Pints,  $7.50  Gallon,  $10.50 


Calisaya  Iron  and  Strychnine 

Each  fluidounce  is  equal  to: 

Calisaya  Bark   40  grs. 

Iron   Pyrophosphate    8  grs. 

Strychnine    8/64  gr. 

Pint,  $1.00  5  Pints,  $4.50  Gallon,  $6.80 


Cranesbill  Compound 

Each  fluidounce  is  equal  to: 

Geranium  (Cranesbill)   64  grs. 

Zinc  Sulphocarbolate   8  grs. 

Cloves    8  grs. 

Pint,  $1.00  5  Pints,$4.50  Gallon,  $6.80 

Digitalis  and  Lobelia  Compound,  Dr.  Roberts,  (See  Spe- 
cialties, page  33) 

Diuretic 

One  fluidounce  is  equal  to: 

Buchu    40  grs. 

Juniper  Berries    24  grs. 

Potassium  Acetate 16  grs. 

Pint,  $1.30  5  Pints,  $6.00  Gallon,  $9.00 

68 


Elixirs 


69 


Echinacea  Compound,  Special,  Prescription  "B" 

Each  fluidounce  is  equal  to: 

Echinacea   80  grs. 

Red  Clover 40  grs. 

Stillingia 16  grs. 

Berberis    16  grs. 

Lappa  (Burdock)    16  grs. 

Phytolacca   (Poke  Root) 16  grs. 

Prickly  Ash  Bark 4  grs. 

Potassium  Iodide   8  grs. 

Pint,  $1.30  5  Pints,  $6.00  Gallon,  $9.20 

Ferrogen  "B'^  (See  Specialties,  page  33) 
Gentian  Iron  and  Strychnine 

Each  fluidounce  is  equal  to: 

Gentian    32  grs. 

Tr.  Iron  Citro-chloride 40  grs. 

Strychnine     8/60  gr. 

Pint.  $0.90  5  Pints,  $4.00  Gallon,  $5.80 

Iron  Quinine  and  Strychnine  Phosphates  No.  2 

Each  fluidounce  contains: 

Iron  Phosphate  8  grs. 

Quinine   Phosphate    2  grs. 

Strychnine  Phosphate    8/64  gr. 

Pint,  $0.80  5  Pints,  $3.50  Gallon,  $5.20 

Salicylic  Acid  Compound 

Each  fluidounce  is  equal  to: 

Salicylic  Acid    40  grs. 

Gelsemium 12  grs. 

Cimicifuga     40  grs. 

Potassium  Iodide   10  grs. 

Sodium   Bicarbonate    q.s. 

Pint,  $1.00  5  Pints,  $4.25  Gallon,  $6.00 

See  Veterinary  Elixir  Uya  Ursi  Comp.  and  Zeamantine 
Comp.  in  Specialties. 


Fluid  extracts 


The  Pitman-Moore  line  of  fluid  extracts  is  designed  and 
made  for  veterinarians  who  want  the  best. 

Probably  nowhere  in  manufacturing  pharmacy  is  there 
to  be  found  a  wider  variation  in  quality  than  in  the  various 
fluidextracts  of  the  market.  "Cheap"  fluidextracts  (so- 
called)  are  usually  lacking  in  the  essentials  of  quality,  accur- 
ate drug  strength  and  permanence. 

Pitman-Moore  fluidextracts  are  made  from  carefully 
selected  crude  drugs  of  the  best  quality  only.  The  same  care 
governs  our  processes  of  drying,  grinding,  packing,  macera- 
tion and  extraction.  Finally,  each  lot  of  fluidextract  is  ex- 
actingly  standardized  by  chemical  assays  or  physiological 
tests. 

Fluidextracts  of  character  and  absolute  reliability  can 
be  produced  in  no  other  way,  and  they  can  not  be  produced 
at  the  price  of  a  "cheap"  product. 

As  an  example  of  what  quality  in  fluidextracts  means, 
our  Fluidextract  Nux  Vomica — popularly  known  as  "the  Nux 
with  the  kick" — has  established  a  wide  reputation  for  its 
unvarying  drug-strength,  unusual  permanence  and  certainty 
of  action. 

The  same  qualities  will  be  found  characteristic  of  our 
entire  fluidextract  line. 

Per  Pint  Bottle 

Aconite  Root — Aconitum  Napellus   $2.60 

standard  0.4  per  cent  Aconitine — U.  S.  P.  method. 
Powerful  sensory,  cardiac,  respiratory  and  spinal  depres- 
sant. 

Horse,  5  to  15  min.;  cattle,  20  to  40  min.;  dog,  1/10  to 
1  min. 

Aloes — Perryi,  or  other  species 150 

stomachic,  purgative. 

Horse,  2  to  4  flozs.;  cattle,  2  to  4  floz.;  hog.  V2  to  1  floz.; 

dog,  V2  to  1  fldr. 

Apocyiium — See  BlacJi  Indian  Hemp. 

American  Hellebore — See  Veratrum. 

fBelladonna  leaves — Atropa  Belladona  2.00 

Per  Gallon,  $12.50 
standard    0.30    per    cent    mydriatic    alkaloids — U.    S.    P. 
method. 

Toxic  narcotic,  mydriatic,  checks  secretions,  antispas- 
modic, anodyne.  Horse,  V2  to  2  fldr.;  cattle,  IV2  to  2 
fldr.;  hog,  3  to  10  min.;  dog  1/2  to  4  min. 


tSent   unless   otherwise   ordered. 

70 


Fluidextracts 


71 


Per  Pint  Bottle 

Belladonna  root^ — Atropa  Belladonna 2.60 

Per  Gallon,  $18.00 

Standard    0.4    per    cent    mydriatic    alkaloids — U.    S.    P. 

method. 

Internally  same  as  leaves;    externally  anodyne,  antigal- 

actagogue. 

Horse,  V2  to  IVa   fldr.;    cattle,   1  to  2  fldr.;    hog,  2  to  10 

min.;  dog,  V^  to  3  min. 

Berberis   aquifolium    1.90 

Dose— Horse,  2  to  6  fldr. 

Black  Haw — Viburnum   prunifolium 2.65 

Per  Gallon,  $15.50 

uterine  tonic,  astringent,  alterative,  antispasmodic. 
Mare,  1  to  4  floz.;  cow,  2  to  4  flozs.;  bitch,  30  to  120  min. 

Black  Indian  Hemp — Apocynum   cannabinum 3.40 

Cathartic,  emetic,  diuretic  expectorant. 

Horse,  1  to  4  fldr.;  cattle,  2  to  4  fldr.;  hogs,  1  to  3  min.; 

dog,  Vs  to  1  min. 

Bloodroot — Sanguinaria   canadensis    2.50 

Expectorant  Dose — Horse,  1  to  3  fldr.;  dog,  V2  to  5  min. 
Emetic  Dose — Dog,  5  to  30  min. 

Bryonia  white — Bryonia  alba   2.00 

Cathartic,   hydragogue,  discutient. 
Horse,  i/^  to  1  floz.;   dog,  5  to  30  min. 

Buchu — Barosma   betulina    5.60 

Diuretic,  tonic,  stimulant,  carminative. 
Horse,  1  to  2  floz.;  dog,  10  to  60  min.  . 

Buckthorn  bark — Rhamnus  Frangula 1.75 

Tonic,  laxative  and  stomachic. 

Dog,  30  to  120  min.;  cat,  15  to  60  min. 

Cactus   Grandiflorus — Cereus   grandiflorus 2.85 

Dose — Horse,  2  to  4  floz. 

Cannabis  (American  grown  drug)    3.60 

Per  Gallon,  $21.00 


Fluidextracts 


Capsicum — Capsicum  fastigiatum   2.90 

Per  Gallon,  $20.00 
Powerful      stimulant,     excitant,     rubefacient,      pungent, 
aphrodisiac. 
Horse,  1  to  3  Mr.;   dog,  2  to  5  min. 

Cardamon  Compound 2.00 

Dose — Horse,  2  to  4  fldr. 

Cascara  Sagrada^Khamnus  Purshiana 1.25 

Per  Gallon,  $7.75 

Bitter  tonic,  laxative. 

Dog,  V2  to  2  fldr. 

See  also  Liquid  Cascara  Flavored,  in  Specialties. 

Cherry  bark — Prunus  serotina 1.50 

Sedative,  pectoral  tonic. 

Horse,  V2  to  2  floz.;   dog,  14  to  1  fldr. 

Colchicum  root — Colchicum  autumnale 2.40 

standard  0.35  per  cent  colchicine. — U.  S.  P.  method. 
Horse,  1  to  2  fldr.;    sheep  or  hog,  5  to  20  min.;    cattle, 
2  to  3  fldr.;   dog,  2  to  10  min. 

Colchicum  seed — Colchicum  autumnale 3.00 

standard  0.4  per  cent  colchicine. — U.  S.  P.  method. 
Columbo — Jateorhiza  palmata   2.50 

Bitter  tonic,  stimulant,  non-astringent. 

Horse,  1/2  to  2  floz.;  sheep,  2  to  6  fldr.;  hog,  1  to  4  fldr.; 

dog,  10  to  30  min. 

Corn  Silk  (fresh)— Zea  Mays 1.75 

Demulcent,  diuretic. 
Dog,   1   to    2    fldr. 

Couch  grass — Agropyrum  repens   1.25 

Diuretic;  used  in  irritable  conditions  of  the  bladder. 
Horse,  1  to  2  floz.;   dog,  V2  to  1  fldr. 

Cramp  bark — Yiburnum  Opulus 2.25 

Antispasmodic,  sedative,  uterine  tonic. 

Mare,  1  to  4  floz.;   cow,  2  to  4  floz.;    bitch,  V2  to  2  fldr. 

Cranesbill — Geranium  maculatum 2.25 

Powerful  astringent. 
Colts,  1  floz.;  hog,  1/2  floz. 


Fluidextracts 


73 


Per  Pint  Bottle 

Digitalis — Digitalis  purpurea   2.50 

Heart  tonic,  diuretic. 

Horse,  20  to  60  min.;   cattle,  1  to  2  fldr. ;    sheep  or  hog, 

5  to  15  min.;   dog,  1  to  3  min. 

Echinacea — Echinacea  angustifolia    3.00 

Per  Gallon,  $17.90 

Eliminative,  antiperiodic,  alterative,  antiseptic,  stimulant. 
Horse,  Vz  to  2  floz.;  dog,  5  to  30  min. 

Ergot — Clayiceps   purpurea    5.00 

Label  dated  to  show  date  of  manufacture. 

Oxytoxic,  hemostatic. 

Mare  or  cow,  2  floz.;    sheep  or  hog,  1  to  2  fldr.;    bitch, 

1^  to  1  fldr. 

Eucalyptus — Eucalyptus  globulus    2.25 

Aromatic,  febrifuge,  tonic,  antiperiodic,  antiseptic. 
Horse,  1/2  to  3  floz.;  dog,  14  to  1  fldr. 

Gelsemium — Gelsemium  sempervirens   2.40 

Per  Gallon,  $15.50 
standard  0.5  per  cent  alkaloids. 

Antineuralgic,  antispasmodic,  antipyretic,  nerve  sedative, 
reduces  arterial  tension. 
Horse,  1  to  4  fldr.;  dog,  2  to  5  mins. 

Gentian — Grentiana  lutea 1.60 

Per  Gallon,  $10.80 

Bitter  tonic. 

Horse,  V2  to  2  floz.;  sheep,  2  to  4  fldr.;  hog,  1  to  3  fldr.; 

dog,  14  to  1  fldr. 

Gentian  Compound  1.90 

One  pint  is  equal  to  gentian  10  oz.,  bitter  orange  peel 
4  oz.,  cardamon  1  oz.     Stomachic  tonic,  aromatic  bitter. 

Geranium — See  Cranesbill 

Ginger- — Zingiber  officinale 3.60 

stimulant,  carminative,  aromatic. 
Horse,  2  to  4  fldr.;   dog,  2  to  10  min. 

Golden  Seal — Hydrastis  canadensis   14.50 

standard  2.0  per  cent  white  alkaloid  hydrastine. — U.  S.  P. 

method. 

Tonic  to  mucous  tissues;  stimulant  to  secretions. 

Horse,  2  to  4  fldr.;  dog,  2  to  10  min. 


74 


Fluidextracts 


Per  Pint  Bottle 

Grindelia — Grindelia  robusta   2.25 

Orindelia  Soluble 1.25 

Bronchial  relaxant,  antispasmodic. 
Horse,  V2  to  1  floz. 

Hamamelis — See  Witch  Hazel. 

Henbane — Hyoscyamus   niger    2.75 

Per  Gallon,  $18.00 

standard  0.075    per    cent    mydriatic    alkaloid. — U.    S.    P. 

method. 

Sedative,  antispasmodic,   analgesic,   mydriatic,  intestinal 

relaxant. 

Horse,  V2  to  1  floz.;  cattle,  1  to  l^^  floz.;  dog,  2  to  15  min. 

Hydrastis — See  Golden  Seal. 

Indian  Cannabis — See  Cannabis. 

Ipecac — Cepliaelis  Ipecacuanha  7.50 

standard  1.5  per  cent  alkaloids. — U.  S.  P.  method. 
Dogs,  as  expectorant,  V2  to  2  min.;   as  an  emetic,  10  to 
30  min.;   horse,  %  to  2  fldr.;   cattle,  2  to  4  fldr. ;   sheep, 
V2  to  1  fldr. 

Jaborandi — Pilocarpus  Jaborandi   3.00 

standard  0.4  per  cent  alkaloids. — U.  S.  P.  method. 

Diaphoretic,  sialogogue. 

Horse,  V2  to  1  floz.;    dog.  15  to  30  min.  I 

Juniper  Berries — Juniperus  Communis   1.50 

Diuretic,   stimulant. 

Horse,  V2  to  1  floz.;   dog,  30  to  60  min. 

Lobelia  Herb— Lobelia  inflata  U.  S.  P.  1890  Alcoholic    2.00 

Emetic,  diaphoretic,  bronchial  relaxant. 
Horse  V4,  to  1  fldr.;   dog.  V2  to  10  min. 

Mandrake — Podophyllum  peltatum 2.65 

standard  4.25  per  cent  resin. 
Cholagogue   cathartic. 
Dog,  3  to  20  min. 

Nux  Vomica — Strychnos  Nux-vomica 2.11 

standard  1  per  cent  strychnine. — U.  S.  P.  method. 
Stimulant  to  heart,  nerves  and  muscle. 
Horse,  V2  to  1  fldr.;  cattle,  1  to  2  fldr.;   sheep,  10  to  20 
min.;  hog,  5  to  20  min.;  dog,  V4,  to  5  min. 


Fluidextracts 


7( 


Per  Pint  Bottle 

Podophyllum — See  Mandrake 

Poke  Root,  Green — Phytolacca  decandra 1.50 

Per  Gallon,  $8.00 

Alterative,  emetic,  purgative. 

Horse,  ^4  to  1  floz.;   cattle  i/4  to  2  floz.;    sheep,  V2  to  1 

fldr.;   hog,  20  to  40  min.;  dog,  5  to  10  min, 

Bhamniis  Purshiana — See  Cascara  Sagrada 

Khubarh — Rheum  officinale   3.00 

Per  Gallon,  $19.00 

Laxative,  stomachic,  astringent. 
Dog,  10  to  120  min. 

Rhuharh    Aromatic — for    Aromatic    Syrup    Rhubarb 
U.  S.  P 2.25 

Mix  fldext.,  %  floz.,;  Potassium  carbonate,  5  grs.;  alcohol, 
%  floz.;  water,  %  floz.;  simple  syrup,  8V2  floz. 

Sanguinaria — See  Bloodroot 

Senega — Polygala  Senega   4.50 

stimulant,  expectorant,  diuretic. 
Horse,  1  to  4  fldrs. 

Senna — Cassia  Acutifolia    1.25 

Purgative. 

Dog,   V2  to  4  fldrs. 

Serpentaria — Aristolochia   Serpentaria    4.90 

stimulant,  diaphoretic. 

Horse,  Vo  to  1  floz.;   dog,  10  to  30  min. 

Stavesacre  Seed — Delphinium  Staphisagria   . 3.50 

Emetic,  narcotic. 

Locally  fldext.  10  per  cent,  alcohol  90  per  cent,  as  par- 
asiticide. 

Stillingia — Stillingia  sylvatica  2.00 

Alterative,  laxative. 

Horse,  V2  to  2  floz.;   dog,  10  to  30  min. 


76 


Fluidextracts 


stramonium  Leaves — Datura  Stramonium 2.25 

standard    0.35    per    cent    mydriatic    alkaloids. — U.    S.    P. 

method. 

Narcotic,  antispasmodic. 

Horse,  i/4  to  1  fldr.;  cattle,  Vz  to  2  fldr. ;  dog,  1/2  to  5  min. 

Uva  Ursi — Arctostapliylos  Uva  Ursi 1.25 

Astringent,  tonic,  urinary  antiseptic. 
Horse,  1  to  2  floz.;   dog,  10  to  30  min. 

Valerian — Valerian  officinalis    2.50 

Nerve  sedative,  antispasmodic,  anodyne. 

Horse,  V2,  to  1  floz.;  cattle,  1  to  3  floz.;  dog,  10  to  30  min. 

Veratrum — American  Hellebore    3.25 

Powerful  arterial  sedative. 

Horse,  i^  to  1  fldr.;  cattle  1  to  2  fldr.;   sheep  or  hog,  20 

to  30  min. ;  dog,  1  to  3  min. 

Viburnum  Opulus — See  Cramp  bark. 

Viburnum  Prunifolium — See  Black  Haw. 

White  Bryonia — See  Bryonia. 

White  Pine  Compound  for  Syrup  (No  Morphine) ....   1.35 

Each  pint  is  equal  to  White  Pine  bark,  4  oz.;  cherry  bark, 
4  oz.;  sanguinaria,  224  gr. ;  balm  gilead  buds,  256  gr.; 
spikenard,  256  gr. ;  sassafras,  128  gr. ;  chloroform,  256 
min.  For  syrup  mix  fldext.,  4  floz.;  simple  syrup,  12  floz. 
Dose  of  fldext. — Horse,  2  fldr.;   dog.  15  to  30  min. 

Wild  Cherry — See  Cherry  Bark. 

Witch  Hazel — Hamamelis  yirginiana 1.50 

Antiseptic,  astringent,  styptic. 
Dog,  1/2  to  2  fldr. 

Yellow  Dock — Rumex  crispus 2.00 

Alterative,  laxative. 
Dog,  30  to  60  min. 

Verba  Santa  Aromatic 2.50 

For  syrup  mix  fldext.,  4  floz.;   simple  syrup,  12  floz. 


Zea  Mays — See  Corn  Silk. 


Liniments 


Liniments 

Liniment  Camphor  Compound,  *\vliite  and  pink 

Camphor.  Ammonium  Carbonate,   Oil  Origanum,  Castile 
Soap,  Oil  Turpentine. 

Anodyne    and    stimulant;    sprains,    bruises,   rheumatism, 
neuralgia,  etc. 

Pint,  $0.45  5  Pints,  $1.95  Gallon,  $2.50 

Liniment  Chloroform 

Chloroform,   30   per   cent;    Soap  Liniment,   70   per   cent. 
Stimulant;  may  blister  sensitive  surfaces  if  covered. 

Pint,  $1.15  5  Pints,  $5.25  Gallon,  $8.00 

Liniment  Solidified — See  Capsosal,  page  27. 
Capsiphor — See  Specialties,  page  27. 


Ointments 

See  Also  Blisters — in  Specialties 
Ointments  Ophthalmic — See  Specialties,  page  40. 
Ointment  Alcumethone — See  page  39. 

Ointment  Antiseptic lb.  $0.65     5  lb.  tins,  $2.75 

Contains  Boric  Acid,  Zinc  Oxide  and  Eucalyptol. 
Antiseptic,  anodyne,  astringent. 

Ointment  Belladonna,  U.  S.  P. 1-lb.  jar     1.50 

Contains   Extract  Belladonna   Leaves,   10   per   cent  in  a 

wool  fat  and  Benzoinated  Lard  Base. 
Useful  for  checking  secretions  of  milk  in  inflammation  of  the  udder. 
As   an   anodyne  for   the   relief   of   pain   in   muscular   rheumatism    and 
other  inflammation  of  the  glands  or  joints. 

Ointment  Diachylon  Compound 1-lb.  jar     1.25 

Contains     Ammonium     Sulpho-Ichthyoliceum,     Carbolic 
Acid,    Boric   Acid    incorporated   in   Ointment    Diachylon. 

Ointment  Lassar's lb.  $0.65     5-lb.  tins  $2.75 

Contains  Zinc  Oxide,  25  per  cent;    Salicylic  Acid,  4  per 
cent.     Antiseptic,  astringent,  protective. 


♦Supplied    unless    otherwise    ordered. 


78 


Ointments 


Ointment  Mercurial — See  Cliemical  list,  page  196. 

Contains  Metallic  Mercury,  50  per  cent. 

Ointment   Mercurial    Diluted    (Blue    Ointment)    See 
Chemical  list,  page  196. 

Ointment    Mercury    Ammoniated    (Ointment    White 
Precip.)    lb.  $1.25 

Contains  Ammoniated  Mercury,  10  per  cent.     Stimulant, 
antiseptic. 

Ointment  Mercuric  Iodide  Yellow lb.     1.50 

Contains  Yellow  Mercuric  Iodide,  4  per  cent. 

Ointment  Mercuric  Nitrate  (Citrine  Ointment),  See 
Chemical  list,  page  192. 

Ointment  Mercuric  Oxide  Yellow lb.     1.50 

Contains  Yellow  Mercuric  Oxide,  10  per  cent. 

Ointment  3Iercuric   Oxide   Yellow    Ophthalmic — See 
Specialties,  page  40. 

Ointment  Phycamphol — See  Specialties,  page  39. 

Ointment  Sulphur lb.     1.00 

Contains    washed    Sulphur,    15    per    cent.      Antipruritic. 
In  parasitic  skin  diseases. 

Ointment  Tar lb.     1.00 

Contains  Pine  Tar,  50  per  cent.     Antiseptic. 

Ointment  Zinc  Oxide 

1-lb.  jar,  $0.75  1-lb.  tin,  $0.65  5-lb.  tin,  $2.75 

Contains  impalpable  Zinc  Oxide,  20  per  cent;  astringent, 
anodyne. 

Cerate  Cantharides — See  page  20. 

Cerate  Lead  Suhacetate  (Goulard's  Cerate)  1-lb.  jar,  $1.00 

Contains  Solution  of  Lead  Subacetate,  20  per  cent. 
Astringent,  anodyne;  use  cautiously  in  chronic. cases. 

Cerate  Resin lb.  jar,     1.00 

Rosin,  35  per  cent;   Yellow  Wax,  15  per  cent;    Lard,  50 

per  cent. 

Reduces  inflammation,  swellings,  etc. 


Solutions 


79 


Solutions 

Solutions  Ophthalmic — See  Specialties,  page  41. 

Solution  Arsenous  Acid — Contains  1  per  cent  arsen- 
ous  acid   Pint  $0.40 

See  also  Solution  Potassium  Arsenite,  page  55 

Compactoid  Arsenic  Compound,  page  35. 

Solution  Boroglyceride Pint       1.25 

Solution  Cresylic  Acid  Comp. 

Contains  Cresol  50  per  cent  with  soap.  Use  1  fluidram 
in  1  pint  of  water.  With  soft  waters  makes  a  clear 
solution. 

Pint,  $0.60;   5  Pints,  $2.25;  Gallon,  $3.00;   5  Gallons,  $10.00 
bbls.  (about  40  gal.)  $1.50  per  gallon 

Solution  Fowler's 

This  solution  contains  Arsenous  Acid  1  per  cent  with 
Potassium  Carbonate. 

Pints,  $0.40  5  Pints,  $1.25  Gallon,  $1.50 

Solution  Iron  Chloride — See  Chemical  List. 
Solution  Lead  Subacetate  Goulard 

This  solution  contains  Lead  Subacetate  25  per  cent. 
For  local  application  add  one  fluidram  to  four  to  ten 
fluidounces   of  water. 

Pint,  $0.50  5  pints,  $2.00  Gallon,  $2.80 

Solution  LugoPs   Pint,     1.50 

This  solution  contains  Iodine  5  per  cent,  Potassium 
Iodide  10  per  cent.  It  can  be  diluted  in  water  without 
precipitation. 

Solution  MonselPs  (Iron  Subsulphate) — See  Chemical  list 

Solution  Nitroglycerin  1  per  cent — See  Spirit  Nitroglycerin 

Solution  Potassium  Iodide  Saturated — See  Chemical  list. 


80 


Spirits 


Spirits 

Spirit  Ammonia  Aromatic 

Pint,  $1.35  5  Pints,  $6.25  Gallon,  $9.00 

See  also  Compactoid  Ammonia  Comp. 

Spirit  Camphor Pint,     1.50 

Contains  Camphor  10  per  cent. 

Spirit  Nitrous  Ether Pint,     1.75 

Antipyretic,  diuretic. 

Standard  4.0  per  cent  Ethyl  Nitrate.— U.  S.  P.  Method. 

Spirit  Nitroglycerin,  1  per  cent Ounce,     2.75 

Quickly  acting  cardiac  stimulant,  vaso-motor  dilator. 


Tinctures 


Aconite $2.25 

standard,  not  less  than  0.045  nor  more  than  0.055  per  cent 
of  ether-soluble  alkaloids.     U.  S.   P.   method. 
Dose:     Horse,  10  to  30  min.;   cattle,  1  to  2  fldr.;  dog,  l^ 
to  2  min. 

Arnica 1.35 

One  hundred  minims  equal  Arnica  flowers  19  grains.    Ex- 
ternally, apply  freely. 

Belladonna  Leayes 1.50 

standard,   not  less  than  0.027  nor   more   than  0.033   per 
cent  total  alkaloids.     U.  S.  P.  method. 

Camphor — See  Spirit  Camphor 

Cantharides    2.75 

Ten  minims  are  equal  to  Cantharides  .95  grain. 
Dose:     Horse,  i/^  to  1  fldr.;  dog,  1  to  5  min. 

Capsicum    2.10 

Ten  minims  are  equal  to  Capsicum  .95  grain. 
Dose:     Horse,  1  to  4  fldr.;  dog,  5  to  30  min. 

Digitalis  1.85 

Ten  minims   are   equal  to   Digitalis   .95   grain.     Physio- 
logically tested. 
Dose:     Horse,  2  to  8  fldr.;  dog,  2  to  30  min. 


Tinctures 


81 


Digitalis  Fat  Free . 2.00 

Prepared  from  selected  digitalis  leaves,  deprived  of  acids 

and    fats.      Physiologically    tested. 

Dose:     Horse,  2  to  8  fldr.;  dog,  2  to  30  min. 

Gelsemium    1.75 

standard  0.05  per  cent  alkaloid. 

Dose:     Horse,  14  to  1  floz.;  dog,  15  to  60  min. 

Gentian  Compound 1.40 

One  hundred  minims  are  equal  to  Gentian  9l^  grs.,  Bit- 
ter Orange  Peel  3  8-10  grs.,  Cardamon  .95  grs. 
Dose:     Horse,  1  to  2  floz. 

Ginger  2.45 

One  hundred  minims  are  equal  to  Ginger  38  grs. 
Dose:     Horse,  y^  to  1  floz.;  dog,  5  to  30  min. 

Green  Soap  (Liniment  Soft  Soap) 1.35 

Contains  Green   Soap,  65   per  cent. 

Henbane 1.50 

standard  not  less  than  0.0055  nor  more  than  0.0075  per 
cent  total  alkaloids.     U.  S,  P.  method. 
Dose:     Horse,  1  to  2  floz.;  dog,  y^  to  3  fldr. 

Iodine 1.00 

Contains  Iodine  7  per  cent;  Potassium  Iodide,  5  per  cent. 

Iron  Cliloride  (Muriate) 1.50 

Contains  13  per  cent  of  Anhydrous  Ferric  Chloride  cor- 
responding to  4.48  per  cent  of  Metallic  Iron. 
Dose:     Horse,  %   to  2  floz.;    sheep  and  swine,  15  to  30 
min.;    dog,  5  to  60  min. 

Iron   Citro-Cliloride 1.20 

Nux  Vomica 1.50 

One  fluidounce  is  equal  to  45.6  grs.  of  Nux  Vomica.     Bit- 
ter  tonic   and   stimulant. 
Dose:     Dogs,  5  to  20  minims;  horse,  y^.  to  2  fluidounces. 

JOpium    (Laudanum) 3.50 

standard,  not  less  than  0.95  per  cent  nor  more  than  1.05 
per  cent  Anhydrous  Morphine.     U.  S.  P.  method. 
Dose:     Horse,  y^  to  2  floz.;  dog,  3  to  20  min. 


JFederai  Narcotic   order  required.     Federal  Tax   1   cent  per  oz. 


82 


Tinctures 


§Opium  Camphorated   (Paregoric) 1.35 

One  hundred  minims  are  equal  to  Powdered  Opium,  Ben- 
zoic Acid,  Camphor,  Oil  Anise  each  .38  grain. 
Dose:     Dog,  ^  to  4  fldr. 

Stroplianthus  Seed 2.30 

Ten    minims    are    equal    to    Strophanthus,    .95     grain. 

Physiologically  tested. 

Dose:     Horse,  1  to  4  ildr.;   dog,  2  to  10  min. 

Yeratrum    2.00 

One  hundred  minims  are  equal  to  Veratrum  Viride,  9^ 

grains. 

Dose:     Horse  and  cattle,  i/^  to  1%  floz.;  dog  2  to  15  min. 


§Federal    Narcotic    Registry    Number    required    on    all    orders.      Record 
must  be  kept  of  disposal. 


PART  TWO 

Veterinary  Biological 
Products 


Including  Notes  on 

Modern  Biological  Therapy 


Pitman  Moore  Biological 
Laboratories 

The  biological  laboratories  of  the  Pitman-Moore  Com- 
pany were  established  in  1913. 

Realizing  the  utmost  importance  of  avoiding  any  pos- 
sible contamination  in  biological  products,  and  the  unques- 
tionable influence  of  surroundings  on  the  purity  of  such 
products,  the  location  for  these  laboratories  was  chosen 
with  care.  They  are  situated  in  the  open  country,  fourteen 
miles  outside  Indianapolis,  and  are  accessible  by  a  private 
entrance  only,  being  one-fourth  mile  from  the  nearest  public 
highway.  This  complete  isolation  from  public  stock-yards, 
congested  districts  and  the  dust  and  smoke  of  crowded  city 
conditions,  greatly  lessens  the  danger  of  contamination  of 
the  biologies   produced   in  these   laboratories. 

The  laboratory  buildings  and  the  quarters  for  laboratory 
animals  are  situated  on  high  rolling  ground,  affording  per- 
fect drainage  away  from  the  premises,  aiding  greatly  in  the 
thorough  sanitation  for  which  these  laboratories  are  noted. 

The  grounds  occupy  one  hundred  and  ten  acres  of  farm 
and  woodland,  the  largest  area  in  the  world  devoted  ex- 
clusively to  producing  veterinary  biological  products. 

The  buildings  are  of  hollow  tile  and  stucco  construction, 
and  in  every  detail  conform  to  the  latest  ideas  of  sanitary 
hospital  design.  White  glazed  walls,  with  all  corners  and 
angles  rounded,  specially  designed  heating  and  ventilating 
systems,  adequate  provisions  for  excluding  dust  and  flies, 
and  daily  flushing  of  the  entire  interiors  of  laboratory  and 
pen-rooms  all  assist  in  maintaining  the  highest  possible 
degree  of  cleanliness. 

Equipment 

The  great  majority  of  the  apparatus  and  utensils  used 
in  our  laboratory  operations  have  been  specially  designed 
by  us,  and  are  used  exclusively  in  our  own  laboratory  work. 
The  requirement  of  first  importance  in  designing  this  equip- 
ment, is  the  safeguarding  of  our  products  against  con- 
tamination. 

No  equipment  or  apparatus  that  does  not  meet  this  test 
successfully  can  have  a  place  in  our  operations.  As  an 
example,  our  method  of  collecting  hog  cholera  virus  from 

84 


Biological  Laboratories 


85 


virus  pigs  may  be  cited.  Instead  of  the  usual  method  of 
cutting  the  pig's  throat  and  catching  the  spurting  blood  in 
an  open  pail,  a  hollow  canula  knife  is  inserted  in  the 
carotid  artery  and  the  blood  collected  in  closed  bottles, 
without  contact  with  the  body  of  the  animal  or  the  open  air. 
In  the  defibrination  of  blood  in  our  laboratories,  the  usual 
whipping  of  the  blood  in  open  vessels  by  means  of  a  long 
fork,  gives  place  to  an  electric  whirl,  in  which  the  blood  is 
tightly  sealed  in  sterile  bottles,  thus  avoiding  even  air  con- 
tamination. Similar  precautions  safeguard  the  collection  of 
blood  from  serum-producing  hogs. 

From  beginning  to  end,  equally  efficient  measures  pro- 
tect each  step  of  our  operations  from  the  danger  of  contam- 
ination in  our  finished  products.  Our  complete  line  of 
veterinary  biologies  are  produced  under  United  States  Gov- 
ernment license  and  inspection,  and  are  identified  by  United 
States  Veterinary  License  No.  6.  While  each  of  our  products 
comply  fully  with  all  official  tests  and  regulations,  in  many 
ways  our  own  tests  and  requirements  are  more  stringent 
than,  and  are  in  excess  of,  all  government  regulations. 

No  scientific  means  is  omitted  that  will  add  to  the 
safeguards  of  the  potency  and  purity  of  our  products. 


^mis  patent  viscous  cap 
^arantees  tlm  amtents 
(f  this  bottle  tobe^enmm 
PiTMAti-MOOm  Serum 


uy^ 


PBEPAREO    ONLY  AT 

MORELAND 
BIOLOGICAL 
LABORATORIES 

ACCOROINC  TO  THE 

DORSET-NILES 
METHOD 


Do  not  use  this  Serum 
after - — 


PITMAN -MOORE  CO. 


»SS»;tou&n««<>-»'. 


SlfS^JLSJ 


\m 


r\t  j-Hogi  -CKoleca-pTc^C'rvi 


®®w:. 


:z^|| 


Veterinary  Biological  Products 

The  following  list  of  biological  products  for  veterinary 
use  have  been  offered  to  the  profession,  only  after  very  care- 
ful study  by,  and  the  full  endorsement  of,  our  scientific  staff. 

Commercial  considerations  are  not  permitted  to  influ- 
ence the  judgment  of  our  staff  of  scientists  with  regard  to 
marketing  any  product,  or  regarding  our  recommendations 
of  any  product. 


HOG  CHOLERA  VIRUS 

(For  description  and  use,  see  page  154.) 
Supplied  in  special  rubber  stoppered,  sealed  vials. 
Code 

Vain— 10  Mil  (Cc)  vials p 

Valid— 25  Mil   (Cc)   vials inn  Mile 

Vapor— 50  Mil    (Cc)   vials «i  7^ 

Vast— 100  Mil   (Cc)  vials ^^/^ 

Dose — For  developing  permanent  immunity,  not  less  than  two  Mils 
(Cc)  of  virus  should  be  used.  Pigs  may  be  permanently  im- 
munized at  any  time  after  reaching  40  pounds  in  weight.  We  do 
not  advise  the  simultaneous  treatment  for  pigs  weighing  less  than 
40  pounds,  because  such  treatment  often  fails  to  produce  permanent 
immunity.  However,  if  smaller  pigs  are  given  simultaneous  treat- 
ment, a  less  dosage  (1  to  ll^  mils)  may  be  used,  but  animals  so 
treated  should  be  given  a  second  simultaneous  treatment  after  reach- 
ing the  proper  weight,  but  in  not  less  than  six  weeks  after  the  first 
treatment  is  given. 
.  Caution:  Veterinarians  must  always  use  extreme  caution  to  prevent 
the  escape  of  virus  on  the  premises,  and  all  virus  bottles  and  unused 
virus  must  be  destroyed  by  fire. 


AlVTI-HOG-CHOLERA  SERUM 

Physiologically  and  Bacteriological] y  Tested. 
Code 

Abaft— 500  Mil   (Cc)  bottles Per 

Abet— 250  Mil   (Cc)  bottles 100  Mils 

A&Ze— 100  Mil    (Cc)    bottles $1.00 

For    methods    of   production    and    administration,    dosage,    etc.,    see 
Notes  on  Hog  Cholera,  pages  149-159. 

ANTI-HOG-CHOLERA  SERUM,  CLEAR 

Code 

Cleak— 500  Mil   (Cc)  bottles Per 

Clede— 250  Mil    (Cc)   bottles 100  Mils 

Cleft— 100  Mil  (Cc)  bottles $iJ^  A  y  a 

87 


88 


Biologies 


ANTI-HOG-CHOLERA  SERUM,  CLEAR,  CONCENTRATED 

Code  _ 

Clack— 500  Mil    (Cc)   bottles Per 

Clare— 250  Mil  (Cc)  bottles 100  Mils 

Clasp— 100  Mil   (Cc)   bottles $lr5^ 

Antitoxins  and  Anti-Bacterial  Sera 

ANTI-BLACKLEG  SERUM 

Prepared   from  the  blood  of  horses  hyperimmunized  against  numer- 
ous virulent  strains  of  B.chauveaui. 

Prophlyactic  Dose:     20  to  30  Mils   (Cc),  subcutaneously  or  intraven- 
ously. 

Therapeutic  Dose:      100  to  200  Mils,  subcutaneously  or    (preferably) 
intravenously.    Repeat  at  12  hour  intervals  where  indicated. 
Note:     Following  the  prophylactic  use  of  Anti-Blackleg  Serum,  Black- 
leg  Filtrate    should   be   administered    7    days    later    to    confer   active 
immunity.     See  Biological  Therapy,  page  120. 
Code 

Seal— 50  Mil    (Cc)   vial $1.20 

Sear— 250  Mil    (Cc)   vial 5.00 

ANTI-CALF-SCOUR  SERUM 

Recommended   for   the    treatment   and   prevention   of   Calf-Scour   and 
associated  pneumonia.     (See  notes  on  Calf-Scour,  page  125.) 
Produced  from  the  blood  of  horses  hyperimmunized  with  B.coli  and 
B.para-coli,  isolated  from  cases  of  Calf-Scour. 

Prophylactic  Dose:     10  to  30  Mils   (Cc)  to  be  given  soon  as  possible, 
after  birth. 

Therapeutic   Dose:      30   to    100   Mils    (Cc)    as   indicated   by   patients 
condition,  repeated  each  12  to  24  hours  until  improvement  is  marked. 
Inject  subcutaneously. 
Code 

Saber— 20  Mil   (Cc)  vial $0.70 

SaMn—50  Mil   (Cc)   vial 1.60 

^a&/e— 100  Mil    (Cc)   vial 3.00 

ANTI-DISTEMPER  SERUM,  CANINE 

For  the  prevention  and  treatment  of  distemper  in  dogs. 

Prepared  from  the  blood  of  horses  hyperimmunized  against  virulent 

strains  of  B.bronchisepticum,  isolated  from  cases  of  canine  distemper. 

Prophylactic  Dose:     5  to  10  Mils   (Cc)    subcutaneously.     More  active 

immunity  is  obtained  if  this  is  followed  by  bacterin  treatment. 

Therapeutic  Dose:      10  to  30  Mils.     Repeat  in  24  hours  if  indicated. 

See  Canine  Distemper,  page  122. 
Code 

Sabum—20  Mil   (Cc)   vial $0.60 

Sabux— 50  Mil  (Cc)  vial 1.20 


Biologies 


89 


ANTI-DISTEMPER  SERUM,  EQUINE 

For  the  treatment  and  prevention  of  distemper  and  its  complications, 
in  horses. 

CS6e  discussion  of  this  disease  on  page  128.) 

Produced   from   the  blood  of  horses  hyperimmunized   against  highly 
virulent  bacteria  isolated  from  acute   cases   of  equine  distemper. 
Prophylactic  Dose:     10  to  30  Mils  (Cc),  subcutaneously. 
Therapeutic   Dose:      50   to   100   Mils    (Cc),  depending  upon   size  and 
condition    of    animal,    repeated    as    frequently    as    indicated.      Inject 
subcutaneously. 
Code 

Sadaiv—20  Mil    (Cc)   vial $0.60 

8adar—50  Mil   (Cc)  vial 1.20 

Sadax— 100  Mil  (Cc)  vial 2.20 

ANTI-HEMORRHAGIC    SEPTICEMIA    SERUM    (for    CAT- 
TLE) 

Produced  from  the  blood  of  horses  hyperimmunized  against  many 
virulent  strains  of  B.bovisepticum. 

Prophylactic  Dose:  20  to  40  Mils  (Cc).  For  protecting  healthy  ani- 
mals in  infected  or  exposed  herds,  the  above  dose  simultaneously  with 
2  Mils  of  Hemorrhagic  Septicemia  Vaccine  (Bovine)  is  recommended 
as  producing  lengthy,  active  immunity.  (See  Notes  on  Biologic 
Therapy,  page  135.) 

Therapeutic  Dose:      100  to  300  Mils    (Cc),  as  indicated  by  size  and 
condition  of  patient,  repeated  at  18  to  24  hours  intervals  until  symp- 
toms  subside.     Intravenous   administration   is   preferable;    may   also 
be  used  subcutaneously. 
Code 

Sacco—SO  Mil   (Cc)  vial $1.20 

Sack— 100  Mil  (Cc)  vial 2.20 

Sad]j— 250  Mil   (Cc)  vial 5.00 

ANTI-HEMORRHAGIC  SEPTICEMIA  SERUM  (EQUINE) 

Produced  from  the  blood  of  horses  hyperimmunized  against  virulent 
strains  of  B.equisepticum. 

Prophylactic  Dose:      10  to  30  Mils    (Cc)    intravenously.     Longer  im- 
munity will  be  secured  if  this  is  followed  by  bacterin  treatment. 
Therapeutic  Dose:     50  to  200  Mils   (Cc)   depending  upon  size  of  ani- 
mal and  severity  of  case.     Repeat  each  24  hours,  if  indicated. 
Refer  to  Notes  on  this  disease,  page  134. 
Code 

8(idem—50  Mil    (Cc)   vial $1.20 

Sadew— 100  Mil   (Cc)   vial    2.20 

ANTI-HEMORRHAGIC    SEPTICEMIA    SERUM    (for   RAB- 
BITS)   (Anti-Snuffles  Serum) 

Produced  from  the  blood  of  horses  hyperimmunized  with  B.bipolaris 
cuniculum,  isolated  from  rabbits  affected  with  snuffles. 


90 


Biologies 


Prophylactic 'Dose:     5  Mils  (Cc). 

Therapeutic  Dose:      Intravenously,   3   Mils    (Cc).     Subcutaneously,   5 
to  10  Mils   (Cc).     Repeat  injections  at  12  to  24  hour  intervals  until 
marked   improvement   is    obtained.      For   intravenous    injections,    the 
marginal  ear  vein  is  best  adapted. 
Code 

Salad— 20  Mil   (Cc)   vial $0.60 

Sane— 50  Mil   (Cc)  vial 1.20 

ANTI-HEMORRHAGIC  SEPTICEMIA  SERUM  (for  SWINE) 
(Anti-Swine-Plague  Serum) 

For  the  treatment  and  prevention  of  Hemorrhagic  Septicemia  in  swine 
(swine  plague). 

Produced  from  the  blood  of  horses  hyperimmunized  against  numerous 
virulent  strains  of  B.suisepticum. 

Prophylactic  Dose:  20  to  30  Mils  (Cc).  The  immunity  produced  is 
passive.  Immunity  of  longer  duration  is  obtained  from  Hemorrhagic 
Septicemia  Bacterin. 

Therapeutic  Dose:  50  to  200  Mils  (Cc)  repeated  each  18  to  24  hours 
until  symptoms  subside.  Intravenous  injections,  through  the  mar- 
ginal ear  vein,  give  best  and  quickest  results.  Also  used  subcutane- 
ously or  intramuscularly. 

This  disease  and  its  treatment  is  described  under  Biologic  Notes, 
see  page  139. 

Code 

^a^re— 50  Mil  (Cc)  vial $1.20 

Sail— 100  Mil  (Cc)  vial 2.20 

Saint— 250  Mil  (Cc)  vial  5.00 

ANTI-INFLUENZA  SERUM  (EQUINE) 

For  the  treatment  and  prevention  of  influenza  and  its  complications, 

in  horses. 

Produced   from  the  blood   of  horses   hyperimmunized  against   highly 

virulent  bacteria  isolated  from  acute  cases  of  equine  influenza. 

See  notes  on  Equine  Influenza,  page  130. 

Prophylactic  Dose:     10  to  30  Mils  (Cc). 

Therapeutic   Dose:      50  to    100   Mils    (Cc)    as   indicated   by  size   and 

condition  of  patient,  to  be  repeated  until  desired  effect  is  obtained. 

Inject  intravenously. 
Code 

Sadit— 20  Mil  (Cc)  vial $0.60 

Sadon—50  Mil  (Cc)  vial 1.20 

Sadug— 100  Mil  (Cc)  vial 2.20 

ANTI-MIXED  INFECTION  SERUM  (for  SWINE) 

For    the   treatment    of    so-called    mixed    infection    in    swine,    also    of 

Necrotic    Enteritis,    whether    following    Hemorrhagic    Septicemia    or 

existing  independently  of  the  latter. 

For  Notes  on  these  conditions,  refer  to  Mixed  Infection  and  Necrotic 

Enteritis,  page  162. 

This  serum   is  produced  from  the  mixed  blood  of  individual  horses 

hyperimmunized  against  B.suisepticum,  B.suipestifer,  B.paratyphosus 


Biologies 


b.  and  B.coli,  respectively.     All  antigens  used  are  of  porcine  origin. 

Prophylactic  Dose:     10  to  30  Mils  (Cc). 

Therapeutic  Dose:     30  to  100  Mils   (Cc)   repeated  each  12  to  24  hours 

until  improvement  is  noted. 

Inject  subcutaneously  or  intramuscularly. 
Code 

Sally— 50  Mil  (Cc)  vial. $1.20 

8al2)—100  Mil    (Cc)    vial 2.20 

Salt— 250  Mil    (Cc)    vial 5.00 

ANTI-STREPTOCOCCIC  SERUM  (EQUINE) 

For  the  treatment  of  septicemia,  pyemia  and  all  infections  of  horses 
suspected  of  being  due  to  streptococcus. 

This  serum  is  produced  from  the  blood  of  horses  hyperimmunized 
against  numerous  strains  of  streptococci  isolated  from  cases  of 
septicemia,  pyemia  and  many  localized  suppurative  conditions  in 
horses. 

Therapeutic  Dose:  A  minimum  dose  of  50  Mils  (Cc)  is  recommended. 
The  maximum  dose  will  depend  upon  the  acuteness  of  the  case  and 
size  of  patient.  Repeat  as  frequently  as  indicated.  Inject  intraven- 
ously. 

Code 

Saper—50  Mil   ( Cc )    vial $1.20 

Saiwt— 100  Mil   (Cc)   vial 2.20 

NORMAL  HORSE  SERUM 

For  usage  and  description  please  refer  to  notes  on  Biological  Therapy, 

page  165. 

Code 

Sarex— 20  Mil   (Cc)  vial $0.60 

Sarim—50  Mil  (Cc)  vial 1.20 

Sarut— 100  Mil   (Cc)   vial 2.20 


TETAIVUS  ANTITOXIN 

For  the  prevention  and  treatment  of  tetanus  in  all  species  of  animals. 
Produced  from  the  blood  of  horses  hyperimmunized  against  the  toxin 
of  B.tetani. 

Prophylactic  Dose:  500  to  1500  units,  injected  subcutaneously  or 
intravenously.  If  the  immunizing  injection  is  delayed  more  than  48 
hours,  after  injury  is  sustained,  a  second  injection  should  be  made 
within  3  days. 

Therapeutic  Dose:  5000  to  20000  units  or  more.  Results  depend 
upon  the  use  of  sufficient  antitoxin  to  neutralize  all  of  the  toxin  in 
the  system.  Repeat  as  frequently  as  the  judgment  of  the  attending 
veterinarian  directs  and  the  condition  of  the  patient  indicates. 
Heavy  dosage,  both  intravenously  and  intramuscularly  is  often  ad- 
visable. 

Please  refer  to  "Tetanus"  under  Notes  on  Biological  Therapy,  page  170, 


92 


Biologies 


TETANUS  ANTITOXIN— Cont'd 

In  Syringe  Packages 
Code 

Tade— BOO  Units $0.45 

Taffy— 7b0  Units    60 

Tags— 1500   Units    75 

Tally— ZOOO  Units    1.50 

Tame— 5000  Units   2.40 

In   Vial   Packages 
Code 

Tan— 500  Units $0.30 

Tape— 150  Units 45 

TaH— 1500  Units    60 

Task— 3000  Units  1.20 

Taimiy— 5000    Units    2.10 


Bacterins 

Note:  When  ordering  biologies  it  should  be  remem- 
bered that  Pitman-Moore  Bacterins  are  sterile  suspensions 
of  killed  bacteria,  and  that  Vaccines  contain  living  (attenu- 
ated) organisms. 

In  Pitman-Moore  Bacterins  all  sterilization  is  by  chem- 
ical action,  not  by  heat;  thereby  the  preservation  of  full 
antigenic  power  is  secured.  In  most  strains  of  bacteria 
used  for  bacterin  production  high  virulence  is  necessary  for 
the  best  results.  In  all  such  strains  the  virulence  is  main- 
tained by  frequent  animal  passage,  by  the  use  of  culture 
media  best  suited  to  each  organism,  and  by  storage  under 
proper  temperature  conditions. 

The  bacterial  count  of  each  product  in  this  class  is  care- 
fully adjusted  to  secure  best  results  according  to  the  best 
scentific  teaching,  and  is  neither  lessened  through  selfish 
motives,  nor  made  uselessly  high  to  support  extravagant 
claims. 

Each  Pitman-Moore  bacterin  is  specific;  the  organisms 
used  in  each  product  being  isolated  from  the  same  conditions 
for  which  the  product  is  recommended.  An  interesting  dis- 
cussion of  bacterin  production  and  bacterin  therapy  will  be 
found  on  page  114. 


I 


Biologies 


9. J 


Our  biological  packages  are  conveni- 
ent and  safe  r 

Their  content    is    easily    removed 
without  exposure  to  contamination 


HEMOKRHAtJIC  SEPTICEMIA 
BAHERrN  (KOK  RABBITS) 

6«»mm«^<^  t..r  ib.  ,,t.....t„u,  .rd  Lralmre. 

»  n.l*M.  >1c.ri  twit.  H.m«..i»«u   .-*l,<Ktmi» 

Tlifcl  portjsf  fraiuuw  MS   -■it.  .j,h   brlnu  <mr 

I'tTMAX-MOORK  rtlMfANV 

.rtuUrb  »0t4lM  fnan  «art  f»«^  Ih..  „..-lori  » 
,««o.i,H«W     It  »  piodonn,-  e.-«i  ,„»hk  to  ite 

imfn«K 

-      ■ ,                                                     

£*?S?9BS.zSSSS?- 


AUTOGENOUS  BACTERINS  FOR  LOCAL  SUPPURATIVE 
CONDITIONS  Code  Word— Back 

Our  laboratories  are  especially  equipped  for  the  preparation  of  auto- 
genous bacterins.  Fistula,  poll  evil,  quittor  and  all  other  suppurative 
conditions  which  do  not  respond  to  surgical  treatment  or  to  the  use  of 
stock  bacterins,  will  generally  respond  quickly  and  very  satisfactorily 
to  the  use  of  autogenous  bacterin. 

To  obtain  material  for  producing  an  autogenous  bacterin,  take  pus 
from  a  freshly  opened  pocket,  avoiding  edges  and  surface  of  wound.  Send 
this  material  to  us  in  a  small  sterile  bottle  or  test  tube. 

Tests  tubes  and  swabs  made  specially  for  this  purpose  mailed  without 
charge  upon  request. 

Autogenous  bacterins   for    suppurative  cases,   including  examination   and 

sufficient  bacterin   for  5  doses $5.00 

(A  nominal  charge  is  made  for  rabbits  or  guinea  pigs  if  required  in 

making  the  examination.) 


AUTOGENOUS  BACTERINS  FOR  SYSTEMIC  INFECTIONS 

Code  Word — Badge 

In  order  to  make  proper  autogenous  bacterins  a  very  careful  bac- 
teriological examination  of  the  specimens  submitted  is  necessary.  This 
examination  is  needed  to  determine  the  organism  actually  responsible 
for  the  trouble  or  the  presence  of  unusual  organisms,  and  serves  also 
to  confirm  the  clinical  diagnosis  of  the  practitioner. 

In  order  to  assure  proper  results  from  autogenous  bacterins  for  sys- 
temic infections,  it  is  necessary  that  the  offending  organism  not  only  be 
isolated,  but  that  its  pathogenicity  be  determined  by  tests  upon  small 
animals.     In  our  laboratories  this  is  done  in  every  instance. 

Autogenous  bacterin,  if  50  doses  or  less  are  ordered $5.00 

Autogenous  bacterin,  when  more  than  50  doses  are  ordered,  per  dose. .     .10 


94 


Biologies 


CALF-SCOUR  MIXED  BACTERIN 

For  prevention  and  treatment  of  calf-scour  and  associated  pneumonia. 
Each  dose    (2   mils)    contains   60   billion   killed  bacteria   as  follows: 

B.  coli  communis   (bovine) 60% 

B.  paracoli    (bovine)    30% 

B.  abortus  (bovine)    10% 

Prophylactic  Dose:  Calves  1  to  3  days  old,  1  mil  (Cc).  4  days  old 
and  over,  2  mils  (Cc).  Best  and  most  lasting  immunity  follows 
three  doses  at  5  to  7  day  intervals.  The  initial  dose  should  be  given 
as  quickly  as  possible  after  birth. 

Therapeutic   Dose:      2   mils    (Cc)    repeated   each   3    days   or    oftener 
until  improvement  is  marked.   See  discussion  of  calf-scour  on  page  125. 
Code 

Belt— 20  Mil  (Cc)  vial  (10  doses) $1.20 

Bess — Package  containing  six  2  Mil  vials...   1.00 


DISTEMPER  MIXED  BACTERIX  (CAXIXE) 

For  the  prevention  of  distemper  in  dogs. 

Each  dose  contains  40  billion  killed  bacteria  as  follows: 

B.  bronchisepticum  40% 

Streptococci    30% 

Staphylococci 

Albus  and  aureus   (combined) 30% 

All  isolated  from  cases  of  canine  distemper. 
Dose:      2   Mils    (Cc)    subcutaneously.     Most  lasting  immunity  is  ob- 
tained from  three  injections  at  3  to  7  day  intervals. 
See  Notes  on  Canine  Distemper,  page  122. 
Code 

Befar— 20  Mil   (Cc)   vial   (10  doses) $1.20 

Befel—50  Mil  (Cc)  vial  (25  doses) 2.75 

Be/it— Package  of  three  2  Mil   (Cc)  vials...     .65 


DISTEMPER  MIXED  BACTERIX  (EQUIXE) 

For  the  prevention  and  treatment  of  strangles  and  distemper  in  colts 

and  horses. 

Contains    streptococcus    equi    70%,    streptococcus    pyogenes    (equine) 

30%. 

Dilution  No.  1  contains  30  billion  killed  bacteria. 

Dilution  No.  2  contains  40  billion  killed  bacteria. 

Dilution  No.  3  contains  60  billion  killed  bacteria. 

Prophylactic  Dose:      2  Mils    (Cc).     Best  and  most  lasting  immunity 

follows  three  injections  at  5  to  7  day  intervals. 

Therapeutic  Dose:     2  Mils   (Cc)  at  3  to  7  day  intervals,  or  oftener 

(depending  upon  the  reaction)  until  marked  improvement  is  obtained. 

See  Notes  on  Equine  Distemper,  page  128. 
Code 
Beach — Package  of  three  2  Mil    (Cc)   vials, 

Dilutions  1,  2  and  3 $0.65 

Bear— 20  Mil  (Cc)  vial   (10  doses).  Dilution 
No.  3    1.20 


Biologies 


95 


FOWL  CHOLERA  MIXED  BACTERIN 

For  the  prevention  of  fowl  cholera  or  hemorrhagic  septicemia. 

Each  dose   (1  Mil)   contains  12  billion  killed  B.  avisepticum,  isolated 

from  acute  cases  of  fowl  cholera. 

Prophylactic   Dose:     1    Mil    (Cc).      Best    results    are    obtained    from 

three  subcutaneous  injections,  given  at  3  to  5  day  intervals. 

Refer  to  Notes  on  Fowl  Cholera,  page  132. 
Code 

Begin— 20  Mil  (Cc)   vial $1,3^   /.  e  o 

Begot— 50  Mil    (Cc)   vial a;^f6^*-** 

Begum— 100  Mil   (Cc)  vial 5r#0  s^»f, 

HEMORRHAGIC  SEPTICEMIA  BACTERIN  (for  CATTLE) 

Each  dose  (2  Mils)  contains  40  billion  killed  B.  bovisepticum. 
Prophylactic  Dose:     2  Mils   (Cc)   at  5  to  7  day  intervals  until  three 
injections  are  given. 

Therapeutic  Dose:    2  Mils   (Cc)  at  2  to  5  day  intervals  until  improve- 
ment 16  marked. 

For  further  information  see  Notes  on  Biologic  Therapy,  page  135. 
Code 

Blab— 20  Mils   (Cc)   vial   (10  doses) $1.20 

Bleak— 50  Mils  (Cc)  vial  (25  doses) 2.75 

Blind— 100  Mil  (Cc)  vial  (50  doses) 5.00 

HEMORRHAGIC  SEPTICEMIA  BACTERIN  (for  HORSES) 

Each  dose  contains  40  billion  killed  B.  equisepticum. 

Prophylactic  Dose:      2  Mils    (Cc).     Best  and  most  lasting  immunity 

follows  three  injections  at  3  to  7  day  intervals. 

Therapeutic    Dose:     2   Mils    (Cc)    each    forty-eight   hours   or    oftener 

until   improvement   is  marked. 

Inject  subcutaneously. 

A  discussion   of  Equine   Hemorrhagic   Septicemia   will   be    found   on 

page  134. 

Code 

Biden — Package  of  six  2  Mil   (Cc)  vials $1.00 

Bidit— 20  Mil  (Cc)  vial   (10  doses) 1.20 

Bidox—50  Mil   (Cc)  vial  (25  doses) 2.75 

HEMORRHAGIC  SEPTICEMIA  BACTERIN   (for  SHEEP) 

Each  dose  (2  Mils)  contains  24  billion  killed  B.  ovisepticum  of  highly 

virulent   strains. 

Prophylactic   Dose:     2   Mils    (Cc).      Best    results   are   obtained    from 

three  injections  at  5  to  7  day  intervals. 

Therapeutic  Dose:    2  Mils    (Cc)   repeated  each  1  to  3  days  until  im- 
provement is   marked. 

See  page  137. 

Code 

Vicar— 20  Mil  (Cc)  vials  (10  doses) $1.20 

View— 50  Mils  (Cc)  vials  (25  doses) 2.75 

Yiicew— 100  Mil  (Cc)  vials  (100  doses) 5.00 


96  Biologies 


HEMORRHAGIC   SEPTICEMIA  BACTERIN    (for  SWINE) 
(Swine  Plague  Bacterin) 

Each  dose  (2  Mils)  contains  40  billion  killed  B.  siiisepticum  of  many- 
virulent  strains  secured  from  all  parts  of  the  country. 
Prophylactic  Dose:  2  Mils  (Cc).  Although  a  single  dose  often  pro- 
duces apparently  satisfactory  immunity,  strongest  and  most  lasting 
protection  is  obtained  from  three  injections  at  5  to  7  day  intervals. 
Therapeutic  Dose:  2  Mils  (Cc)  at  2  to  5  day  intervals  until  improve- 
ment  is   marked. 

See  Biological  Therapy  in  Hemorrhagic  Septicemia,  page  139. 
Code 

Brain— 20  Mil  (Cc)  vial  (10  doses) $1.20 

Brook— 50  Mil  (Cc)  vial  (25  doses) 2.75 

Brush— 100  Mil  (Cc)  vial  (50  doses) 5.00 

INFLUENZA  MIXED  BACTERIN  (EQUINE) 

For  the  prevention  and  treatment  of  equine  influenza  (shipping  fever) 

and  its  complications. 

Each  dose  (2  Mils)  contains  60  billion  killed  bacteria  as  follows: 

Streptococcus  equi 40% 

B.  equisepticum   30% 

Staphylococcus  aureus  (equine)   15% 

Staphylococcus  albus    (equine)    15% 

Prophylactic  Dose:     2  Mils    (Cc)    while  good   results  often  follow  a 

single    injection,   best    and   longest    immunity    is    obtained    by    three 

Injections  at  5  to  7  day  intervals. 

Therapeutic  Dose:     2  Mils   (Cc)   at  3  to  7  day  intervals   (depending 

upon  the  reaction)   until  improvement  is  marked. 

See  Notes  on  Equine  Influenza,  page  130. 
Code 

Si&Ze— Package  of  six  2  Mil    (Cc)   vials $1.00 

Bisk— 20  Mil  (Cc)  vial  (10  doses) 1.20 

MASTITIS  MIXED  BACTERIN  (for  CATTLE) 

Each  dose  (2  Mils)  contains  60  billion  killed  bacteria  as  follows: 

Streptococcus  mastitis    (bovine)    60% 

Staphylococcus  albus   (bovine)    15% 

Staphylococcus  aureus  ( bovine)   15% 

B-coli  communis   (bovine)    10% 

Therapeutic  Dose:    2  Mils  (Cc).     Inject  subcutaneously  at  5  to  7  day 

intervals  until  improvement  is  marked. 

See  Notes  on  Bovine  Mastitis,  page  160. 
Code 

Buck — Package  of  six  2  Mil   (Cc)   vials $1.00 

Budge— 20  Mil   (Cc)  vial  (10  doses) 1.20 

METRITIS  MIXED  BACTERIN  (for  CATTLE) 

For  the  prevention  and  treatment  of  metritis,  endometritis,  and  other 
inflammatory  or  suppurative  conditions  of  the  uterus  and  vagina. 


Biologies 


97 


Each  dose  (2  Mils)  contains  60  billion  killed  bacteria  as  follows: 

B.  pyogenes  (bovine)   30% 

Streptococcus  (bovine)    25% 

Staphylococcus  albus    (bovine)    25% 

B.coli,  communis  and  communior  (bovine) .  .20% 
Prophylactic  Dose:    2  Mils   (Cc)   a  few  days  before,  at  the  time  of, 
and  a  few  days  following  parturition. 

Therapeutic   Dose:     2   Mils    (Cc)    repeated   each   48   hours   until   im- 
provement is  well  marked. 

See  Biological  Therapy  in  Bovine  Metritis,  page  161. 
Code 

Bifed — Package  of  six  2  Mil   (Cc)  vials $1.00 

Bifin— 20  Mil    (Cc)   vial    (10  doses) 1.20 

Bifar—50  Mil   (Cc)    vial   (25  doses) 2.75 

MIXED  BACTERIN  (for  FOWLS) 

For  the  prevention  and  treatment  of  fowl  affected  with  or  exposed 

to  the  complications  of  roup,  avian  diphtheria  and  allied  conditions. 

Each  Mil   (Cc)   contains  20  billion  killed  bacteria  as  follows: 

B.    pseudodiphtheria    30% 

Streptococci    30% 

Staphylococci    20% 

B.  avisepticum    10% 

B.  pyocyaneus   10% 

Dose:      1  Mil    (Cc)    administered   subcutaneously  beneath  the  wing. 

Two  or   preferably  three   injections   should  be   given  at  3   to   7   day 

intervals. 

Under  Notes  on  Biologic  Therapy,   see  Roup   and   Pox   in  chickens, 

kpage  166. 
Code 
Bayat— 20  Mil   (Cc)  vial   (20  doses) $i:«0-  /  t*  ^ 
Baydo—50  Mil   (Cc)  vial  (50  doses) -3r?fr  ^'  *  <> 
Bay fu— 100  Mil  (Cc)  vial  (100  doses) ^^rO^  5-*« 

MIXED   BACTERIN    (for   RABBITS). 

(Snuffles  Bacterin) 

For  the  prevention  and  treatment  of  snuflQes  and  hemorrhagic  septice- 
mia in  rabbits. 

Each  dose   (2  Mils)   contains  24  billion  killed  bacteria  as  follows: 

B.  bronchisepticum    (cunine)    35% 

B.  cuniculisepticum    35% 

Streptococcus  pyogenes  (cunine) 5% 

Staphylococcus  pyogenes,  albus,  aureus  and 

citreus    (cunine)    25% 

Prophylactic  Dose:    2  Mils   (Cc)   subcutaneously  at  5  to  7  day  inter- 
vals for  two  or   (preferably)   three  doses. 

Therapeutic  Dose:     2  Mils   (Cc)   at  5  to  7  days  intervals  or  oftener 

(as  indicated  by  condition  of  patient). 

See  Notes  on  Hemorrhagic  Septicemia  in  Rabbits,  page  146. 

Bol)et — Package  of  six  2  Mil   (Cc)   vials $1.00 

BoMx—20  Mil   (Cc)  vial   (10  doses) 1.00 


L 


98 


Biologies 


MIXED  BACTEMN  (for  SWINE) 

For  the  prevention  of  necrotic  enteritis  and  so-called  mixed  infection 

in   swine. 

Each  dose  (2  Mils)  contains  40  billion  killed  bacteria  as  follows: 

B.  suisepticum    20  billion 

B.  paratyphosus  b.   (porcine)    8  billion 

B.  suipestifer   8  billion 

B.  eoli    (porcine)    4  billion 

Prophylactic    Dose:      2    Mils    (Cc).      Best   results    are    obtained    by 

repeating  at  5  to  7  day  intervals  until  two,  or  preferably  three,  injec- 
tions are  given. 

Therapeutic  Dose:    2  Mils   (Cc)   repeated  as  indicated. 

Inject  subcuteanously  or  intramuscularly. 

Under  Notes  on  Biological  Therapy,  see  Necrotic  Enteritis  and  Mixed 

Infection,  page  162. 
Code 

Build— 20  Mil   (Cc)  vial   (10  doses) $1.20 

Bully— 50  Mil  (Cc)  vial   (25  doses) 2.75 

Bump— 100  Mil   (Cc)   vial   (50  doses) 5.00 

1^  '.  is-  :       J  TwT- 

PIG  SCOUR  MIXED  BACTERIN 

For  the  prevention  of  diarrhea  and  scours  in  pigs. 

Each  dose   (2  Mils)  contains  60  billion  killed  bacteria  as  follows: 

B.  paratyphosus  b.   (porcine)    40% 

B.  suipestifer    40% 

B.  suisepticum   20% 

Prophylactic  Dose:     2  Mils   (Cc)   using  two  or  three  injections  at  3 
to  7  day  intervals. 

Therapeutic  Dose:    2  Mils  (Cc)  every  3  days  or  oftener  until  improve- 
ment is  marked. 

See  Notes  on  Pig  Scour,  page  168. 
Code 

Bofed— 20  Mil  (Cc)  vial   (10  doses) $1.20 

Bo  fix— 50  Mil    (Cc)   vial   (25  doses) 2.75 

Bofut— 100  Mil    (Cc)   vial    (50  doses) 5.00 

STREP-STAPH-COLI  BACTERIN  (for  CATTLE) 

For  the  treatment   of  all   suppurative   conditions   in   cattle. 

Each  dose  (2  Mils)   contains  60  billion  killed  bacteria  as  follows: 

Streptococcus  pyogenes  (bovine) 40% 

Staphylococcus  albus  (bovine)    25% 

Staphylococcus  aureus    (bovine) 25% 

B.  coli  communis   (bovine) 10% 

Dose:     2  Mils    (Cc)    repeated  at  5  to   7  day  intervals  until  marked 

improvement  is  obtained. 

Inject  subcutaneously. 

Under   Notes    on    Biologic   Therapy,   see    Suppurative   Conditions   in 

Horses  and  Cattle,  page  169. 
Code 
J5%rsi— Package  of  six  2  Mil  (Cc)  vials $1.00 


Biologies  99 


STREP-STAPH-COLI  BACTERIN  (for  HORSES) 

For  the  treatment  of  fistula,  poll-evil,  quittor,  abscesses,  open  joints, 
navel  ill,  arthritis  and  all  suppurative  conditions  in  horses. 
Each  dose   (2  Mils)   contains  60  billion  killed  bacteria  as  follows: 

Streptococcus  pyogenes  (equine) 30% 

Staphylococcus   albus    (equine) 30% 

Staphylococcus  aureus   (equine) 30% 

B.  coli  communis   (equine) 10% 

Dose:     2  Mils   (Cc)   repeated  at  5  to  7  day  intervals  until  improve- 
ment  is   marked. 
Inject  subcutaneously. 

See  "Suppurative  Conditions  in  Horses  and  Cattle,"  page  169. 
Code 

Bf'ute — Package  of  six  2  Mil  (Cc)  vials $1.00 

Bulk— 20  Mil   (Cc)   vial    (10  doses) 1.20 

Bacterial  Filtrates 

Including  Diagnostic  Agents 

BLACKLEG  FILTRATE 

A  bacteria-free  filtrate  of  B.  chauveaui,  containing  the  antigen  capable 

of  producing  active  immunity  against  blackleg. 

To  be  used  for  prophylaxis  only. 

Dose:    5  Mils   (Cc)   injected  subcutaneously. 

In  herds  in  which  the  disease  exists,  Anti-Blackleg  Serum  should  be 

used,  followed  in  7  days  by  Blackleg  Filtrate.    This  is  fully  explained 

in  Notes  on  Biologic  Therapy  under  Blackleg,  page  120. 
Code 

Faber—50  Mil    (Cc)   vials   (10  doses) ^l^S-    "^^ 

FaUn— 250  Mil   (Cc)  vials  (50  doses) 6:^^—  V.«o 

TUBERCULINS 

For  summary  of  B.  A.  I.  regulations  governing  tuberculin  testing,  see 
Tuberculosis  and  Tuberculins  in  Notes  on  Biologic  Therapy,  page  172. 

TUBERCULIN,  SUBCUTANEOUS 

Each  dose   (4  Mils)  contains  0.6  gram  of  Koch's  Old  Tuberculin. 

Dose:     4  Mils  (Cc)  injected  subcutaneously. 
Code 

Tal)ad—20  Mil  (Cc)  vial  (5  tests) ?0.65 

Ta&e/— 100  Mil  (Cc)  vial   (25  tests) 2.65 

TUBERCULIN,  INTRADERMAL 

Each  Mil   (Cc)  equals  0.5  gram  of  Koch's  Old  Tuberculin. 

Dose:    0.1  to  0.2  Mil  (Cc)  injected  intradermally. 
Code 

Tabor— 1  Mil    (Cc)   vial   (5  to  10  tests) $0.25 

Tabux—B  Mil  (Cc)  vial   (25  to  50  tests) 85 


100 


Biologies 


TUBERCULIN,  OPHTHALMIC  DISCS 

Each  disc  contains  the  equivalent  of  0.5  gram  of  Koch's  Old  Tuber- 
culin. 
Dose:     1  disc.     See  directions  on  page  176. 

Code 

Tahig — Package  containing  10  tests $0.65 

TUBERCULIIV,  TRIPLE  STRENGTH 

For  retesting  cattle  or  to  detect  so-called  "plugged"  cattle. 

Each  dose  contains  1.8  grams  of  Koch's  Old  Tuberculin. 

Dose:     4  Mils  (Cc)  subcutaneously. 
Code 

Tripe— 20  Mil  (Cc)  vial  (5  tests) $1.60 

Trist— 100  Mil  (Cc)  vial  (25  tests) 6.60 

Vaccines 

Pitman-Moore  Vaccines  are  suspensions  of  living   (at- 
tenuated or  unattenuated)  organisms. 

ABORTION  YACCINE  (BOVINE) 

For  the  prevention  of  infectious  abortion  in  cattle. 

Each  dose   (10  Mils)   contains  200  billion  living  B.  abortus  bovis. 

Dose:      10  Mils    (Cc)    injected   subcutaneously  two   to  three   months 

before  breeding.    The  treatment  should  be  repeated  before  subsequent 

pregnancies. 

This  product  should  be  used  only  on  non-pregnant  animals  in  infected 

herds. 

Under  Notes  on  Biologic  Therapy,  see  Infectious  Abortion  in  Cattle, 

page  116. 

Code 

Ya&ac— 50  Mil  (Cc)  vials  (5  doses) $  5.00 

Ya&or— 250  Mil    (Cc)    vials    (25  doses)....   22.50 

CHICKEN  POX  VACCINE 

For  the  prevention  and  treatment  of  chicken  pox. 

Prepared  from  the  lesions  of  birds   affected  with   chicken  pox.     An 

attenuated   virus    prepared    according   to    the    method    of    Beach.      It 

should  be  used  only  in  infected  flocks. 

Dose:      1  Mil    (Cc)    subcutaneously  beneath  the  wing.     Repeat  at  3 

to  7  day  intervals  until  three  doses  are  given. 

See  Roup  and   Pox   in  Chickens,  under  Notes  on  Biologic  Therapy, 

page  166. 

Code 

ya&et— 20  Mil   (Cc)  vials   (20  doses) $1.60 

Yaftis— 50  Mil   (Cc)   vials   (50  doses) 3.75 

Vahyx—lOOWiX  (Cc)  vials  (100  doses) 7.00 


Biologies 


101 


HEMOKKHAGIC  SEPTICEMIA  VACCINE  (for  CATTLE) 

For  immunizing  cattle  against  hemorrhagic  septicemia. 
Each  dose    (2  Mils)    contains  20  billion  living   (attenuated)    B.  bovi- 
septicum. 

Dose:  2  Mils  (Cc)  subcutaneously.  The  most  satisfactory  method 
for  immunizing  healthy  cattle  in  exposed  or  infected  herds  is  by  the 
simultaneous  treatment  with  this  vaccine  and  Anti-Hemorrhagic 
Septicemia  Serum,  as  explained  under  Hemorrhagic  Septicemia  in 
Cattle,  page  135. 
Code 

Veal— 20  Mil  (Cc)  vial  (10  doses) $1.20 

Venal~50  Mil   (Cc)  vial   (25  doses) 2.75 

Vent— 100  Mil  (Cc)  vial  (50  doses) 5.00 


In  addition  to  the  products  heretofore  listed,  we  are  prepared  to  sup- 
ply  the   following: 

ANTI-ANTHRAX  SERUM  AND  ANTHRAX   SPORE   VAC- 
CINE    (Simultaneous  Method) 

Code 

Ahate — Packages     containing     10     complete 

prophylactic  treatments  $4.00 

ANTI-ANTHRAX    SERUM 

Code 

ATysurd — Package  containing  100  Cc  bottle.  .$3.50 

ANTHRAX  SPORE  VACCINE  (Double  Vaccination) 

Code 

Acute — Package    of   2    vials,    containing   Vaccine 
No.  1  and  Vaccine  No.  2,  10  com- 
plete vaccinations    $1.50 

Adorn — Package  of  2  vials,  containing  Vac- 
cine No.  1  and  Vaccine  No.  2,  20 
complete  vaccinations 2.75 

ANTHRAX  PROPHYLAXIS  (for  SHEEP) 

Code 

Arson — Package  containing  20  complete 
treatments  of  5  Cc  Anti-Anthrax 
Serum  and  1  Cc  Vaccine $4.00 

OPHTHALMIC  MALLEIN   (Concentrated) 

Code 

Mart — Vial  containing  one  Cc,  sufficient  for 
10  tests,  with  camel's  hair 
brush    $1.00 


102 


Biologies 


PITUITARY  EXTRACT 

Code 

Peck — Package  containing  10  Cc  vial $1.60 


BABIES  VACCINE  (Dilution  Method  of  Hogyes) 

Code 

Rent — Vial  Package:  Complete  treatment  for 

horses  and  cattle   ?6.00 

Rag — Vial  Package:   Complete  treatment  for 

dogs  and  cats  6.00 


The  Pitman  Moore  Telegraph  and 
Cable  Code 

Avoid  Mistakes,  Get  Quicker  Service  and  Save 
Telegraph  Tolls  by  Its  Use 

Cable  address:     'Titmore." 

Western  Union  Code  used:  Universal  and  Five  Letter 
Editions. 

For  each  package  of  our  biological  products,  there  is  a 
code  word.  The  code  word  for  each  package  precedes  the 
description  and  price  of  the  package  in  this  list. 

These  code  words,  used  in  connection  with  the  code 
given  below,  will  enable  our  patrons  to  send,  in  a  very  few 
words,  complete  instructions  for  shipping  any  amount  of 
any  number  of  our  biologies. 

Copies  of  our  code  are  in  the  hands  of  all  our  branches 
and  orders  may  be  sent  in  code  to  all  our  branches  and 
distributors. 

Code  Words  for  Shipping  Instructions 

Cahal — Ship  by  express. 

Cache — Ship  by  parcel  post. 

Cage — Ship  by  freight. 

Cadet — Ship  by  parcel  post,  special  delivery. 

Cake — Ship  by  express,  collect  on  delivery. 

Cater — Ship  by  parcel  post,  collect  on  delivery. 

Calix — Ship  on  open  account. 

Code  Words  for  Expressions  Commonly 
Used  in  Ordering  Biologies 

Dace — Of  hogs  averaging  (number)   pounds. 

Dado — Pounds  of  hogs. 

Daily — Head  of  cattle. 

Dalk — Head  of  sheep. 

Dame — Head  of  horses. 

Dance — Head  of  rabbits. 

(To  be  preceded  by  the  code  word  for  the  number  of  animals.) 

Numerical  Code 

The  following  numerical  code  provides  for  condensing  telegrams  by 
writing  any  amount  in  one,  two  or  three  words. 

EXAMPLE — "Tatam"  signifies  ten  thousand;  "tatam  tanmy,"  ten 
thousand  five  hundred;  "tatam  tanmy  tahip"  reads  ten  thousand  five  hun- 
dred and  forty. 

Important — Numerical  code  words  preceding  a  code  word  for  a  bio- 
logical product  is  understood  to  mean  number  of  mils.  (Cc)  wanted.  How- 
ever, the  numerical  code  may  be  used  for  transmitting  numbers  of  any 
kind,  as  for  example,  "tatam  dado"  will  mean  "10,000  pounds  of  hogs," 

103 


104 


Telegraph  Code 


or  "tanfe  hogs"  will  read  "one  liimdred  head  of  hogs."  Thus,  "one  hun- 
dred head  of  hogs  averaging  sixty  pounds  in  weight"  can  he  written  "tanfe 
dace  tahup,"  which  literally  translated  would  read  "one  hundred  head  of 
hogs  averaging  pounds  sixty." 


Quantity  Code  Word 

10  Mils taghe 

20  Mils tagna 

25  Mils tagos 

30  Mils tahap 

35  Mils tahbo 

40  Mils tahip 

45  Mils tahol 

50  Mils tahon 

60  Mils tahup 

70  Mils taico 

75  Mils taidi 

80  Mils taigs 

90  Mils tailu 

100  Mils tanfe 

150  Mils tange 

200  Mils tango 

250  Mils tanib 

300  Mils tanim 

350  Mils tanja 

400  Mils tauKi 

450  Mils tanlo 

500  Mils tanmy 

550  Mils tanod 

600  Mils tanpa 

650  Mils tanri 

700  Mils tanto 

750  Mils tanux 

800  Mils taoba 

850  Mils taode 

900  Mils taofs 

950  Mils taogi 

1000  Mils taohs 

1100  Mils taolp 

1150  Mils taorb 

1200  Mils taoro 

1250  Mils taosh 

1300  Mils taost 

1350  Mils taotu 

1400  Mils taoxi 

1500  Mils tapan 

1600  Mils tapba 

1700  Mils tapeg 

1750  Mils tapes 

1800  Mils tapfi 

1900  Mils tapho 

2000  Mils tapid 

2100  Mils tapjo 

2200  Mils tapli 

2250  Mils tapme 


Quantity  Code  Word 

2300  Mils tapna 

2400  Mils tappo 

2500  Mils tapug 

2600  Mils tapus 

2700  Mils taral 

2800  Mils taray 

2900  Mils tarbo 

3000  Mils tarce 

3100  Mils tardi 

3200  Mils tarek 

3300  Mils tarfo 

3400  Mils tarha 

3500  Mils taric 

3600  Mils tarka 

3700  Mils tarpy 

3800  Mils,   tarto 

3900  Mils tasar 

4000  Mils tasba 

4100  Mils tasci 

4200  Mils tasdo 

4300  Mils tasec 

4400  Mils tasfy 

4500  Mils tasko 

4600  Mils tasid 

4700  Mils tasit 

4800  Mils tasjo 

4900  Mils tasko 

5000  Mils tasly 

5500  Mils tasmo 

6000  Mils tasob 

6500  Mils taspe 

'     7000  Mils tasru 

7500  Mils tasso 

8000  Mils tasti 

8500  Mils tasul 

9000  Mils tasus 

9500  Mils tatag 

10000  Mils tatam 

11000  Mils tatbo 

12000  Mils tatda 

13000  Mils tater 

14000  Mils tatge 

15000  Mils tatip 

16000  Mils tatle 

17000  Mils tatma 

18000  Mils tatod 

19000  Mils tatpa 

20000  Mils tatto 

22500  Mils tatur 


Telegraph  Code 


105 


Quantity  Code  Word 

25000  Mils tauba 

27500  Mils taucs 

30000  Mils taude 

32500  Mils taugn 

35000  Mils tauki 

37500  Mils tauli 

40000  Mils tauma 

42500  Mils taung 

45000  Mils taups 

47500  Mils taurl 

50000  Mils taust 

55000  Mils taval 

60000  Mils taven 

65000  Mils tawan 

70000  Mils tawba 

75000  Mils tawel 

80000  Mils tawgi 

85000  Mils tawho 

90000  Mils tawin 

100000  Mils tawko 

125000  Mils tawly 

150000  Mils tawol 

175000  Mils tawpe 

200000  Mils tawse 

225000  Mils tawta 


Quantity  Code  Word 

250000  Mils tawup 

275000  Mil.s     taxap 

300000  Miyls taxbe 

325000  Mils taxdi 

350000  Mils taxer 

375000  Mils taxfe 

400000  Mils taxib 

425000  Mils taxma 

450000  Mils taxto 

475000  Mils tayan 

500000  Mils taydo 

600000  Mils teado 

700000  Mils teaks 

800000  Mils teama 

900000  Mils teams 

1000000  Mils teaps 

1500000  Mils teary 

2000000  Mils tebag 

2500000  Mil.s tebbe 

3000000  Mils teber 

3500000  Mils tebgo 

4000000  Mils tebin 

4500000  Mils teble 

5000000  nils tempo 


Notes  on 
Modern  Biological  Therapy 

INTRODUCTION 

These  notes  on  Biological  Therapy  are  not  intended  to 
replace  standard  text  books  but  are  presented  in  the  hope 
that  they  will  afford  the  busy  practitioner  a  ready,  concise, 
yet  authentic  summary  of  the  present  status  of  the  diseases 
discussed,  as  well  as  of  the  production  and  proper  use  of 
biological  products  available  for  their  prevention  and  treat- 
ment. In  accordance  with  this  idea  many  points  have  been 
omitted  from  consideration  since  their  presentation  would 
require  a  voluminous  edition  and  would  be  merely  a  repeti- 
tion of  the  data  already  available  in  text  books  on  pathology, 
bacteriology  and  medicine. 

Under  treatment  and  prevention  there  is  discussed  only 
the  factors  which  pertain  to  biological  therapy  but  this 
should  not  be  construed  to  mean  that  other  proven  methods 
of  treatment  should  not  also  be  used.  Producers  of  biologies 
do  not,  and  users  should  not,  consider  biological  products  as 
**cure  alls,"  capable  of  curing  and  preventing  all  diseases  and 
conditions  without  taking  into  consideration  other  cardinal 
essentials  such  as  sanitation,  disinfection,  proper  housing, 
feeding  and  correct  medical  or  surgical  treatment.  Rather, 
biologies  are  intended  to  supplement  other  proven  and  valu- 
able methods  of  disease  control  and  to  be  used  in  diseases 
that  prove  refractory  under  other  forms  of  treatment. 

The  successful  use  of  biologies  is  dependent  upon  a 
working  knowledge  of  the  inseparably  associated  science  of 
immunology,  since  the  object  which  is  desired  when  biologies 
are  used,  is  the  development  of  immunity  or  the  diagnosis 
of  infection.  This  knowledge  develops  an  appreciation  not 
only  of  the  uses  but  also  of  the  limitations  and  contra- 
indications of  biologies.  For  that  reason,  the  following 
short  discussion  of  immunology  is  offered. 

SUSCEPTIBILITY 

This  condition  is  the  reverse  of  immunity  and  has  been 
defined  as  meaning  ^'easily  affected."  Most  individuals  have 
permanent  susceptibility  to  certain  diseases  while  they  are 

107 


108 


Biological  Therapy 


relatively  resistant  to  others.  Relatively  high  resistance, 
however,  may  be  changed  to  susceptibility  by  any  devitaliz- 
ing condition  such  as  shipping,  cold,  heat  or  exposure.  After 
this  occurs  individuals  may  suffer  from  disease  caused  by 
bacteria  to  which  they  are  ordinarily  extremely  resistant. 

IMMUNITY 

Immunity  means  resistance  to  disease  and  is  the  re- 
verse of  susceptibility.  Immunity  is  divided  into  natural 
and  acquired,  although  in  any  instance  immunity  is  not 
absolute,  but  relative. 

NATURAL  IMMUNITY 

All  species  of  animals  are  naturally  immune  to  some 
disease.  Thus,  man  is  naturally  immune  to  hog  cholera, 
while  swine  are  naturally  immune  to  smallpox  and  diph- 
theria. Certain  individuals  are  naturally  immune  to  disease 
to  which  the  majority  of  the  specie  are  ordinarily  suscepti- 
ble. Thus,  many  calves  are  naturally  immune  to  blackleg, 
although  this  is  a  fatal  disease  to  most  young  cattle. 

ACQUIRED  IMMUNITY 

Individuals  which  are  naturally  susceptible  to  certain 
diseases  may  develop  resistance,  or  immunity,  to  these.  This 
is  spoken  of  as  acquired  immunity  and  may  be  acquired 
either  naturally  or  artificially.  Swine  which  recover  from 
hog  cholera  and  persons  who  have  recovered  from  smallpox, 
have  developed  within  their  bodies,  antibodies  which  prevent 
their  contracting  these  diseases  a  second  time.  This  is 
referred  to  as  naturally  acquired  immunity.  This  same 
result  may  be  brought  about  by  artificially  inducing  the  pro- 
duction of  antibodies  following  the  injection  of  an  antigen. 
This  is  spoken  of  as  artificially  acquired  immunity  and  it 
is  upon  this  type  of  immunity  that  the  value  of  biologies 
depends.  This  type  of  immunity  is  again  divided  into  two 
kinds,  passive  and  active. 

Passive  Acquired  Immunity.  This  is  a  condition  of 
passive  and  temporary  protection  or  immunity  and  may  be 
obtained  by  the  use  of  any  of  the  immune  sera.  These  sera, 
as  described  on  "page  111,  are  made  from  the  blood  of  horses 
or  cattle  which  have  been  previously  hyperimmunized 
(although  other  animals  may  be  used  as  in  the  case  of  swine 


Biological  Therapy 


109 


producing  anti-hog  cholera  serum.)  These  immune  sera 
contain  the  desired  antibodies  which,  when  injected  into 
animals,  mechanically  protect  them  against  specific  infec- 
tion or  combat  infection  already  present,  without  any  asso- 
ciated stimulation  of  the  body  cells.  It  is  for  this  reason 
that  immune  sera  are  so  valuable  for  combatting  disease  in 
individuals  already  infected  without  the  associated  delay 
and  reaction  necessary  for  immunity  following  the  injec- 
tion of  antigens.  Unfortunately  the  immunity  conferred  by 
such  sera  is  of  relatively  short  duration  (a  few  weeks)  and 
for  this  reason  it  is  advisable  to  use  other  available  biologies 
after  recovery  in  order  that  the  passive  immunity  may  be 
made  active. 

Active  Acquired  Immunity.  To  obtain  this  type  of  im- 
munity it  is  necessary  that  the  individual  establish  the  pro- 
duction of  antibodies  within  its  own  system.  This  is  accom- 
plished by  the  injection  of  an  antigen  which  is  capable  of 
stimulating  the  body  cells  to  produce  the  desired  antibodies. 
The  antibodies  which  are  capable  of  preventing  infection  or 
combating  that  which  already  exists  differ  in  different  dis- 
eases. In  some  the  necessary  antibodies  are  in  the  nature 
of  antitoxins  whereas  in  others  they  are  opsonins,  precipi- 
tins, or  agglutinins.  Biologies  which  are  used  to  develop 
these  antibodies  must  be  capable  of  stimulating  that  anti- 
body which  is  most  capable  of  accomplishing  the  desired 
result.  To  accomplish  this  purpose  a  variety  of  biologies 
have  been  developed,  amongst  which  are: 

1.  Unattenuated  viruses,  such  as  hog  cholera  virus 
which,  when  used  with  anti-hog  cholera  serum,  confers  ac- 
tive and  lengthy  immunity.  Such  a  product  is  fully  virulent 
and  should  be  used  only  in  conjunction  with  its  specific  im- 
mune serum. 

2.  Attenuated  bacteria  or  viruses.  These  products  are 
properly  called  vaccines  and  should  not  be  confused  ivith 
hacterins.  Well  known  examples  of  this  class  are  black- 
leg, anthrax,  hemorrhagic  septicemia  and  pox  vaccines. 
These  products  are  so  attenuated  during  their  production 
that  when  injected  they  produce  only  a  mild  attack  of  the 
disease  and  confer  immunity,  the  duration  of  which  is  longer 
than  that  conferred  by  bacterins.  The  use  of  vaccines  is 
not  entirely  without  danger  on  account  of  the  unusual  sus- 
ceptibility of  some  individuals  and  the  likelihood  of  abscess 


110 


Biological  Therapy 


formation  in  others.    For  these  reasons    vaccines    should    he 
used  on  only  perfectly  healthy  animals. 

3.  Bacterins  are  suspensions  of  killed  bacteria  in  a 
suitable  vehicle,  usually  normal  saline  solution,  to  which 
is  added  phenol  or  trikresol  as  a  preservative.  Bacterins  are 
successfully  used  for  the  prevention  and  treatment  of  a  large 
number  of  acute  and  chronic  diseases.  For  successful  use 
of  bacterins  the  etiological  factor  responsible  for  the  disease 
should  be  known  and  the  bacterin  to  be  used  for  its  preven- 
tion or  treatment  should  contain  this  organism  or  organisms, 
as  the  case  may  be.  This  is  referred  to  as  specific  treatment 
and  the  greater  the  specificity  of  the  product  the  better  the 
results  which  follow  its  use. 

Bacterins  are  known  as  stock  and  autogenous.  In  the 
case  of  the  former,  the  product  is  prepared  in  advance  and 
is  available  when  required.  It  contains  bacteria  ordinarily 
associated  with  a  given  condition  and  the  results  from  the 
use  of  stock  bacterins  are  generally  entirely  satisfactory. 

Autogenous  bacterins  are,  strictly  speaking,  prepared 
from  the  individual  on  which  they  are  to  be  used.  In  vet- 
erinary practice  this  term  is  also  used  to  describe  a  product 
containing  bacteria  isolated  from  one  individual  and  in- 
tended for  use  in  other  members  of  the  same  herd  or  flock. 
In  exceptional  cases  stock  bacterins  fail  to  accomplish  their 
purpose  either  because  of  the  presence  of  some  organism 
not  ordinarily  associated  with  such  cases  or  because  of  un- 
usual virulence  possessed  by  some  organism  present  in  the 
individuals  under  treatment.  In  such  cases  bacterins  which 
contain  the  specific  bacteria  present  in  the  case  may  be 
prepared.  These  are  referred  to  as  autogenic  bacterins.  It 
is  fortunate  that  in  most  cases  stock  bacterins  are  entirely 
efficacious  since  the  preparation  of  autogenous  products  re- 
quires time  which  may  be  urgently  needed  for  treatment  and 
since  their  production  is  naturally  somewhat  expensive. 

At  Pitman-Moore  Biological  Laboratories  great  care  is 
given  to  the  preparation  of  autogenous  bacterins.  The  or- 
ganisms are  carefully  studied  by  our  staff  of  bacteriologists 
and  only  bacteria  having  etiological  significance  are  placed 
in  the  finished  product.  See  page  114  for  discussion  regard- 
ing bacterins. 

4.  Filtrates  and  Bacterial  By-Products.  These  consist 
of  the  purified  and  sterile  by-products  of  bacterial  growth. 


Biological  Therapy 


111 


Some,  such  as  blackleg  filtrate  and  aggressin,  are  used  as 
antigens  for  the  production  of  antibodies  while  others,  as 
the  tuberculins  and  mallein,  are  used  for  diagnostic  pur- 
poses. This  latter  use  is  possible  on  account  of  the  hyper- 
susceptibility  which  infected  animals  display  for  the  by- 
products of  the  bacteria  with  which  they  are  infected.  These 
products  are  rendered  free  of  bacteria  by  filtration  during  the 
Course  of  production.  This  process  of  filtration  prevents 
any  possibility  of  disease  being  reproduced  by  such  filtrates. 

THE  PEEPARATIOK  OF  PITMAN-MOORE  IMMUNE 

SERA 

All  of  the  recognized  principles  of  modern  biological 
therapy  are  exercised  in  the  production  of  this  line  of  im- 
mune sera. 

These  products,  twelve  in  number,  are  prepared  for  the 
treatment  of  animals  affected  with,  or  for  passive  immuni- 
zation against,  an  equal  number  of  specific  diseases.  These 
sera  which  may  be  either  anti-bacterial  or  antitoxic  are  all 
made  from  the  blood  of  specially  selected  healthy  young 
horses  which  are  used  only  for  this  purpose.  After  being 
subjected  to  thorough  physical  and  biological  examinations 
to  prove  their  freedom  from  disease,  each  horse  is  immun- 
ized against  one  specific  kind  of  organism  and  after  immuni- 
zation, is  subjected  to  a  series  of  injections  with  the  toxin 
or  living  organisms  against  which  it  is  to  produce  an  im- 
mune serum.  The  number  of  bacteria  injected  is  gradually 
increased  with  each  injection  until  the  animal  is  capable 
of  withstanding  overwhelming  amounts  of  what,  under  ordi- 
nary circumstances,  would  be  life  destroying  bacteria. 

In  the  production  of  antitoxin,  the  horses  eventually 
receive  injections  of  toxin,  hundreds  of  times  stronger  than 
an  ordinarily  fatal  amount.  These  repeated  injections  are 
followed  by  stimulation  of  the  body  cells,  resulting  in  anti- 
body production  which  eventually  becomes  excessive,  as  a 
result  of  which  the  blood  stream  becomes  laden  with  the 
specific  protective  bodies.  At  the  proper  time  a  small  amount 
of  blood  is  drawn  from  each  horse  to  determine  the  amount 
of  antibody  production,  or,  in  other  words,  the  potency  of  the 
serum.    This  is  spoken  of  as  a  "trial  bleeding." 

If,  upon  test,  this  proves  satisfactory,  the  animal  is  bled 
from  the  jugular  vein,  several  quarts  of  blood  being  with- 


Biological  Therapy 


113 


drawn.  The  plasma  portion  of  the  blood  is  separated  from 
the  corpuscles  and  fibrin,  rendered  sterile  and  a  preserva- 
tive added.  This  is  now  ready  for  a  test  to  determine  the 
potency  of  the  serum  which  varies  somewhat  depending  upon 
the  identity  of  the  product.  Each  product  is  subjected  to  the 
tests  which  are  recognized  as  most  satisfactory  for  deter- 
mining the  potency  of  the  particular  type  of  serum,  whether 
this  be  the  agglutination,  complement  fixation,  or  animal 
inoculation  test.  After  the  product  has  been  found  fully 
potent  it  is  subjected  to  a  series  of  exacting  tests  to  deter- 
mine its  freedom  from  contamination. 

Between  each  bleeding  the  producing  horses  are  in- 
jected with  massive  doses  of  the  specific  antigen  which 
causes  the  cells  to  continue  functioning  thus  maintaining  the 
high  antibody  content  of  the  serum.  The  bacteria  contained 
in  the  antigen  used  for  the  production  of  Pitman-Moore  Im- 
mune Sera  are  obtained  in  a  special  manner.  The  stock 
cultures  used  for  this  purpose  are  carefully  selected  strains 
originating  in  many  parts  of  the  country  from  acute  out- 
breaks of  the  disease  for  which  the  serum  is  recommended. 
Cultures  are  never  used  until  their  antigenic  ability  has  been 
proven,  after  which  special  scientific  care,  such  as  very 
frequent  passaging  through  laboratory  animals,  is  exercised 
to  insure  the  retention  of  these  antigenic  activities.  These 
are  some  of  the  factors  which  account  for  the  uniformly 
good  results  obtained  with  Pitman-Moore  immune  sera. 

Among  the  sera  prepared  in  the  above  manner  are  the 
following: 

Tetanus  Antitoxin. 
Anti-Calf  Scour  Serum. 
Canine  Anti-Distemper  Serum.    .  , 

Anti-Influenza  Serum  (Equine). 
Anti-Distemper  Serum  (Equine). 
Anti-Blackleg  Serum. 
Anti-Streptococcic  Serum  (Equine). 
Anti-Hemorrhagic  Septicemia  Serum    (Swine). 
Anti-Hemorrhagic  Septicemia  Serum  (Cattle). 
Anti-Hemorrhagic  Septicemia  Serum  (Equine). 
Anti-Snuffles  Serum  (Rabbits). 
Anti-Mixed  Infection  Serum  (Swine). 

The  use  of  each  of  these  serums  is  described  under  the 
disease  for  which  it  is  recommended. 


114 


Biological  Therapy 


GENERAL  CONSIDERATIONS  REGARDING  IMMUNE 

SERA 

Results  following  the  use  of  these  are  generally  very- 
satisfactory.  To  insure  best  results  the  following  factors 
should  be  observed. 

1.  Diagnosis  must  be  correct. 

2.  The  specific  serum  prepared  for  the  disease  in  ques- 
tion must  be  used. 

3.  Large  doses  should  be  the  rule.  Serum  should  be 
used  early,  and  whenever  possible,  intravenously. 

4.  Immunity  conferred  by  immune  sera  is  passive  in 
type  and  of  relatively  short  duration.  After  the  animal  has 
recovered,  its  passive  immunity  should  be  reinforced  by  the 
use  of  other  biologies  which  confer  active  immunity. 


PITMAN-MOORE  BACTERINS 

Realizing  that  the  field  results  obtained  with  bacterins 
are  directly  dependent  upon  several  factors  connected  with 
their  production,  every  safeguard  known  to  modern  science 
is  exercised  in  the  production  of  these  products.  Every  cul- 
ture used  has  been  carefully  selected  from  a  virulent  case  of 
the  disease  which  the  bacterin  is  intended  to  combat.  Each 
is  subjected  to  the  most  painstaking  examination  to  prove  its 
identity,  but  even  when  this  is  established  the  culture  is  not 
used  until  its  antigenic  ability  has  been  prpven  by  inocula- 
tions into  laboratory  animals.  The  virulence  of  our  stock 
cultures  is  maintained  by  frequent  animal  passages  and  the 
cultures  are  constantly  studied  to  maintain  purity  of  growth 
and  retention  of  their  antigenic  activities.  The  media  upon 
which  they  are  grown  is  given  careful  consideration  and 
every  step  used  in  the  production  of  bacterins  is  closely 
guarded. 

All  Pitman-Moore  bacterins  are  sterilized  by  chemicals 
rather  than  by  heat,  resulting  in  the  retention  of  the  anti- 
genic substances  which  are  destroyed  in  bacterins  sterilized 
by  heat.  The  preservative  is  added  in  such  a  manner  that 
burning  of  the  bacteria  is  prevented  and  autolysis  is  mini- 
mized. Each  lot  is  standardized  so  that  the  count  given 
on  the  label  is  actually  contained  in  the  product. 


Biological  Therapy 


115 


Lastly,  each  formula  is  arranged  in  accordance  with  the 
bacteriological  findings  from  field  cases  in  all  parts  of  the 
country.  This  eliminates  the  inclusion  of  bacteria  having 
no  etiological  significance  and  increases  the  percentage  of 
fully  antigenic  bacteria  having  etiological  significance.  The 
count  is  arranged  according  to  present  biological  knowledge 
and  is  not  made  excessive  for  selling  purposes.  A  proper 
bacterial  count  is  necessary  but  a  bacterin  containing  an 
excessive  number  of  bacteria  having  no  etiological  significance  does  not 
carry  the  immunizing  advantages  of  one  prepared  in  accordance  with  the 
above  standards  and  containing  a  moderate  number  of  fully  antigenic, 
specific  organisms. 

BACTERINS  FOR  PROPHYLAXIS.  The  first  requisite 
in  immunizing  against  disease  with  bacterins  is  that  the 
product  contain  the  organisms  known  to  cause  the  disease 
against  which  we  wish  to  protect.  To  accomplish  this  the 
true  etiological  factor  must  be  known  to  the  clinician  and 
the  bacterin  must  contain  these  specific  organisms;  it  must 
not  be  a  "shot  gun"  formula  containing  many  kinds  of  bac- 
teria which  are  devoid  of  significance.  Next  in  importance 
is  the  dosage,  which  is  usually  two  c.c.  except  in  the  case 
of  very  small  animals  and  birds  in  which  case  one  c.c.  is 
ordinarily  used. 

Lack  of  results  is  at  times  attributable  to  the  use  of  but 
one  injection.  It  has  been  conclusively  proven  by  numerous 
investigators  that  maximum  antibody  production  follows 
only  after  three  injections  have  been  administered.  Occa- 
sionally results,  apparently  satisfactory,  follow  one  injec- 
tion but  this  cannot  be  depended  upon  and  three  injections 
at  intervals  of  three  to  seven  days  should  be  the  rule. 

BACTERINS  FOR  THERAPEUTIC  PURPOSES.  At 
one  time  it  was  believed,  and  this  belief  is  still  retained  by 
some,  that  bacterins  should  be  used  therapeutically,  only  in 
chronic  infections,  and  that  they  are  contra-indicated  in 
acute  systemic  infections.  This  belief  was  entirely  theoret- 
ical and  is  not  concurred  in  by  the  many  practitioners  who 
regularly  and  successfully  use  these  products  in  the  treat- 
ment of  acute  infections. 

Wright,  to  whom  belongs  the  credit  for  originating  bac- 
terin therapy,  has  recently  championed  the  use  of  bacterins 
in  acute  septicemias,  whereas,  he  formerly  opposed  this  prac- 
tice.   The  change  of  opinion  by  this  illustrious  investigator 


116  Biological  Therapy 


is  due  largely  to  his  experience  in  treating  acute  infections 
in  the  English  armies  during  the  World  War.  These  cases 
were  most  successfully  treated  by  the  use  of  bacterins.  In 
championing  the  use  of  bacterins  for  therapeutic  purposes 
Wright  states  that  the  rule  for  dosage  should  be:  ''The  more 
acute  the  disease  the  larger  and  the  more  frequent  the  dose.'' 
He  further  states  that  failure  to  obtain  satisfactory  therapeu- 
tic results  in  the  treatment  of  acute  infections  is  due  to : 

1.  Incorrect  diagnosis  and  the  consequent  use  of  the 
improper  bacterins. 

2.  Insufficient  dosage. 

3.  Improperly  prepared  bacterins. 

In  practice  bacterins  are  now  extensively  used  for  the 
treatment  of  acute  disease  particularly  in  grade  animals 
whose  limited  value  makes  the  liberal  use  of  immune  sera 
impractical.  Although  in  acute  conditions  immune  sera 
should  be  preferred  to  bacterins  whenever  possible,  good 
results  may  be  expected  from  the  latter  when  properly  used. 
In  acute  conditions  the  rule  of  Wright  should  be  followed  and 
animals  should  receive  full  doses  every  day  until  tempera- 
ture drops  to  normal  and  the  acute  symptoms  subside.  Such 
results  are  frequently  observed  after  the  second  or  third 
subcutaneous  injection. 


Infectious  Abortion  in  Cattle 

This  disease  for  many  years  has  constituted  a  serious 
menace  to  the  live  stock  industry  since  the  losses  which  it 
inflicts  are  not  exceeded  in  any  other  disease  of  cattle.  For 
this  reason  its  control  offers  one  of  the  big  problems  of 
veterinary  medicine. 

CAUSE 

Abortion  disease  is  due  to  a  specific  micro-organism, 
the  bacillus  abortus  (Bang).  This  organism  is  responsible 
for  a  group  of  pathological  changes  in  the  uterus  and  pla- 
centa resulting  in  a  clinical  syndrome  of  which  the  aborted 
fetus  is  a  part.  Following  this  abortion  there  may  be  re- 
tained placenta,  metritis  and  sterility  as  well  as  scour  and 
pneumonia  in  the  calves  from  affected  cows  which  do  not 
abort.    B.  abortus  may  be  isolated  from  the  diseased  uterus. 


Biological  Therapy 


117 


the  placenta,  particularly  from  the  chorionic  layer,  and  from 
the  stomach,  liver  and  lymphatic  glands  of  the  aborted  fetus. 

Bacteria  other  than  B.  abortus  have  in  some  instances 
been  isolated  from  the  uterus  or  vaginal  discharge  of  affected 
cattle.  Among  the  other  organisms  which  have  been  cred- 
ited with  ability  to  cause  abortion  may  be  mentioned  B.  coli, 
B.  pyogenes,  B.  paratyphosus  and  vibrio  fetus.  Notwith- 
standing the  presence  of  such  micro-organisms  and  the  ab- 
sence of  B.  abortus  in  a  few  cases  it  should  be  considered 
that  whenever  abortions  assume  epizootic  proportions  we 
are  dealing  with  true  infectious  abortion  and  that  the  Bang 
bacillus  is  the  etiological  factor.  Other  bacteria  with  the 
possible  exception  of  vibrio  fetus  are  undoubtedly  secondary 
invaders  and  are  responsible  not  for  the  abortion  itself  but 
for  the  metritis  and  sterility  which  follow. 

SOURCE  OF  INFECTION 

Many  of  the  older  beliefs  regarding  the  mode  of  trans- 
mission of  this  disease  have  of  late  been  disproven  by  care- 
fully controlled  experiments  and  investigations.  The  bull 
as  a  possible  spreader  is  no  longer  feared  since  Schroeder 
has  shown  that  infection  does  not  occur  through  the  female 
genitalia. 

It  is  now  believed  that  infection  always  occurs  through 
the  digestive  system  after  pregnant  animals  ingest  food  or 
water  contaminated  with  discharges  from  affected  cows. 
The  bacteria  in  this  infectious  material  pass  through  the 
blood  and  lymphatic  systems  to  the  epithelial  layer  of  the 
chorion  and  become  established  in  that  tissue  which,  during 
the  period  of  pregnancy,  constitutes  an  extremely  favorable 
medium  for  the  bacterial  growth.  After  parturition  the  non- 
gravid  uterus  is  no  longer  a  favorable  habitat  for  these  or- 
ganisms and  they  then  establish  a  permanent  abode  in  the 
udder.  From  here  they  migrate  to  the  uterus  only  during 
subsequent  pregnancies.  The  expelled  placental  membranes 
and  subsequent  discharge  containing  large  numbers  of  B. 
abortus,  contaminate  foodstuffs,  bedding,  etc.,  which  is  then 
a  menace  to  susceptible  individuals. 

CARRIERS 

When  the  abortion  bacillus  establishes  itself  in  the 
udder  the  affected  animals  may  remain  carriers  for  years. 


118 


Biological  Therapy 


B.  abortus  can  generally  be  demonstrated  in  the  milk  of  such 
animals  whereas  any  vaginal  discharge  during  or  following 
pregnancy  is  badly  contaminated.  Such  animals  even  though 
they  do  not  abort  are  a  prolific  source  for  the  spread  of  the 
disease. 

It  is  fortunate  that,  contrary  to  former  beliefs,  calves 
suckling  infected  cows  do  not  become  permanently  infected 
even  though  they  ingest  large  numbers  of  B.  abortus  in  the 
milk.  If  such  calves  are  maintained  in  a  manner  which 
prevents  their  contact  with  infectious  material  after  wean- 
ing they  will  mature  as  healthy  individuals.  The  percentage 
of  animals  raised  in  this  manner  which  later  react  to  an 
agglutination  test  is  no  greater  than  those  which  nursed 
healthy  dams. 

SYMPTOMS 

A  premature  expulsion  of  the  fetus  is  ordinarily  the 
first  symptom  which  is  observed.  This  may  occur  at  any 
time  between  the  third  and  the  seventh  month  of  pregnancy. 
This  abortion  is  generally  followed  by  vaginal  discharge, 
retained  placenta,  metritis  and  in  some  instances  by  sterility. 
Although  these  complications  are  caused  by  bacteria  of  sec- 
ondary etiological  significance,  the  damage  which  they  oc- 
casion is  as  serious  as  the  abortion  itself,  since  the  subse- 
quent breeding  efficiency  is  seriously  impaired. 

DIAGNOSIS 

This  is  most  accurately  obtained  by  the  agglutination 
test.  For  this  purpose  a  few  cubic  centimeters  of  blood  from 
affected  animals  should  be  obtained.  This  should  not  be 
defibrinated  but  should  be  allowed  to  coagulate.  The  test 
is  quite  accurate  and  should  be  used  as  a  herd  rather  than  an 
individual  index.  All  animals  which  have  aborted  may  not 
react  to  this  test  nor  does  a  positive  reaction  insure  an  im- 
pending abortion  on  the  part  of  the  reactor.  Schroeder  has 
aptly  summarized  this  condition  as  follows:  ''An  abortion 
is,  strictly  speaking,  the  supreme  or  superlative  event  in 
bovine  infectious  abortion  and  not  the  essential  event.  We 
may  reasonably  say  that  as  all  children  attacked  by  diph- 
theria do  not  die,  so  all  cows  attacked  by  bovine  infectious 
abortion  do  not  abort."  However,  if  a  positive  reaction  is 
obtained  from  any  of  the  herd  members  the  entire  herd  should 
he  handled  as  though  infected. 


Biological  Therapy 


119 


PREVENTION 

Since  no  known  method  of  treating  affected  animals  is 
effective  our  efforts  must  be  centered  on  prevention.  In 
this  respect  disinfection  and  isolation  are  important  factors. 
The  isolation  of  all  animals  with  vaginal  discharges  and 
the  disinfection  of  all  contaminated  material  is  most  ad- 
visable. Uterine  douches  in  the  treatment  of  metritis  and 
retained  placenta  following  abortion  are  sometimes  bene- 
ficial. However  strong  antiseptic  solutions  are  inadvisable 
for  this  purpose  since  they  are  generally  devoid  of  results 
and  are  conducive  to  tissue  destruction.  Metritis  bacterin 
which  contains  the  organisms  associated  with  these  cases 
of  metritis  offers  the  best  possibility  of  controlling  these 
sequelae. 

Killed  suspensions  of  B.  abortus  have  been  used  in  an 
effort  to  immunize  against  infectious  abortion.  In  all  care- 
fully controlled  experiments  with  this  product,  the  results 
have  shown  that  little  if  any  immunity  resulted. 

Many  eminent  authorities  on  abortion  have  investigated 
the  ability  of  living  B.  abortus  to  immunize  against  this 
disease.  These  investigators  are  agreed  that  the  rate  of 
abortion  following  the  use  of  living  cultures  (vaccine)  is 
materially  reduced  and  that  this  product  offers  the  most 
rational  method  of  immunization.  This  conclusion  has  been 
reached  by  McFadyean,  Stockman  and  Bland  of  England, 
by  Zwick,  Zeller,  Krage  and  Gminder  of  the  Imperial  Bureau 
of  Health,  Berlin,  as  well  as  by  Hadley  and  numerous  other 
investigators  in  this  country.  In  view  of  the  proven  value 
of  this  product  as  shown  by  such  authorities  there  is  now 
available 

PITMAN-MOORE  ABORTION  VACCINE    (BOVINE) 

This  product  contains  living  B.  abortus  (Bang)  sus- 
pended in  a  vehicle  which  is  particularly  favorable  for  pre- 
serving both  the  viability  and  the  antigenic  properties  of  the 
organisms.  The  medium  in  which  the  organisms  are  sus- 
pended eliminates  the  danger  of  lost  viability,  thus  insuring 
the  greatest  possible  amount  of  antibody  production  follow- 
ing injection.  The  bacterial  count  is  carefully  adjusted  to 
permit  of  full  antibody  production  without  the  increased 
danger  of  abscess  formation  encountered  in  bacterial  anti- 
gens of  excessive  protein  content. 


120 


Biological  Therapy 


RECOMMENDATIONS  FOR  USE 

Abortion  vaccine  should  not  be  used  until  .after  a  posi- 
tive agglutination  test  reveals  the  presence  of  infectious 
abortion  in  the  herd.  As  soon  as  possible  after  this  diagnosis 
has  been  established  all  non-pregnant  females  should  receive 
a  subcutaneous  injection  of  ten  c.c.  Such  animals  should 
not  be  bred  until  two  to  three  months  after  this  prophylactic 
treatment.  Only  one  injection  is  required  but  this  should  be 
repeated  before  subsequent  pregnancies.  For  the  treatment 
of  the  sequelae  which  follows  abortion  in  pregnant  cattle 
see  Metritis  on  page  161. 

Blackleg 

Blackleg  is  an  acute  infectious  and  extremely  fatal 
disease  of  young  cattle.  On  rare  occasions  other  animals 
are  affected.  The  disease  is  characterized  by  high  fever, 
crepitant  swellings  in  the  heavily  muscled  parts  of  the  body 
and  a  heavy  mortality. 

ETIOLOGY.  The  disease  is  caused  by  Bacillus  gan- 
graenae  emphysematosae,  an  anaerobe  which  is  found  in  the 
soil  and  water  of  certain  infected  districts.  The  organism 
is  most  prevalent  in  swampy  pastures  and  land  which  be- 
comes inundated  from  time  to  time.  The  ability  of  the 
organism  to  remain  alive  in  the  soil  by  spore  formation  helps 
it  to  retain  its  infectivity  over  long  periods  of  time  which 
accounts  for  land  remaining  permanently  contaminated. 

Infection  generally  occurs  through  the  digestive  sys- 
tem when  contaminated  material  is  ingested  but  may  also 
occur  through  wounds  obtained  while  on  infected  territory. 

SUSCEPTIBILITY.  Calves  between  the  ages  of  six 
months  and  two  years  of  age  are  most  susceptible.  The 
disease  is  rarely  observed  in  older  cattle  or  in  suckling 
calves.  Well  bred  and  good  conditioned  animals  are  more 
susceptible  than  scrubs  or  lean  calves.  The  period  of  incu- 
bation is  from  one  to  five  days. 

SYMPTOMS.  Ordinarily  the  temperature  is  very  high 
with  a  marked  tendency  to  become  subnormal  just  before 
death.  Localized  lameness  in  one  leg,  marked  depression 
and  complete  suspension  of  rumination  is  followed  by  local- 
ized swellings  which  appear  on  the  thigh,  loin,  shoulder, 
throat  or  breast.     These  are  at  first  hot  and  painful,  later 


Biological  Therapy 


121 


becoming  diffuse  and  non-sensitive.  The  swellings  develop 
a  marked  crepitation  beneath  which  is  a  fetid,  sweetish  fluid 
admixed  with  blood.  These  swellings  are  never  observed 
below  the  hock  or  knee  nor  on  the  tail.  Crepitant  swellings 
may  become  apparent  about  the  mouth  and  throat  and  these 
are  followed  by  dyspnoea  and  by  pneumonia  in  cases  where 
death  is  postponed  although  death  usually  occurs  in  twelve 
to  forty-eight  hours.  In  some  cases  large  areas  of  the  body 
particularly  over  heavily  muscled  areas  become  covered 
with  edematous  and  crepitant  swellings. 

LESIONS.  Intense  bloating  and  gas  formation,  par- 
ticularly about  the  tumors,  is  characteristic  of  blackleg.  A 
bloody  foamy  fluid  may  exude  through  the  skin  and  from 
any  of  the  natural  openings.  Tissue,  other  than  that  actu- 
ally affected,  may  assume  a  scarlet  hue  when  exposed  to  the 
air.  The  affected  muscles  emit  a  rancid  sweetish  gas  and  a 
foamy  dark  fluid  which  is  mixed  with  disintegrated  muscle. 

The  post  mortem  lesions  are  conflned  largely  to  the 
affected  parts,  other  portions  of  the  body  being  largely 
devoid  of  pathological  changes. 

PREVENTION.  Biologies  which  in  the  past  were  ex- 
tensively used  for  the  prevention  of  blackleg  have  gradu- 
ally been  supplanted  by  newer  products  which  are  less  haz- 
ardous and  which  can  be  more  accurately  standardized.  Of 
these  newer  products  Blackleg  Filtrate  and  Blackleg  Ag- 
gressin  are  the  ones  now  in  general  use.  Both  products 
are  of  a  similar  biological  nature  since  both  are  aggressins, 
the  one  a  natural  aggressin  produced  in  the  diseased  mus- 
cles of  affected  animals  while  the  other  (flltrate)  is  produced 
in  the  laboratory  in  suitable  culture  media.  Blackleg  fil- 
trate has  been  used  to  immunize  millions  of  cattle  in  many 
countries,  particularly  in  Japan  and  America.  It  is  used 
in  Japan  to  the  exclusion  of  all  other  products  with  entirely 
satisfactory  results. 

The  immunity  conferred  by  this  product  is  not  exceeded 
in  intensity  nor  in  its  duration  by  any  other  biologic  capable 
of  immunizing  against  this  disease.  The  average  immunity 
conferred  by  these  two  products  is  of  approximately  one 
year's  duration.  In  heavily  infected  districts  it  is  advisable 
to  reinforce  the  immunity  by  a  second  injection  in  six 
months.  Blackleg  Filtrate  should  be  used  only  on  healthij 
animals  at  least  seven  to  ten  days  before  exposure. 


122  Biological  Therapy 


PITMAN-MOOEE  BLACKLEG  FILTRATE 

Strains  of  the  "blackleg  bacillus"  which  have  proven 
their  antigenic  ability  are  grown  in  specially  prepared  media 
until  this  is  thoroughly  saturated  with  the  desired  antigen. 
This  is  then  filtered  through  Berkefeldt  filters  to  insure  its 
freedom  from  all  bacteria  after  which  a  suitable  preservative 
is  added.  The  finished  product  is  next  subjected  to  several 
tests  to  determine  its  potency  or  ability  to  confer  immunity 
on  calves,  after  which  it  is  subjected  to  the  most  rigid  sci- 
entific tests  to  determine  its  sterility.  It  is  impossible  for 
such  a  product  to  cause  disease  in  the  animals  into  which  it 
is  injected. 

DOSE.  Five  c.c.  injected  subcutaneously.  After  calves 
are  immunized  against  blackleg,  a  period  of  four  to  twelve 
days  elapses  before  immunity  is  established.  This  point 
should  be  considered  in  treating  calves  in  infected  herds 
since  animals  treated  during  the  period  of  incubation  may 
not  be  protected. 

TREATMENT.  For  this  purpose  Anti-Blackleg  Serum 
is  available.  This  is  made  from  the  blood  of  horses  as  de- 
scribed on  page  111.  When  this  product  is  used  in  the  early 
stages  of  the  disease,  particularly  before  the  temperature 
drops,  it  results  in  the  recovery  of  many  affected  animals. 
It  is  advised  that  large  doses  (200  to  500  c.c.)  be  injected 
intravenously  and  that  this  be  repeated  if  necessary. 

The  immunity  conferred  by  Anti-Blackleg  Serum  is  of 
exceedingly  short  duration  (ten  to  twenty  days),  hence  the 
product  should  he  used  only  in  affected  cattle  and  should  he  followed 
in  ten  to  twelve  days  hy  five  cc.  of  Blackleg  Filtrate. 

In  herds  where  blackleg  is  prevailing,  suspicious  cases 
should  receive  anti-blackleg  serum  in  preference  to  filtrate 
on  account  of  the  time  required  for  the  filtrate  to  produce 
immunity,  whereas  by  the  use  of  serum  protection  is  ob- 
tained almost  immediately. 

Canine  Distemper 

This  is  an  acute  infectious  disease  of  dogs,  not  trans- 
missible to  other  species.  It  is  attended  by  high  mortality. 
It  is  particularly  a  disease  of  the  young  and  few  puppies 
reach  maturity  without  being  affected. 


Biological  Therapy 


123 


ETIOLOGY.  Investigators  are  not  in  accord  as  to  the 
real  cause  of  this  disease.  Carre,  Lignieres  and  others  at- 
tribute the  disease  to  a  filterable  virus  while  Ferry,  Mc- 
Gowan,  Torrey  and  others  designate  bacillus  bronchisepti- 
cum  as  the  causative  agent.  Present  opinion,  in  America  at 
least,  tends  to  the  belief  that  while  a  filterable  virus  may  be 
associated  with  the  disease,  the  serious  aspects  of  the  dis- 
ease are  due  to  bacillus  bronchisepticus  and  associated  sec- 
ondary invaders.  Animals  properly  immunized  against  this 
organism  rarely  suffer  from  the  effects  of  the  virus,  whereas, 
typical  cases  of  distemper  may  be  produced  in  susceptible 
dogs  by  the  injection  of  bacillus  bronchisepticum.  This  or- 
ganism is  almost  invariably  present  in  the  nasal  and  other 
secretions,  the  tissue,  and  at  times  in  the  blood  of  affected 
dogs. 

Two  types  of  the  disease  are  commonly  observed,  the 
respiratory  and  the  intestinal,  while  involvement  of  the 
nervous  system  either  directly  or  as  a  sequelae  is  common. 
The  latter  is  recognized  as  chorea. 

SYMPTOMS.  Sniffling  with  lachrymation  and  nasal 
discharge,  at  first  watery  and  later  purulent,  typify  the  onset 
of  the  disease.  High  temperature,  inappetence,  progressive 
weakness  and  general  pulmonary  disturbances  usually  fol- 
low. Vomiting  is  not  uncommon  and  this  frequently 
presages  the  onset  of  the  intestinal  form  which  is  character- 
ized by  bloody  diarrhoea,  high  temperature,  pronounced 
weakness  and  an  excessively  high  mortality. 

TREATMENT.  Sanitation  should  be  considered  since, 
although  dogs  maintained  under  ideal  conditions  are  affected 
at  times  to  a  degree  equally  as  great  as  those  maintained 
under  less  favorable  environment,  it  is  known  that  insani- 
tary surroundings  render  the  animals  more  susceptible  to 
the  secondary  invaders.  Proper  sanitation  therefore  is  a 
factor  in  reducing  the  mortality  while  for  the  same  reason 
correct  diet  is  extremely  essential.  This  should  consist  of 
easily  assimilated,  highly  concentrated  liquids. 

CANINE  ANTI-DISTEMPER  SERUM 

The  results  with  this  product  have  varied  greatly  under 
different  conditions.  Some  are  most  enthusiastic  as  to  its 
value  and  use  it  regularly  in  all  cases,  others  have  not  ob- 
tained satisfactory  results.  Success  with  the  product  depends 


124  Biological  Therapy 


upon,  first,  its  early  use,  and  secondly,  upon  large,  frequently 
repeated  doses.  Small  doses  in  severe  cases  offer  little  hope 
for  success.  Large  doses,  30  to  100  c.c.  repeated  as  necessary 
in  developing  cases,  is  our  most  rational  treatment  and  is 
being  used  by  many  of  the  best  canine  specialists  with  ex- 
cellent results.  The  dosage  may  be  decreased  approximately 
one-third  if  intraperitoneal  injections  are  used. 

The  treatment  of  the  intestinal  type  of  canine  distemper 
has  always  proved  extremely  difficult  since  cases  have  been 
most  refractory  to  treatment  and  the  mortality  exceedingly 
high.  Considerable  success  in  treating  this  type  is  now 
being  obtained  by  the  intraperitoneal  injections  of  canine 
anti-distemper  serum  and  by  high  intestinal  enemas  of  nor- 
mal saline  solution  followed  in  a  few  hours  with  a  rectal 
injection  of  canine  anti-distemper  serum,  20  to  50  c.c. 

PREVENTION.  For  this  purpose  both  canine  anti-dis- 
temper serum  and  canine  distemper  bacterin  are  used. 

The  bacterin  should  be  administered  in  three  injections 
of  two  c.c.  each  at  intervals  of  five  to  seven  days.  This 
form  of  immunization  is  being  successfully  used  in  many 
places  where  previously  the  disease  claimed  a  heavy  toll. 

Canine  anti-distemper  serum  when  used  for  prophy- 
laxis should  be  used  in  ten  to  fifteen  c.c.  doses.  Immunity 
conferred  in  this  manner  should  not  be  depended  upon  after 
three  weeks  but  should  be  prolonged  either  by  repeated  in- 
jections of  serum  or  by  the  use  of  bacterin. 

The  ability  of  Pitman-Moore  Canine  Anti-Distemper 
Serum  and  Canine  Distemper  Bacterin  to  protect  against 
distemper  has  been  conclusively  proven  in  many  hospitals. 
It  has  been  a  common  experience  in  many  such  institutions 
that  patients  admitted  for  minor  operations  or  treatment 
would  contract  distemper  while  on  the  premises  or  shortly 
after  returning  home.  Several  such  hospitals  have  com- 
pletely eliminated  this  trouble  by  administering  ten  to  fifteen 
c.c.  of  canine  anti-distemper  serum  or  three  injections  of 
bacterin  to  every  patient  admitted.  In  hospitals  and  ken- 
nels this  treatment  should  not  be  used  to  the  exclusion  of 
sanitation  and  disinfection.  When  these  precautions  are 
constantly  and  thoroughly  executed  the  possibilities  of  bio- 
logical control  of  the  disease  are  greatly  enhanced. 


Biological  Therapy 


125 


Calf  Scour 

Calf  Scour,  also  known  as  white  scour,  is  essentially  a 
disease  affecting  calves  during  the  first  few  weeks  of  life. 
Although  white-scour  is  seen  in  the  young  of  all  species,  it 
is  most  prevalent  and  of  most  economic  importance  in  the 
bovine. 

The  disease,  although  prevalent  in  all  parts  of  the  coun- 
try, has  caused  its  greatest  loss  in  the  large  dairy  districts 
where  the  mortality  frequently  reaches  90  to  100  per  cent  of 
all  calves  born  on  farms  where  the  disease  is  prevalent. 
Many  animals  which  might  recover  from  calf  scour,  develop 
pneumonia  and  die  from  this  complication,  thus  enhancing 
the  need  for  the  control  of  this  disease. 

ETIOLOGY.  Formerly  considered  a  milk-borne  dietary 
disturbance,  this  disease  is  now  known  to  be  a  bacterial  in- 
fection. While  many  organisms  have  at  different  times  been 
considered  of  etiological  importance,  scientists  are  now  quite 
generally  agreed  that  B.  coli  is  the  primary  invader,  while 
B.  paracoli  is  closely  associated  as  a  secondary  invader. 

The  unusual  prevalence  of  the  disease  in  herds  where 
the  animals  are  known  to  be  affected  with  infectious  abor- 
tion, justifies  the  consideration  of  B.  abortus  as  an  etiological 
factor.  This  possibility  has  been  noted  by  Williams  on  sev- 
eral occasions.  Theobald  Smith  cites  a  case  in  which  calf 
scour  was  caused  by  the  injection  of  B.  abortus.  Guinea  pigs 
were  inoculated  with  small  sections  from  a  pneumonic  area 
of  the  infected  calf  and  B.  abortus  in  pure  cultures  was  re- 
covered from  the  guinea  pigs  after  death. 

TRANSMISSION.  The  disease  at  times  appears  in  new 
localities  in  such  a  manner  that  we  are  justified  in  assuming 
that  B.  coli  and  B.  paracoli,  ordinarily  present  in  the  in- 
testinal tract  or  in  the  stables  occupied  by  the  infected  ani- 
mals, have  in  some  manner  developed  unusual  virulency. 
The  reverse  may  be  the  case  and  the  disease  follow  any 
condition  which  lowers  the  vitality  of  the  calves. 

Infection  once  present  in  a  stable  is  extremely  difficult 
of  eradication;  this  for  the  reason  that  the  contents  of  the 
stable  may  harbor  contaminated  material  or  that  the  disease 
may  be  constantly  propagated  by  infected  animals.  Healthy 
calves  frequently  become  infected  from  eating  contaminated 
food,   coming  in   contact  with   contaminated  bedding   ma- 


126 


Biological  Therapy 


terial,  or  by  the  hands  or  clothes  of  unclean  attendants. 

A  very  common  and  direct  route  for  infection  of  the 
suckling  calf  is  from  the  udder  of  the  mother  which  becomes 
contaminated  by  contact  with  bedding  material  or  by  vaginal 
or  rectal  discharges.  The  umbilicus  is  a  common  source  of 
infection  for  many  animals,  while  the  possibility  of  intra- 
uterine infection  is  always  present. 

Undoubtedly  the  latter  is  one  of  the  most  important 
considerations  in  this  disease  since  in  cases  where  intra- 
uterine infection  occurs,  calves  are  born  harboring  enormous 
numbers  of  B.  coli.  That  the  disease  may  be  of  intra-uterine 
origin  was  shown  by  Kitt,  who  administered  an  intravenous 
injection  of  B.  coli  to  a  cow  advanced  in  pregnancy.  The 
calf  born  eight  days  later  showed  profuse  diarrhea  from 
birth  and  died  of  calf  scour.  Many  other  investigators  have 
isolated  virulent  B.  coli  capable  of  reproducing  calf  scour 
from  various  parts  of  the  body  immediately  after  birth,  while 
others  have  proven  the  presence  of  the  same  organisms  in 
the  chorium  before  birth. 

SYMPTOMS.  In  badly  infected  herds  symptoms  fre- 
quently appear  during  the  first  or  second  day,  occasionally 
in  a  few  hours  after  birth.  In  other  herds  symptoms  do  not 
appear  until  the  animals  are  three  or  four  days  old.  The 
affected  animals  are  greatly  depressed,  develop  a  high  tem- 
perature, cease  suckling  and  show  a  decided  tendency  to  lie 
down.  A  profuse  fetid  diarrhea  appears.  As  the  disease 
progresses,  the  eyes  become  very  dull.  The  tongue  becomes 
dry  and  later  is  covered  with  mucus,  while  the  animal  shows 
a  profuse  salivation.  There  is  a  striking,  penetrating  sweet- 
ish odor  from  the  skin  and  feces.  Respiration  becomes 
greatly  accelerated  and  the  animal  finally  becomes  comatose 
followed  by  death.  In  the  animals  which  live,  pneumonia 
frequently  develops  while  infiammation  of  the  joints  is  a 
common  sequel. 

PREVENTION  AND  SANITATION.  This  is  of  the  ut- 
most importance.  Stables  must  be  kept  clean  and  all  the 
sunshine  possible  should  be  obtained.  Regular  disinfection 
of  the  entire  stable  is  a  valuable  asset.  Stalls  occupied  by 
pregnant  animals  should  be  regularly  cleaned  and  disin- 
fected. All  contaminated  bedding  should  be  promptly  dis- 
posed of  after  being  thoroughly  disinfected.  Three  or  four 
days  before  gestation,  pregnant  animals  should  be  removed 
to  special  quarters  provided  for  that  purpose.    Just  previous 


Biological  Therapy  121 


to  parturition,  the  external  genitalia  of  the  mother  should 
be  thoroughly  washed  and  disinfected. 

A  point  of  utmost  importance  is  the  care  given  the  new- 
born calf.  All  efforts  should  be  made  to  prevent  its  coming 
in  contact  with  contaminated  material.  The  udder  of  the 
mother  should  be  thoroughly  washed  before  the  calf  is  al- 
lowed to  suckle.  It  is  essential  that  the  calf  should  be  al- 
lowed one  or  two  nursings  from  the  mother,  regardless  of 
the  conditions  under  which  it  is  later  kept;  this  for  the  rea- 
son that  the  collostral  milk  materially  assists  the  young  calf 
when  help  is  so  urgently  needed.  The  care  given  the  umbili- 
cus is  equally  important,  since  streptococcus,  so  frequently 
present  as  a  secondary  invader,  generally  gains  entrance  at 
the  umbilicus.  Since  this  condition  seriously  complicates  the 
disease,  it  is  strongly  advised  that  the  umbilicus  be  thor- 
oughly disinfected,  after  which  it  should  be  tied  with  ster- 
ilized silk. 

Although  sanitation  is  of  the  utmost  importance,  we 
should  not  place  too  much  confidence  in  controlling  the  dis- 
ease by  this  method,  because  even  though  sanitation  were  so 
thorough  as  to  prevent  all  possibility  of  infection  from  this 
source,  the  birth  of  a  few  infected  animals  would  again  con- 
taminate the  stables. 

ANTI-CALF  SCOUB  SEBUM 

undoubtedly  offers  the  most  rational  treatment  in  herds 
where  the  disease  is  prevalent.  In  these  cases  all  animals 
should  be  given  a  subcutaneous  injection  of  ten  to  thirty 
mils  anti-calf  scour  serum  as  soon  as  possible  after  birth. 
This  may  be  repeated  in  two  days  to  good  advantage. 

In  case  symptoms  of  calf  scour  appear,  from  thirty  to 
one  hundred  mils  of  serum,  depending  upon  the  severity  of 
the  infection,  should  be  administered  each  twenty-four  hours 
or  oftener,  until  improvement  is  marked.  In  herds  where  the 
infection  is  known  to  be  severe,  symptoms  of  calf  scour  may 
appear  in  an  occasional  individual,  notwithstanding  the  use 
of  serum,  since  in  such  herds  many  animals  are  harboring 
myriads  of  B.  coli  at  the  time  of  birth.  While  best  results 
cannot  be  expected  in  these  animals  since  they  have  been 
infected  in  utero  for  a  considerable  period,  this  fact  offers 
the  best  reason  for  the  use  of  serum  in  large  quantities  and 
as  soon  as  possible  after  birth.  The  most  serious  cases  are 
those  in  which  symptoms  appear  earliest. 


128 


Biological  Therapy 


Since  serum  confers  only  a  passive  immunity,  it  is  ad- 
visable that  such  immunity  be  fortified  when  the  animals 
are  a  few  days  old,  by  the  administration  of  calf  scour  mixed 
bacterin.  This  will  result  in  an  immunity  which  will  usually 
carry  the  animals  past  the  danger  point.  For  this  purpose 
three  injections  of  two  mils  each  at  intervals  of  five  to  seven 
days  are  recommended. 

CALF  SCOUR  MIXED  BACTERIN 

is  recommended  for  the  prevention  of  calf  scour  and  asso- 
ciated pneumonia.  It  should  be  used  in  herds  where  the 
disease  ordinarily  does  not  appear  until  several  days  after 
birth.  In  herds  where  the  disease  appears  shortly  after  birth 
and  serum  is  used  as  a  prophylactic,  the  immunity  conferred 
by  the  serum  will  be  lengthened  by  the  subsequent  injection 
of  calf  scour  bacterin.  While  good  results  frequently  follow 
one  injection  of  bacterin,  best  and  most  lasting  immunity 
follows  three  subcutaneous  injections  of  two  mils  each  at  in- 
tervals of  five  to  seven  days.  The  first  injection  should  be 
given  as  soon  as  possible  after  birth. 

If  used  as  a  curative,  bacterin  should  be  given  in  two 
mil  doses  each  day  until  improvement  is  marked. 

Pitman-Moore  Anti-Calf  Scour  Serum  and  Calf  Scour 
Bacterin  are  truly  polyvalent  products  and  fully  capable  of 
accomplishing  the  objects  for  which  they  are  intended.  All 
organisms  used  in  the  bacterins  and  as  antigens  for  hyper- 
Immunizing  the  horses  producing  this  serum  have  been  iso- 
lated from  acute  cases  of  calf  scour  and  have  been  collected 
from  many  parts  of  the  country.  The  bacterin  is  produced 
in  accordance  with  principles  which  allow  the  retention  of 
the  full  antigenic  ability  of  these  bacteria.  The  serum  upon 
potency  test  shows  an  exceedingly  high  titre  which  is  largely 
responsible  for  the  exceedingly  good  results  which  are  at- 
tributed to  this  product  by  leading  practitioners  in  large 
dairy  districts. 

Distemper  in  Horses 

Distemper,  or  strangles,  is  an  infectious  and  highly  con- 
tagious disease  of  young  horses  and  mules.  It  is  character- 
ized by  catarrhal  infiammation  of  the  upper  respiratory  tract 
and  abscess  formation,  usually  occurring  in  the  glands  of 


Biological  Therapy 


129 


the  head  and  throat.  As  pneumonia  is  a  very  common  com- 
plication the  disease  is  of  a  serious  nature  and  in  localities 
where  the  infection  is  known  to  exist  methods  should  be 
employed  to  prevent  and  abort  attacks. 

ETIOLOGY.  Although  not  conclusively  proven,  it  is 
now  generally  conceded  that  streptococcus  equi  is  the  etio- 
logical factor.  In  a  large  percentage  of  cases  this  organism 
may  be  isolated  in  pure  culture  from  the  abscesses  associated 
with  strangles  and  in  fatal  cases  from  various  organs.  In 
some  cases  streptococcus  pyogenes  is  associated  with  the 
above  mentioned  organism. 

SYMPTOMS.  Animals  from  two  to  five  years  of  age  are 
most  susceptible.  It  Is  very  uncommon  for  an  animal  to 
suffer  a  second  attack  as  it  is  also  for  older  animals  to  de- 
velop the  disease. 

Among  the  first  symptoms  are  high  fiuctuating  tempera- 
ture, inappetence,  pica  and  general  depression.  Circum- 
scribed hard  swellings  soon  develop  in  the  submaxillary  and 
parotid  regions  at  which  time  considerable  difficulty  in  swal- 
lowing is  observed.  A  mucopurulent  rhinitis  practically 
always  occurs.  As  a  result  there  develop  first  sneezing  and 
a  watery  discharge  followed  in  a  few  days  by  a  very  thick, 
tenacious  discharge.  Empyema  of  the  sinuses  frequently  de- 
velops. The  swellings,  at  first  circumscribed,  soon  become 
diffuse  as  a  result  of  an  edematous,  periglandular  infiltration. 

This  frequently  fills  up  the  entire  intermaxillary  space. 
Abscess  formation  is  comparatively  rapid.  Death  may  re- 
sult from  suffocation  due  to  occlusion  of  the  larynx  through 
edema  while  some  danger  exists  of  abscesses  forming  in  the 
throat  and  discharging  into  the  larynx.  Unless  the  various 
abscesses  are  incised  early  in  their  development  considerable 
sloughing  usually  follows.  As  the  disease  progresses  sym- 
toms  of  a  general  toxemia  are  seen.  The  bowels  become 
inactive,  depression  increases,  edematous  swellings  of  the 
extremities  occur,  the  pulse  becomes  weak  and  thready  and 
a  septicemia  is  established.  In  many  instances  death  is 
directly  due  to  pneumonia. 

TREATMENT.  Sick  animals  should,  if  possible,  be  iso- 
lated due  to  the  contagious  nature  of  the  disease.  Early 
incision  and  free  drainage  of  all  abscesses  should  be  carried 
out.  Hot  applications  are  frequently  of  benefit  in  relieving 
the  stagnant  circulation  and  edema.    In  addition  they  some- 


130 


Biological  Therapy 


what  hasten   abscess   formation.     Disinfectants   should   be 
used  liberally  and  careful  nursing  carried  out. 

Very  favorable  results  follow  the  use  of  Anti-Distem- 
per Serum  (Equine).  Depending  upon  the  size  and  con- 
dition of  the  animal  an  initial  dose  of  from  fifty  to  one 
hundred  c.c.  should  be  given.  Somewhat  quicker  results  can 
be  expected  from  intravenous  administration.  Subsequent 
doses  of  the  serum  must  be  governed  by  the  course  of  the  dis- 
ease but  until  there  has  been  a  decided  improvement  in  the 
animal  with  lowering  of  temperature  and  cessation  of 
abscess  development  a  daily  injection  of  at  least  fifty  c.c. 
should  be  made. 

PREVENTION.  For  conferring  immediate  immunity 
the  serum  may  be  used  in  ten  to  thirty  c.c.  doses.  The  pro- 
tection thus  afforded  is  but  passive  and  of  short  duration  so 
that  the  serum  should  only  be  used  for  prevention  when  im- 
mediate protection  over  a  short  time  is  desired. 

For  actually  immunizing  animals  Distemper  Mixed 
Bacterin  is  indicated.  Pitman-Moore  Distemper  Mixed  Bac- 
terin  contains  sixty  billion  killed  bacteria  to  the  dose.  These 
consist  of  70  per  cent  streptococcus  equi  and  30  per  cent  of 
streptococcus  pyogenes.  It  is  recommended  that  at  least 
two,  but  preferably  three,  injections  be  made  at  intervals  of 
three  to  seven  days. 


Equine  Influenza 

As  ordinarily  used  this  expression  applies  to  a  group 
of  infectious  diseases  characterized  by  pulmonary  disturb- 
ances, acute  inflammation  of  the  mucous  membranes  and 
general  septicemia.  So-called  "green  horses"  or  horses  com- 
ing from  farms  to  city  stables  are  particularly  susceptible. 
The  mortality  is  ordinarily  about  ten  per  cent,  but  in  some 
instances  where  the  virulency  of  the  etiological  factors  is 
high,  the  mortality  may  be  greatly  increased.  The  acuteness 
of  the  disease  is  greatly  enhanced  following  any  devitalizing 
condition,  such  as  undue  exposure,  shipping,  etc.  As  a  result 
most  horses  which  are  shipped  contract  the  disease,  hence 
it  is  referred  to  as  shipping  fever.  Sales  stables,  railroad 
cars  and  public  marts  are  constantly  infected  as  a  result  of 
which  most  animals  passing  through  the  same  show  subse- 
quent infection.  Infection  occurs  by  the  digestive  system 
from  contaminated  food  and  water.    Horses  which  have  ap- 


Biological  Therapy 


131 


parently  recovered  may  remain  carriers  for  a  considerable 
period  and  are  thus  responsible  for  the  spread  of  the  disease. 

ETIOLOGY.  Investigators  are  not  agreed  as  to  the 
cause  of  this  disease.  It  is  quite  generally  believed  that  a 
filterable  virus  is  a  predisposing  factor  but  that  the  more 
serious  complications  and  mortality  are  due  not  to  the  virus 
but  to  bacteria  which  act  as  complicating  organisms. 
These  are  streptococcus  equi,  staphylococcus  and  bacillus 
equisepticum. 

SYMPTOMS.  The  period  of  incubation  is  from  three  to 
eight  days  and  when  symptoms  are  first  observed  they  are 
quite  intense.  The  temperature  is  usually  higher  than  103 
degrees  F.  and  the  pulse  becomes  rapid,  irregular  and  weak. 
There  is  marked  inappetence  and  languor  which  may 
progress  to  prostration.  Quite  early  there  is  noted  a  nasal 
discharge  which  at  first  is  clear  but  which  becomes  creamy 
and  profuse.  There  is  usually  a  strong  moist  cough.  Con- 
junctivitis is  apparent  almost  from  the  start.  This  may  de- 
velop into  a  purulent  conjunctivitis  or  keratitis,  or  may 
rapidly  disappear  as  improvement  occurs.  The  visible 
mucous  membranes  assume  a  yellowish  hue  and  some 
oedema  and  stocking  of  the  limbs  may  be  seen.  If  pulmonary 
infection  occurs  any  of  the  symptoms  ordinarily  associated 
with  pneumonia  will  then  become  apparent. 

TREATMENT.  Anti-Infiuenza  Serum  has  proven  most 
efficacious  in  the  treatment  of  this  disease  when  it  is  used  in 
the  early  stages.  The  serum  should  be  used  intravenously  in 
large,  frequently  repeated  doses.  Amounts  varying  from 
50  to  100  c.c.  should  be  used  and  this  should  be  repeated  each 
twelve  to  twenty-four  hours  until  improvement  is  marked. 
The  use  of  serum  does  not  eliminate  the  need  for  proper 
nourishment  but  it  does  terminate  the  disease  much  sooner 
and  with  less  mortality  than  occurs  under  any  other  treat- 
ment. 

PREVENTION.  Anti-Influenza  Serum  is  used  success- 
fully for  prophylaxis.  For  this  purpose  ten  to  thirty  c.c. 
should  be  injected  subcutaneously.  Immunity  following  this 
treatment  is  usually  of  a  few  weeks'  duration  and  is  used 
extensively  when  shipping  valuable  horses. 

Equine  Influenza  Mixed  Bacterin  in  the  hands  of  many 
large  practitioners  has  given  excellent  results  in  immunizing 
against  influenza.    This  product  contains  streptococcus  equi 


132 


Biological  Therapy 


forty  per  cent,  staphylococcus  thirty  per  cent  and  B.  equi- 
septicum  thirty  per  cent.  All  organisms  used  in  preparing 
the  product  have  been  isolated  from  acute  cases  of  influenza. 
The  dose  is  two  c.c.  which  contains  sixty  billion  organisms. 
To  obtain  best  results  three  injections  should  be  given  at 
intervals  of  three  to  seven  days. 

'*Flu"  in  Swine 

The  existence  of  so-called  "flu"  as  a  specific  disease  of 
swine  has  never  been  definitely  established.  'Most  investiga- 
tors are  of  the  opinion  that  this  condition  is  a  peracute  form 
of  hemorrhagic  septicemia,  since  the  symptoms  and  lesions 
of  both  are  identical.  Murray  isolated  a  coccus  from  these 
cases  but  other  investigators  have  obtained  only  B.  suisep- 
ticum  in  pure  culture.  Cases  of  so-called  "flu"  respond  in  a 
satisfactory  manner  to  hemorrhagic  septicemia  bacterin  or 
anti-hemorrhagic  septicemia  serum,  therefore  it  is  recom- 
mended that  the  treatments  and  preventive  measures  de- 
scribed under  Hemorrhagic  Septicemia  be  used  in  these 
cases. 


Fowl  Cholera 

This,  the  most  serious  of  all  diseases  of  fowls,  is  an  acute 
septicemia  to  which  all  domesticated  birds  are  susceptible. 
The  disease  is  highly  infectious  and  is  prevalent  in  all  parts 
of  the  country.  Its  introduction  into  a  flock  is  followed  by 
a  mortality  ranging  from  90  to  100  per  cent. 

ETIOLOGY.  Fowl  cholera  is  caused  by  a  member  of  the 
hemorrhagic  septicemia  group,  B.  avisepticum.  The  organ- 
ism usually  enters  the  body  by  way  of  the  digestive  tract 
although  it  is  believed  that  the  mucous  membranes  some- 
times act  as  a  portal  of  entrance.  B.  avisepticum  is  readily 
isolated  from  the  blood  and  organs  of  affected,  birds. 

SYMPTOMS.  These  may  be  entirely  absent  in  which 
case  birds  are  found  dead  on  or  near  the  roost  without  pre- 
vious evidence  of  sickness.  The  period  of  incubation  is 
from  18  to  72  hours  and  death  ordinarily  intervenes  after  but 
a  few  hours  of  apparent  sickness.  In  some  flocks  the  last 
birds  to  be  affected  show  some  evidence  of  increased  resist- 
ance in  which  case  the  acute  lesions  subside  and  there  is  a 
marked  tendency  toward  chronicity. 


Biological  Therapy 


133 


The  symptoms  of  fowl  cholera  are  essentially  those  of 
an  Intestinal  infection.  The  droppings  usually  develop  a 
yellowish  color  and  this  is  followed  by  diarrhoea.  The 
droppings  may  vary  from  a  greenish  pasty  consistency  to  a 
brownish  red  mucus  or  a  viscous  transparent  fluid  while  the 
feathers  about  the  vent  are  badly  soiled.  Drowsiness  and 
disinclination  to  move  are  marked  and  this  is  followed  by 
congestion  of  the  comb  and  later  by  cyanosis.  Inappetence 
is  complete  but  the  affected  birds  evidence  great  desire  for 
water  while  drooling  of  mucus  is  sometimes  pronounced. 
The  temperature  may  be  as  high  as  106  to  112  degrees  F. 
In  the  chronic  form,  usually  observed  toward  the  end  of  an 
outbreak,  the  birds  show  a  persistent  diarrhoea.  In  these 
cases  progressive  depression  and  emaciation  is  associated 
with  pale  mucous  membranes,  lameness  and  arthritis.  The 
comb  is  congested  or  cyanotic. 

LESIONS.  Petechiation  and  hemorrhages  are  charac- 
teristic of  this  disease.  These  are  generally  confined  to  the 
heart  and  duodenum  although  in  some  instances  they  may 
also  be  observed  in  other  portions  of  the  intestinal  tract  and 
the  muscles.  Involvement  of  the  lungs  is  constant  and 
ranges  from  congestion  to  hepatization  and  caseation.  The 
air  sacs  contain  a  serofibrinous  exudate  while  the  intestinal 
tract  is  filled  with  a  pasty  mass  of  feces  mixed  with  blood. 

TREATMENT.  On  account  of  the  septicemic  nature  of 
the  disease  and  the  rapidity  with  which  death  occurs,  no 
pharmaceutical  or  biological  treatment  is  of  value. 

PREVENTION.  Close  attention  to  sanitation  is  of 
utmost  importance.  All  dead  birds  should  be  disposed  of 
quickly  and  carefully  since  other  birds  become  infected  from 
eating  these  carcasses. 

Fowl  cholera  bacterin  has  proven  of  great  value  in 
immunizing  exposed  birds.  Although  some  investigators 
have  been  unable  to  prove  the  immunizing  value  of  this  prod- 
uct against  artificial  infections,  others  have  been  successful 
in  doing  so.  Of  even  greater  value  than  such  experimental 
data  is  the  fact  that  for  several  years  fowl  cholera  bacterin 
has  demonstrated  its  ability  to  protect  birds  against  natural 
infection.  This  has  caused  bacterins  to  be  almost  uni- 
versally used  for  prevention  against  fowl  cholera,  which 
in  turn  has  been  followed  by  a  marked  reduction  of  losses 
in  infected  flocks.     The  dose  consists  of  1  c.c.  which  is  in- 


134  Biological  Therapy 


jected  subcutaneously.  This  may  be  done  most  advanta- 
geously in  the  unfeathered  spot  under  the  wing.  For  most 
effective  immunity  three  injections  of  1  c.c.  each  should  be 
administered  at  intervals  of  three  to  seven  days. 

Hemorrhagic  Septicemia 

Under  this  heading  is  included  a  group  of  diseases  which 
occur  in  practically  all  species  of  animals  and  in  which  the 
more  acute  cases  are  characterized  by  general  bacteremia, 
hemorrhages  of  the  internal  organs  and  rapid  death. 

ETIOLOGY.  A  bipolar  organism,  Bacillus  Bipolaris 
Septicus,  which  is  morphologically  identical  in  all  species  of 
animals,  is  the  causative  agent.  These  organisms  are  ex- 
tremely prevalent,  being  found  in  the  soil  of  most  barnyards, 
in  stagnant  water  and  on  many  plants.  Under  normal 
conditions  the  organisms  may  be  non-pathogenic  or  of  ex- 
tremely limited  virulency  and  most  animals  have  acquired  ^ 
marked  tolerance  toward  those  which  possess  low  virulence, 
as  is  shown  by  the  presence  of  the  organism  in  the  digestive 
or  respiratory  tracts  of  many  apparently  healthy  animals. 
However,  when  this  nicely  balanced  tolerance  between  the 
host  and  the  organism  is  disturbed  by  any  devitalizing  con- 
dition, the  bacteria  acquire  added  virulence  and  are  respon- 
sible for  outbreaks  of  disease.  This  may  be  sporadic  or  en- 
zootic in  type  while  in  some  cases  the  infection  rapidly 
spreads  from  one  animal  to  another  until  the  outbreak  as- 
sumes epizootic  form.  In  such  cases  the  disease  ordinarily 
is  confined  to  one  specie,  although  in  certain  instances  other 
species  have  become  affected;  particularly  have  chickens 
become  affected  from  swine,  or  swine  from  cattle. 

The  most  reasonable  assurance  of  immunizing  animals 
against  this  disease  is  offered  by  the  use  of  specific  hemor- 
rhagic septicemia  bacterins.  Thus  for  swine  a  bacterin 
containing  B.  suisepticum  should  be  used  while  in  cattle  one 
containing  B.  bovisepticum  will  best  accomplish  its  purpose. 

In  the  treatment  of  affected  animals  very  gratifying 
results  are  obtained  by  using  a  specific  immune  serum  which 
is  made  from  the  blood  of  horses  hyperimmunized  against 
the  offending  organisms. 

Hemorrhagic  Septicemia  in  Horses 

This  acute  infectious  disease  of  horses  is  frequently 
mistaken  for  equine  influenza.     The  mortality,  however,  is 


Biological  Therapy 


135 


much  higher,  and  for  successful  treatment  requires  specific 
biologies  other  than  those  ordinarily  used  for  influenza. 

ETIOLOGY.  An  organism  of  the  hemorrhagic  septi- 
cemia group,  B.  equisepticum. 

SYMPTOMS.  These  are  the  symptoms  associated  with 
an  acute  septicemia  and  consist  of  high  temperature,  rapid 
onset,  labored  breathing,  prostration  and  restlessness.  The 
appetite  is  usually  retained  until  prostration  is  complete. 

LESIONS.  The  lesions  of  this  disease  in  horses  are 
practically  the  same  as  are  observed  in  other  species  of 
animals  affected  with  the  same  disease.  Petechiation  and 
hemorrhages  predominate,  particularly  on  the  heart,  but 
these  may  also  be  observed  on  any  other  organs,  while 
congestion  of  the  lymphatic  glands  is  marked.  An  excessive 
amount  of  straw  colored  fluid  is  frequently  found  in  the 
abdominal  or  thoracic  cavities.  If  the  animal  lives  through 
the  first  few  days  following  the  appearance  of  symptoms  the 
lungs  become  progressively  involved  and  may  be  found  in  all 
pathological  stages  from  congestion  to  pneumonia. 

TREATMENT.  This  should  consist  of  intravenous  or 
subcutaneous  injections  of  Anti-Hemorrhagic  Septicemia 
Serum  (Equine).  Doses  should  consist  of  50  to  200  c.c.  and 
should  be  repeated  each  12  to  24  hours  until  acute  symptoms 
subside. 

PREVENTION.  Exposed  animals  are  satisfactorily 
protected  against  infection  by  the  use  of  Hemorrhagic  Sep- 
ticemia Bacterin  (Equine)  which  contains  B.  equisepticum. 
Three  subcutaneous  injections  of  2  c.c.  each  should  be 
administered  at  intervals  of  three  to  seven  days. 

Hemorrhagic  Septicemia  in  Cattle 

This  is  an  acute  or  subacute  infectious  disease  of  cattle 
characterized  by  involvement  of  the  respiratory,  digestive 
or  nervous  systems  and  less  frequently  involving  the  skin. 
Some  investigators  believe  it  to  be  synonymous  with  "corn 
stalk  disease."  It  is  found  in  all  parts  of  the  United  States 
but  particularly  in  the  West.  The  mortality  may  be  as  high 
as  ninety  per  cent. 


136  Biological  Therapy 


ETIOLOGY.     Bacillus  bovisepticus. 

SYMPTOMS.  The  period  of  incubation  is  short,  one  t6 
two  days,  while  the  temperature  is  elevated  from  104  to  108 
degrees.  Swelling  of  the  sternum  is  frequently  observed. 
Just  previous  or  subsequent  to  death  hemorrhages  from  any 
of  the  natural  openings  are  commonly  observed. 

Pulmonary  Form.  Labored  respiration  is  associated 
with  nasal  discharge  and  cough.  Rumination  is  suspended 
and  inappetence  is  marked.  Cyanosis  of  the  mucous  mem- 
branes, admixed  with  petechia,  is  followed  by  dyspnoea  and 
death.  Cases  which  do  not  terminate  in  an  early  death 
develop  the  symptoms  usually  associated  with  pneumonia. 

Intestinal  Form.  Temperature  may  or  may  not  be 
elevated.  Marked  cessation  of  milk  flow  and  peristalsis 
which  is  followed  by  constipation,  then  by  diarrhoea.  Ab- 
dominal pains  may  be  followed  by  a  bloody  discharge  from 
any  of  the  body  openings  and  by  bloody  urine. 

Edematous  Type.  This  is  marked  by  local  swellings  of 
the  dewlap,  legs  and  other  connective  tissue  parts.  The 
tongue  becomes  swollen  and  the  mucous  membranes 
cyanotic  and  covered  with  petechia,  while  drooling  is  pro- 
fuse. Conjunctivitis  and  lachrymation  are  frequently  pres- 
ent and  the  local  swellings  become  hot  and  painful.  The 
tongue  may  be  so  swollen  as  to  fill  the  entire  mouth  and 
cause  asphyxiation. 

Nervous  Type.  Frequently  referred  to  as  "mad  itch." 
Any  or  all  of  the  symptoms  already  described  may  be  ob- 
served. However,  there  may  be  no  apparent  symptoms  other 
than  intense  itching  and  cerebral  symptoms.  In  such  cases 
death  occurs  in  twenty-four  to  forty-eight  hours. 

LESIONS.  The  disease  is  characterized  by  hemor- 
rhages and  petechia  of  the  subcutaneous  tissue,  heart,  bowels, 
kidneys,  bladder,  peritoneum  and  all  other  organs.  They 
are  particularly  marked  on  the  serous  surfaces  and  vary 
greatly  both  in  size  and  shape.  The  feces  and  urine  are 
blood  stained  while  subcutaneous  and  intramuscular 
hemorrhages  may  be  marked.  There  is  frequently  observed 
an  excessive  amount  of  straw  colored  serous  fluid  in  the 
abdominal  or  thoracic  cavities.  The  latter  may  be  associ- 
ated with  an  endocarditis. 

TREATMENT.  Medicinal  treatment  for  this  disease 
is  of  little  value  on  account  of  the  acute  septicemic  nature  of 
the  disease  and  the  rapidity  with  which  death  occurs.     A 


Biological  Therapy 


137 


most  valuable  treatment  is  available  in  the  form  of  Anti- 
Hemorrhagic  Septicemia  Serum  (Bovine).  Best  results 
follow  the  use  of  a  specific  serum  made  from  the  blood  of 
horses  hyperimmunized  against  B.  bovisepticum,  rather 
than  against  B.  suisepticum,  B.  avisepticum,  or  others  of  the 
hemorrhagic  septicemia  group  of  organisms.  Treatment 
should,  whenever  possible,  be  administered  intravenously 
in  doses  of  from  100  to  300  c.c.  This  should  be  repeated 
each  twelve  to  twenty-four  hours  until  the  acute  symptoms 
subside.  One  or  two  such  treatments  are  generally  all  that 
are  required  unless  the  disease  has  progrssed  to  the  advanced 
stage  before  treatment  is  started.  Hemorrhagic  septicemia 
bacterins  have  been  used  successfully  in  this  connection,  but 
since  the  results  following  the  use  of  bacterins  require 
twenty-four  to  forty-eight  hours,  it  is  advisable  that  immune 
sera  be  used  in  acute  cases  since  the  assistance  afforded  by 
this  product  is  almost  immediate. 

PREVENTION.  For  this  purpose  Anti-Hemorrhagic 
Septicemia  Serum  (Bovine)  may  be  used  and  its  results  are 
entirely  dependable;  however,  the  immunity  conferred  is 
passive  in  type  and  is  of  but  a  few  weeks'  duration,  therefore 
an  immunity  of  longer  duration  is  sought  in  the  use  of  other 
biologies. 

Hemorrhagic  Septicemia  Bacterin  is  successfully  used 
in  immunizing  cattle  against  this  disease.  For  this  purpose 
two  c.c.  should  be  injected  subcutaneously  at  intervals  of 
three  to  seven  days,  until  three  doses  have  been  given. 
Most  animals  immunized  in  this  manner  will  successfully 
withstand  exposure  to  field  infection. 

The  simultaneous  treatment  consisting  of  twenty  to 
thirty  c.c.  of  Anti-Hemorrhagic  Septicemia  Serum  (Bovine) 
and  two  c.c.  of  Hemorrhagic  Septicemia  Vaccine  (living 
organisms)  is  used  with  most  excellent  results  in  territories 
which  are  constantly  infected  and  in  which  the  virulency 
of  the  outbreak  is  marked.  Immunity  conferred  by  this 
treatment  is  of  considerable  length  and  may  be  depended 
upon  for  at  least  one  year  following  treatment. 

Hemorrhagic  Septicemia  in  Sheep 

In  sheep  this  disease  is  usually  an  acute  septicemia, 
while  in  the  less  frequent  subacute  cases  it  is  marked  by 
pleuropneumonia  with  nasal  and  eye  discharges.  Young 
sheep  are  most  susceptible  and  in  lambs  it  extorts  a  heavy 
toll,  particularly  in  those  kept  on  low  marshy  pastures  at 


138 


Biological  Therapy 


weaning  time.    Infection  occurs  through  the  digestive  tract 
from  contaminated  foods  and  water. 

ETIOLOGY.  B.  ovisepticus,  a  member  of  the  hemor- 
rhagic septicemia  group  of  organisms. 

SYMPTOMS.  An  acute  form  of  the  disease  is  observed 
in  young  sheep  whereas  in  older  animals  it  tends  to  chron- 
icity  with  the  general  symptoms  of  cachexia. 

The  acute  form  is  ushered  in  by  a  high  temperature, 
shivering,  inappetence,  dyspnoea,  trembling  of  the  muscles 
and  colicy  pains.  Death  generally  occurs  in  one  to  three 
days.  If  the  attack  is  less  acute  pulmonary  symptoms  de- 
velop. These  consist  of  labored  breathing,  discharge  from 
the  eyes  and  nose,  followed  by  enteric  disturbances,  particu- 
larly colic  and  diarrhoea.  Petechiation  and  cyanosis  of  the 
visible  mucous  membranes  is  at  times  followed  by  ulceration, 
particularly  of  the  tongue  and  cheeks.  The  mortality  in 
the  active  type  is  from  ninety  to  one  hundred  per  cent. 

In  adult  sheep  the  disease  tends  to  be  less  acute  or  the 
chronic  type  may  follow  an  acute  attack.  The  symptoms  of 
chronic  pneumonia  predominate,  although  these  may  be 
associated  with  swelling  of  various  parts  of  the  body,  par- 
ticularly the  joints.  Coughing,  nasal  discharge  and  labored 
breathing  are  pronounced.  Emaciation  is  progressive  and 
persists  until  death. 

LESIONS.  Petechia  and  hemorrhages  occur  on  all 
serous  surfaces  and  are  particularly  marked  on  the  kidneys, 
heart  and  lungs,  while  the  lymphatic  glands  are  hem- 
orrhagic. The  glands  are  at  times  completely  engorged  with 
blood  while  subcutaneous  hemorrhages  in  any  part  of  the 
body  are  by  no  means  rare.  All  mucous  membranes  are 
hyperemic  and  somewhat  thickened.  The  lung  involvement 
varies  from  petechiation,  red  and  gray  hepatization  to 
pleuropneumonia,  while  the  bronchi  may  be  filled  with 
bloody  mucus.  An  excessive  amount  of  straw-colored  fluid 
may  be  found  in  the  abdominal  or  pleural  cavity,  in  which 
case  an  endocarditis  is  quite  regularly  observed. 

In  the  chronic  form,  observed  most  frequently  in  older 
animals,  large  areas  of  lung  tissue  and  pleura  are  involved. 
This  involvement  progresses  from  hepatization  to  necrosis 
which  is  marked  by  yellow  caseation  surrounded  by  layers 
of  connective  tissue.  In  some,  these  lesions  are  alDsent  and 
are  replaced  by  enteric  changes  and  the  lesions  of  a  toxemia 
associated  with  anaemia. 


Biological  Therapy 


139 


TREATMENT.  In  the  fulminating  type  of  the  disease 
treatment  is  impossible  due  to  the  rapidity  with  which  death 
occurs.  In  the  less  acute  type  medicinal  treatment  is  of  no 
value,  and  the  best  hope  for  successful  treatment  lies  in  the 
use  of  Anti-Hemorrhagic  Septicemia  Serum  or  Hemorrhagic 
Septicemia  Bacterins.  In  this,  as  in  all  other  diseases,  serum 
should  be  used  in  large,  frequently  repeated  doses,  and  since 
it  confers  an  immunity  of  short  duration  the  affected  animals 
should  after  recovery  have  their  immunity  strengthened  by 
the  use  of  Hemorrhagic  Septicemia  Bacterin.  The  more 
chronic  types  are  best  treated  by  frequently  repeated  sub- 
cutaneous doses  of  Hemorrhagic  Septicemia  Bacterin. 

PREVENTION.  Hemorrhagic  Septicemia  Bacterin  has 
given  entirely  satisfactory  results  for  this  purpose.  For 
most  lasting  immunity  three  injections  of  two  c.c.  each 
should  be  administered  at  intervals  of  three  to  seven  days. 

Anti-Hemorrhagic  Septicemia  Serum  as  a  prophylactic 
confers  an  immunity  which  is  of  too  short  duration  to  be 
practical,  however  when  this  is  used  simultaneously  with 
Hemorrhagic  Septicemia  Vaccine  an  active  immunity 
results.  Both  should  be  administered  subcutaneously — the 
serum  in  doses  of  twenty  to  thirty  c.c.  and  the  vaccine  in 
two  c.c.  doses. 


Hemorrhagic  Septicemia  in  Swine 

(Swine -Plague) 

An  infectious  disease  of  swine  which  usually  occurs  In 
enzootic  form  but  which  may  become  epizootic  and  which 
may  result  in  an  acute  septicemia  or  a  pleuro-pneumonia. 
At  one  time  it  was  erroneously  believed  that  this  disease 
existed  only  in  association  with  hog  cholera.  It  is  now 
known  that  while  this  disease  and  hog  cholera  may  co-exist 
in  the  same  animal,  it  may  also  exist  as  an  entity  and  is 
observed  alike  in  cholera  immune  and  cholera  susceptible 
swine.  Our  present  attitude  on  this  question  is  aptly  sum- 
marized in  White's  Principles  and  Practice  of  Veterinary 
Medicine  as  follows:  "Irrespective  of  these  claims  and  the 
denials  of  some  authorities  as  to  the  existence  of  Hem- 
orrhage Septicemia  in  swine,  enough  scientific  evidence 
seems  at  hand  to  warrant  placing  swine  plague  in  a  chapter 
by  itself  and  considering  it  a  disease  separate  and  distinct 
from  hog  cholera." 


140 


Biological  Therapy 


ETIOLOGY.  Hemorrhagic  Septicemia  is  caused  by  B. 
suisepticum  (B.  bipolaris  suis).  This  organism  is  identical 
in  most  respects  with  those  causing  the  disease  in  other 
species.  The  organism  inhabits  the  respiratory  tract  of 
swine  and  in  this  manner  is  normally  present  in  many 
healthy  animals.  This  fact  has  caused  some  investigators  to 
minimize  the  significance  of  this  organism  and  its  relation 
to  disease.  This  same  form  of  reasoning  might  be  applied 
to  the  pneumococcus,  streptococcus,  B.  tuberculosis  and  many 
others  which  can  be  isolated  from  the  respiratory  tract  of 
healthy  individuals.  As  a  matter  of  fact,  none  of  the  bac- 
teria ordinarily  present  in  the  respiratory  or  intestinal  tract 
has  great  significance  while  the  resistance  of  the  host  is 
normal.  However,  when  this  normal  resistance  becomes 
lowered  from  any  cause,  any  or  all  of  these  organisms  may 
constitute  a  serious  menace  to  future  health  and  frequently 
cause  the  appearance  of  disease.  There  are  certain  bacteria 
whose  virulency  is  so  high  that  their  presence  is  always  fol- 
lowed by  disease  (as  B.  tetani).  Others  there  are  which  may 
or  may  not  be  virulent,  depending  upon  the  environment  in 
which  they  find  themselves.  Thus  B.  suisepticum  when 
residing  in  a  host  having  a  high  or  even  normal  resistance 
may  be  incapable  of  propagating  sufficiently  to  cause  disease, 
until  the  animal's  normal  resistance  becomes  lowered,  when 
the  environment  becomes  more  suitable  to  the  organism, 
which  then  propagates  unhindered  and  hemorrhagic  septi- 
cemia results. 

While  any  devitalizing  condition  may  bring  about  this 
result,  it  is  particularly  prone  to  follow  exposure  to  pro- 
longed wet  or  cold  weather,  shipments,  hog  cholera  im- 
munization and  parasitic  infestations. 

In  the  acute  stages  of  the  disease  the  organisms  migrate 
from  the  respiratory  tract  and  permeate  the  circulatory 
system,  in  which  case  they  may  be  isolated  from  the  con- 
gested lymphatic  glands  and  from  localized  lesions  in  the 
lungs  and  intestines.  A  few  hours  after  death  the  organism 
is  readily  isolated  from  the  spleen.  The  location  of  the 
organism  has  considerable  significance  since  a  strain  iso- 
lated from  the  bronchi,  trachea  or  epiglottis  undoubtedly  has 
limited  significance,  whereas  the  presence  of  a  virulent 
strain  in  the  blood,  glands,  subserous  hemorrhages,  mucosa 
of  the  intestines,  spleen  or  even  from  lung  lesions  has  great 
diagnostic  importance  if  supported  by  clinical  findings.  This 
is  particularly  true  when  the  organism  is  isolated  in  pure 
culture  and  upon  animal  inoculation  proves  virulent. 


Biological  Tiierapy 


141 


SYMPTOMS.  The  onset  of  this  disease  is  generally  sud- 
den. Animals  which  were  apparently  healthy  one  evening 
may  be  decidedly  sick  the  following  morning.  In  this  respect 
the  onset  differs  from  that  seen  in  hog  cholera,  in  which  case 
the  disease  develops  slowly  and  progressively.  The  inci- 
dence of  disease  is  not  as  high  as  in  hog  cholera  since  it  may 
not  exceed  twenty  to  fifty  per  cent  and  some  animals  appar- 
ently recover  spontaneously  and  quickly,  which  is  not  the 
case  in  cholera. 

Respiratory  symptoms  are  pronounced  with  the  appear- 
ance of  a  marked  labored  breathing,  referred  to  as  "thumps," 
which  is  in  reality  a  normal  inhalation  with  a  short,  snappy 
exhalation.  Nasal  discharge  is  generally  apparent  and  may 
be  unilateral  or  bilateral.  This  is  mucous  in  type,  tending 
to  become  ropy  and  creamy  in  color.  In  many  cases  a  char- 
acterisitc  and  perisistent  cough  is  manifested.  Lachryma- 
tion  may  be  present  in  varying  degrees.  Prostration  may  be 
marked  from  the  start  or  may  be  only  moderate  in  type. 

Except  in  most  marked  cases  the  animal  retains  its  de- 
sire for  food  and  does  not  bury  itself  in  the  bedding,  which 
is  in  marked  contrast  with  cholera-sick  swine.  The  knuck- 
ling at  the  hocks  and  straightening  of  the  ankles  so  charac- 
teristic of  cholera  pigs  is  not  observed,  but  this  is  generally 
replaced  by  a  profound  weakness  accompanied  by  stagger- 
ing or  incoordination.  However,  this  does  not  resemble  the 
knuckling  seen  in  cholera  but  is  that  present  in  any  weak- 
ened animal. 

The  temperature  may  rise  rapidly  and  shows  a  tendency 
to  fluctuate  rather  than  to  remain  consistently  high.  Not 
infrequently  the  taking  of  temperatures  furnishes  a  consid- 
erable surprise  since  the  visibly  sick  animals  show  a  normal 
or  nearly  normal  temperature,  whereas  those  which  are  ap- 
parently healthy  reveal  a  high  temperature. 

Hemorrhagic  septicemia  is  not  a  highly  contagious  dis- 
ease, yet  frequently  many  animals  in  the  same  herd  are  af- 
fected. This  is  not  surprising  since  any  condition  which  is 
responsible  for  lowering  the  vitality  of  one  individual  un- 
doubtedly causes  the  same  condition  in  the  majority  of  the 
animals  in  the  herd. 

The  symptoms  may  become  progressively  worse  so  that 
any  of  the  symptoms  of  pneumonia  or  pleurisy  are  observed, 
whereas  not  infrequently  bacteria  from  the  intestinal  tract 
seize  the  opportunity  to  cause  secondary  infection,  as  a  re- 
sult of  which  the  symptoms  of  intestinal  infection  become 
apparent. 


142  Biological  Therapy 


The  nervous  type  is  only  occasionally  observed.  In  this 
case  animals  show  symptoms  of  cerebral  disturbances,  such 
as  incoordination,  blindness,  muscular  twitching  and  con- 
vulsions, all  of  which  may  resemble  the  symptoms  of  spinal 
meningitis.  In  this  type  symptoms  may  be  entirely  absent 
until  the  animals  are  handled,  after  which  the  appearance 
of  nervous  symptoms  or  convulsions  quickly  become  ap- 
parent. 

POST  MORTEM  LESIONS.  In  the  septicemic  type  the 
lesions  may  closely  resemble  those  found  in  cholera  since 
in  this  as  in  the  uncomplicated  form  of  the  latter  the  lesions 
are  those  of  an  acute  septicemia,  viz.:  hemorrhages  and  pe- 
techia. These  may  be  observed  in  any  portion  or  any  organ 
of  the  body.  They  tend  to  be  more  extensive  than  in  cholera 
and  lack  uniformity  in'  size  and  shape,  rarely  being  circum- 
scribed but  developing  a  tendency  to  coalesce  as  the  disease 
progresses.  The  lymphatic  glands  are  congested  or  en- 
gorged with  less  tendency  to  be  sharply  petechiated  than  in 
cholera.  Subserous  hemorrhages  of  the  heart  and  lungs  may 
be  marked,  which  is  true  also  of  the  mucosa  of  the  bladder 
and  intestines.  The  mucosa  of  the  bladder  may  be  so  thor- 
oughly hemorrhagic  that  it  has  the  appearance  of  being 
granular.  An  excessive  amount  of  straw-colored  fluid  is 
frequently  found  in  the  abdominal  cavity. 

PECTORAL  FORM.  The  character  of  the  lesions  found 
varies  with  the  duration  of  the  attack.  These  may  range 
from  petechiation,  congestion,  red  or  gray  hepatization,  to 
all  stages  of  pneumonia  or  caseation.  Pleuritic  complica- 
tions are  frequently  observed.  Not  infrequently  there  are 
observed  new  areas  of  infection  showing  bright  scarlet 
petechiation  adjacent  to  extensive  chronic  lesions.  In  the 
more  chronic  cases  abscess  formation  with  encapsulated 
caseous  lesions  are  observed.  The  bronchi  are  filled  with 
mucus  practically  from  the  beginning  of  the  infection.  In 
the  less  severe  cases  there  are  varying  sized  areas  of  grey 
or  red  hepatization  having  a  glassy  serous  appearance.  This 
condition,  if  extensive,  is  responsible  for  the  marbled  ap- 
pearance of  the  lungs,  which  is  so  frequently  present.  In 
addition  to  these  localized  lesions,  hemorrhages  and  petechia 
are  commonly  observed  on  the  heart,  particularly  on  the 
auricles,  or  may  be  seen  in  any  part  of  the  body.  This  is  the 
type  of  the  disease  most  frequently  seen  in  swine  which 
have  recently  been  subjected  to  the  simultaneous  treatment 
and  is  often  erroneously  diagnosed  as  a  "cholera  break." 


Biological  Therapy 


143 


In  such  cases  most  animals  show  a  chronic  though  small 
lung  lesion.  This  consists  of  an  area  of  red  or  grey  hepati- 
zation having  a  glassy  appearance  and  frequently  situated 
in  either  anterior  lobule.  The  chronicity  of  the  lung  lesion 
and  the  acuteness  of  the  septicemia  lesions  make  it  quite 
apparent  that  the  pulmonary  lesion  was  present  before  vac- 
cination and  predisposed  the  animal  to  the  acute  septicemia 
which  follows  by  maintaining  the  foci  from  which  the  causa- 
tive organisms  (B.  suisepticum)  migrate. 

DIAGNOSIS.  This  is  ordinarily  beset  with  many  diffi- 
culties and  calls  for  close  observation  and  good  judgment.  A 
careful  study  of  the  history  and  symptoms  is  indispensable. 
Frequently  this  makes  a  diagnosis  possible,  whereas  the 
same  could  not  be  made  by  autopsy  alone.  The  opinion 
formed  from  autopsy  findings  should  be  from  a  compilation 
of  the  findings  from  several  autopsies  since  a  single 
necropsy  may  be  misleading.  Since  petechia  and  hemor- 
rhages are  observed  in  hemorrhagic  septicemia,  in  hog 
cholera  and  in  other  septicemias,  it  will  be  apparent  that 
factors  other  than  petechia  must  be  depended  upon  for  diag- 
nosis. This  is  particularly  true  since  an  animal  may  be  af- 
fected with  both  hog  cholera  and  hemorrhagic  septicemia  at 
one  time.  Unless  we  can  be  reasonably  certain  of  the  free- 
dom from  hog  cholera  infection  this  should  not  be  excluded 
from  our  diagnosis,  whereas  if  swine  are  known  to  have  been 
properly  immunized  this  must  of  necessity  be  a  factor  in 
arriving  at  a  diagnosis. 

TREATMENT.  Unless  the  possibility  of  the  filterable 
virus  of  hog  cholera  being  a  factor  can  be  positively  ex- 
cluded, our  first  treatment  should  consist  of  anti-hog-cholera 
serum,  after  which  supplementary  treatment  for  hemor- 
rhagic septicemia  is  advisable.  If,  however,  our  diagnosis 
be  incorrect  and  the  disease  is  hemorrhagic  septicemia,  or 
if  it  be  hog  cholera  complicated  by  a  secondary  lung  infec- 
tion caused  by  B.  suisepticum,  the  simultaneous  treatment  is 
certain  to  be  followed  by  heavy  losses.  Therefore,  the  simul- 
taneous treatment  is  inadvisable  in  herds  where  lung  lesions  are 
prevalent. 

In  uncomplicated  cases  where  a  diagnosis  of  hemor- 
rhagic septicemia  is  certain,  either  anti-hemorrhagic  septi- 
cemia serum  or  hemorrhagic  septicemia  bacterin  may  be 
used,  although  undoubtedly  anti-hemorrhagic  septicemia 
serum  affords  the  quickest  and  most  dependable  results  for 


144 


Biological  Therapy 


the  treatment  of  affected  animals.  This  serum  may  be  in- 
jected subcutaneously  or  intramuscularly.  The  dose  is  from 
thirty  c.c.  upwards,  depending  upon  the  size  and  condition 
of  the  animal,  and  may  be  repeated  each  twelve  hours,  if 
indicated,  until  temperature  and  acute  symptoms  subside. 
In  acute  cases  where  the  diagnosis  is  correct  the  results  fol- 
lowing the  use  of  this  product  are  both  safe  and  gratifying. 
Its  injection  is  frequently  followed  by  a  drop  of  several  de- 
grees in  temperature  within  twelve  hours.  The  product  is 
absorbed  rapidly  and  its  action  is  begun  almost  instantan- 
eously. 

HEMORRHAGIC  SEPTICEMIA  BACTERIN  is  used  ex- 
tensively for  therapeutic  purposes  where  the  value  of  the 
animals  will  not  justify  the  use  of  anti-hemorrhagic  septi- 
cemia serum.  When  used  for  therapeutic  purposes  at  least 
two  c.c.  should  constitute  a  dose.  This  may  bs  repeated  ad- 
vantageously in  acute  cases  each  twenty-four  hours  until  the 
animal  shows  marked  improvement.  In  many  cases  a  rapid 
drop  in  temperature  and  a  general  improvement  of  the  pa- 
tient follows  two  or  three  injections. 

In  addition  to  biological  treatment  as  outlined  above, 
the  rations  of  the  affected  herd  should  be  very  carefully  in- 
vestigated. It  is  imperative  that  the  feeding  of  highly  con- 
centrated food  or  food  rich  in  nitrogenous  material  be 
eliminated.  For  this  reason  it  is  recommended  that  all 
corn  and  tankage  be  withheld  and  that  the  animals  be  lightly 
fed  upon  soft  feed.  The  sanitary  conditions  should  be  care- 
fully investigated  and  the  quarters  should  be  bright,  dry  and 
free  from  drafts.  Prolonged  cold  or  wet  weather  is  fre- 
quently the  factor  responsible  for  an  outbreak  of  hemor- 
rhagic septicemia.  Therefore  protection  from  exposure  re- 
quires considerable  attention. 

PREVENTION.  Anti-Hemorrhagic  Septicemia  Serum 
will  confer  passive  immunity  of  three  to  six  weeks'  dura- 
tion. It  is  valuable  in  exposed  animals  since  its  protective 
action  is  obtained  almost  immediately  after  injection. 
Twenty  to  thirty  c.c.  constitute  a  protective  dose.  The  injec- 
tions may  be  made  subcutaneously  or  intramuscularly,  but 
intravenous  injections  produce  quickest  results. 

Hemorrhagic  Septicemia  Bacterin.  At  least  two,  and 
preferably  three,  injections  of  two  c.c.  each  should  be  admin- 
istered at  intervals  of  five  to  seven  days.  The  exact  duration 
of  immunity  conferred  varies  considerably  in  different  indi- 
viduals but  is  ordinarily  of  from  one  to  six  months  duration. 


Biological  Therapy  hs 


PITMAN-MOORE   HEMORRHAGIC   SEPTICEMIA 
BACTERIN 

(Swine) 
This  product  is  prepared  in  accordance  with  the  most 
modern  ideas  of  bacterin  production.  It  is  thoroughly  poly- 
valent since  numerous  strains  isolated  from  cases  of  porcine 
hemorrhagic  septicemia  from  various  parts  of  the  country 
are  used  in  its  production.  These  strains  are  kept  at  the 
highest  possible  degree  of  virulency  by  frequent  animal  pas- 
sages. Strains  which  do  not  maintain  their  virulency  to 
this  high  degree  are  discarded.  This  product  is  sterilized  by 
chemicals,  thus  eliminating  the  objections  to  the  inferior 
method  of  sterilization  by  heat,  which  process  is  known  to 
injure  the  antigenic  properties  of  bacterins.  The  product  is 
standardized  so  that  each  dose  (two  mils)  contains  sixty 
billion  killed  B.  suisepticum.  It  will  be  seen  from  the  above 
that  every  effort  is  made  to  make  certain  that  this  product 
is  highly  antigenic  when  leaving  the  laboratories.  In  addi- 
tion, every  lot  of  Pitman-Moore  bacterin  is  most  thoroughly 
examined  for  sterility  and  freedom  from  injurious  toxins 
or  aggressins. 

PITMAN-MOORE 
ANTI-HEMORRHAGIC  SEPTICEMIA  SERUM 

(Swine) 

This  product  is  made  from  the  blood  of  horses  which 
are  hyperimmunized  against  B.  suisepticum.  The  same 
strains  of  organisms  as  described  under  bacterin  production 
are  used  in  hyperimmunizing  the  horses  which  are  used  in 
the  production  of  this  product.  Only  healthy  young  horses 
are  used  and  their  immunity  is  developed  by  gradually  in- 
creasing doses  of  antigen.  The  first  injection  which  the 
animal  receives  consists  of  killed  B.  suisepticum  in  small 
doses.  After  the  animal's  immunity  has  been  established  by 
this  method  it  is  given  minute  doses  of  the  living  organisms, 
which  doses  are  gradually  increased  until  the  individual 
withstands  enormous  intravenous  injections  of  the  living 
organisms.  When  the  horse  has  reached  this  point,  a  trial 
bleeding  is  made  and  tested  for  potency.  If  this  test  proves 
the  serum  produced  by  the  animal  to  be  of  sufficient  po- 
tency, it  is  then  bled  for  serum  production.  The  serum  is 
subjected  to  rigid  tests  for  sterility  and  to  the  most  scientific 
serological  tests  and  animal  inoculations  to  prove  its 
potencv. 


146 


Biological  Therapy 


Hemorrhagic  Septicemia  in  Rabbits 

(Snuffles) 

This  acute  disease  of  rabbits  is  usually  enzootic  but  has 
during  the  past  few  years  assumed  epizootic  proportions  and 
is  a  troublesome  factor  in  most  large  rabbitries.  Veterinar- 
ians are  now  frequently  consulted  regarding  the  control  of 
the  disease. 

ETIOLOGY.  While  the  exact  cause  of  snuffles  has 
never  been  definitely  ascertained  it  is  generally  agreed  that 
the  bacillus  bipolaris  septicus  (B.  bipolaris  cuniculum)  is 
responsible  for  the  disease.  Associated  with  this  organism 
although  in  a  secondary  manner  are  streptococcus  and  staph- 
ylococcus. These  are  the  only  organisms  isolated  from 
such  cases  with  any  degree  of  regularity.  They  may  be  iso- 
lated from  the  heart  blood,  secretions  and  pathological  le- 
sions. Abscesses  found  throughout  the  body  frequently  yield 
pure  cultures  of  the  bipolar  organisms,  although  in  chronic 
cases  staphylococci  and  streptococci  are  sometimes  found  in 
such  abscesses. 

SYMPTOMS:  Usually  the  first  symptoms  observed  are 
a  discharge  from  the  nose  and  persistent  sneezing.  The 
nasal  discharge  is  usually  watery,  later  becoming  mucopu- 
rulent and  less  profuse.  The  appetite  gradually  becomes 
poor  and  the  animal  shows  a  rise  in  temperature.  Many  ani- 
mals die  showing  no  symptoms  other  than  those  already 
mentioned.  If  the  disease  tends  to  chronicity,  weakness  and 
emaciation  become  marked  and  the  animal  shows  dyspnoea 
and  cough.  Abscesses  frequently  appear  in  the  submaxil- 
lary region  and  occasionally  in  other  parts  of  the  body.  Once 
the  disease  appears,  the  case  incidence  is  high  and  the  dis- 
ease spreads  rapidly  while  the  mortality  may  be  50  per  cent 
or  higher. 

POST  MORTEM  LESIONS.  The  respiratory  mucous 
membranes,  particularly  the  nasal  passages,  appear  greatly 
congested.  The  bronchi  contain  a  mucous  or  a  mucopuru- 
lent exudate.  The  lungs  show  varying  pathological  lesions, 
such  as  petechia,  congestion,  hepatization,  lobar  and  lobular 
pneumonia,  frequently  accompanied  by  pleurisy.  An  exten- 
sive pericarditis  develops  as  the  disease  progresses,  while 
abscesses  of  the  myocardium  are  not  uncommon.  The  ex- 
cessive amount  of  fluid  frequently  found  in  either  the  thor- 
acic or  the  peritoneal  cavity  is  straw  colored  and  quite 
stringy  or  ropy. 


Biological  Therapy 


147 


TRANSMISSION.  The  disease  spreads  rapidly  from 
one  animal  to  another.  The  material  sneezed  or  discharged 
from  the  nostrils  is  undoubtedly  the  greatest  factor  in  the 
transmission  of  the  disease  bo^th  as  a  droplet  infection  and 
by  contaminating  the  bedding  and  feed  used  by  other  ani- 
mals. Attendants  going  from  one  animal  to  another  are 
frequently  responsible  for  spreading  the  disease. 

If  pyogenic  bacteria  cause  a  secondary  invasion,  ab- 
scesses throughout  the  various  organs  are  found. 

TREATMENT.  Medicinal  treatment  is  of  no  value, 
while  sanitation  is  of  the  greatest  importance.  The  cages 
or  pens  should  be  frequently  disinfected  and  kept  scrupu- 
lously clean.  All  sick  or  suspicious  animals  should  be  iso- 
lated. Avoid  exposure  to  cold  and  dampness  and  allow  all 
the  sunshine  possible. 

Best  results  from  the  treatment  of  affected  animals  have 
been  obtained  by  the  use  of  Anti-Hemorrhaglc  Septicemia 
Serum  (Snuffles  Serum).  Quickest  results  follow  intraven- 
ous injections  of  this  product  in  3  c.c.  doses.  For  this  pur- 
pose the  marginal  ear  vein  is  best  adapted.  If  used  subcu- 
taneously,  five  to  ten  mils  should  be  given.  Very  small  ani- 
mals should  receive  one-half  the  amount  recommended  for 
adult  animals.  Best  results  will  follow  the  frequent  admin- 
istration of  medium  sized  doses  rather  than  maximum  doses 
at  infrequent  intervals. 

PREVENTION.  Snuffles  Mixed  Bacterin  should  be 
used  upon  the  healthy  exposed  animals.  This  product  con- 
tains B.  cuniculisepticum,  streptococci  and  staphylococci  in 
well  balanced  proportions.  Each  dose  of  two  c.c.  contains 
six  billion  killed  organisms,  which  have  been  isolated  from 
cases  of  snuffles  in  all  parts  of  the  country,  making  this  a 
truly  polyvalent  bacterin.  Although  good  results  frequently 
follow  one  injection  best  and  most  lasting  immunity  follows 
the  full  treatment  of  three  injections  at  intervals  of  five  to 
seven  days. 

Anti-Hemorrhagic  Septicemia  (Snuffles)  Serum  may 
also  be  used  for  prophylaxis.  The  protection  afforded  by 
such  treatment  is  almost  immediate  and  an  immunity  of 
several  weeks  is  conferred.  Five  c.c.  should  be  administered 
intravenously  or  subcutaneously. 


cA/ew  of  the  methods  used  in  testing 
PiJMAM'^MOORE  Ami'HoG' Cholera  Serum 
and  HOQ'QiOimA  Vmus  forpoUncy  &purUjr 


Biological  Therapy 


140 


Hog  Cholera 

This  is  an  acute  septicemia  to  which  only  swine  are  sus- 
ceptible. 

ETIOLOGY.  The  exact  cause  of  hog  cholera  is  not 
known.  The  blood  of  affected  individuals  contains  the  in- 
fectious material  and  will  reproduce  the  disease  when  in- 
jected into  susceptible  swine.  If  such  blood  be  passed 
through  Berkefeld  filters,  the  filtrate  is  infectious,  hence  we 
say  that  the  causative  agent  is  an  ultra  microscopic  or  fil- 
terable virus. 

SYMPTOMS.  In  the  fulminating  type  symptoms  and 
postmortem  lesions  may  be  entirely  lacking  and  death  very 
sudden.  Not  infrequently  this  condition  exists  in  the  first 
few  animals  which  succumb,  after  which  subsequent  cases 
resolve  into  the  acute  type.  In  the  latter  the  incidence  is 
high,  affecting  practically  every  susceptible  animal  in  the 
herd,  resulting  in  a  mortality  of  seventy  to  ninety  per  cent. 

In  the  acute  type  the  onset  is  gradual,  the  affected  indi- 
viduals being  "slow"  previous  to  the  appearance  of  acute 
symptoms.  Later,  inappetence  and  prostration  are  marked. 
Affected  animals  can  be  made  to  move  only  with  difficulty 
and  manifest  a  marked  tendency  to  hide  under  the  bedding. 
The  temperature  rises  four  to  five  days  after  exposure  and 
ranges  from  104  to  108,  showing  a  tendency  to  remain  high 
rather  than  to  fluctuate. 

Intestinal  disturbances  are  quite  regularly  observed.  In 
cases  tending  to  chronicity  the  appearance  of  pronounced 
respiratory  or  intestinal  disturbances  indicate  secondary  in- 
fection.   These  ore  not  caused  by  the  virus  of  hog  cholera. 

When  cholera  pigs  are  made  to  move  two  cardinal  symp- 
toms of  great  diagnostic  importance  should  be  observed. 
These  consist  of  a  peculiar  and  typical  "breaking"  sideways 
at  the  hock  and  a  straightening  of  the  ankle  joint  so  that 
the  individual  appears  to  be  "standing  on  its  toes."  The  lat- 
ter symptom  is  usually  the  first  observable  in  cholera  sick 
swine  and  differs  considerably  from  the  staggering  seen  in 
many  diseases  or  conditions  and  which  is  due  to  weakness. 

The  period  of  incubation  is  from  four  to  seven  days, 
while  death  occurs  in  from  seven  to  twenty-one  days. 


150 


Biological  Therapy 


POST-MORTEM  LESIONS.  It  is  now  generally  agreed 
that  the  only  lesions  caused  by  the  filterable  virus  of  cholera 
are  those  of  an  acute  seiDticemia,  viz.:  hemorrhages  and 
petechia.  Whenever  extensive  lung  or  intestinal  lesions  are 
observed  we  must  conclude  that  bacteria  acting  as  secondary 
invaders  are  responsible  for  the  same.  In  many  cases  thes^3 
secondary  lesions  are  caused  by  bacteria  which  were  present 
in  the  body  but  which  were  not  capable  of  causing  pathologi- 
cal changes  until  the  filterable  virus  of  hog  cholera  has 
broken  down  the  natural  resistance  of  the  host. 

Button  ulcers  of  the  intestinal  tract  were  at  one  time 
considered  diagnostic  of  cholera.  It  is  now  known  that  these 
cannot  be  depended  upon  for  diagnosis  because  while  they 
are  frequently  present  in  cholera-sick  swine  they  are  also 
found  in  animals  which  were  apparently  healthy  before 
slaughter.  They  are  caused,  not  by  hog  cholera  virus,  but 
by  bacillus  suipestifer. 

Petechiation  of  various  organs  has  long  been  the  sheet- 
anchor  in  hog  cholera  diagnosis.  While  this  still  continues 
to  be  our  most  dependable  lesion,  even  here  our  examination 
must  be  most  thorough  and  our  understanding  of  the  lesions 
of  allied  diseases  complete,  since  it  is  now  realized  that  the 
same,  or  lesions  apparently  identical,  may  be  caused  by  fac- 
tors other  than  hog  cholera  virus.  These  minute  hemor- 
rhages may  be  caused  by  acids,  by  an  excess  of  oily  food  and 
by  many  septicemias  other  than  cholera. 

Notwithstanding  this,  petechiae  continue  to  be  diagnos- 
tic of  hog  cholera  when  found  in  outbreaks  in  which  the 
history  and  symptoms  indicate  cholera,  particularly  if  the 
petechiae  he  circumscribed  and  unifor^n  in  size. 

While  petechiae  of  the  kidneys,  bladder,  lungs  and  heart 
may  be  present  alike  in  hog  cholera  and  hemorrhagic  sept 
cemia  this  does  not  apply  to  the  lymphatic  glands  and  the 
ileocecal  valve.  In  conditions  other  than  hog  cholera  the 
glands  may  be  enlarged  and  engorged  or  the  valve,  as  well 
as  other  parts  of  the  intestines,  may  be  diffusely  hemorrhagic, 
but  when  the  lymphatic  glands  and  ileocecal  valve  show 
well-marked  petechiae  a  diagnosis  of  hog  cholera  is  reason- 
ably safe.  For  this  reason  our  examination  of  these  two 
should  be  most  searching.  Glands,  particularly  the  mesen- 
teric and  inguinal,  should  be  thoroughly  sectioned  and  the 
crest  of  the  ileocecal  valve  carefully  examined  for  the  pres- 
ence of  these  diagnostic  petechiae.  Petechia  of  the  trachea 
and  epiglottis  may  be  present  in  both  cholera  and  hemor- 
rhagic septicemia,  so  that  this  cannot  be  relied  upon. 


Biological  Therapy 


151 


DIAGNOSIS.  From  the  foregoing  it  will  be  seen  that  a 
differential  diagnosis  is  beset  with  many  difficulties.  It 
should  be  arrived  at  only  after  a  combined  and  careful  study 
of  the  history,  sytnptoms  and  post-mortevi  lesions.  Many 
times  a  real  study  of  the  history  and  symptoms  will  make 
possible  a  correct  diagnosis  not  afforded  by  the  lesions.  It 
is  seldom  safe  to  arrive  at  a  conclusion  following  one  au- 
topsy, and  diagnosis  had  best  be  made  only  after  a  compila- 
tion of  the  findings  from  several  autopsies. 

When  clinical  diagnosis  is  impossible,  laboratory  exam- 
inations should  be  resorted  to.  In  making  such  an  examina- 
tion the  blood  is  first  cultured  for  the  presence  of  bacteria 
causing  diseases  other  than  cholera,  after  which  it  is  passed 
through  Berkefeld  filters  and  the  filtrate  injected  into  sus- 
ceptible pigs.  Whenever  possible  the  blood  from  acute  cases 
should  be  used.  Blood  for  this  purpose  must  be  thoroughly 
difibrinated  in  order  to  prevent  coagulation. 

PREVENTION.  The  fact  that  anti-hog-cholera  serum 
and  hog  cholera  virus  are  the  only  agents  capable  of  prevent- 
ing this  disease  is  too  well  known  to  require  discussion. 
There  are  two  methods  of  using  these  products  for  the  pre- 
vention of  hog  cholera. 

1.  Serum  only  treatment. 

2.  Simultaneous  treatment. 

1.  Serum  Only  Treatment.  This  consists  of  injecting 
anti-hog-cholera  serum  subcutaneously  or  intramuscularly 
into  susceptible  swine  and  is  followed  by  a  temporary  or 
passive  immunity  lasting  from  three  to  six  weeks.  This 
single  or  serum  only  treatment  is  indicated  in  the  treatment 
of  young  pigs,  in  pregnant  sows  close  to  farrowing  and  in 
sick  individuals.  The  immunity  conferred  by  this  method 
is  entirely  mechanical  and  passive  except  when  adminis- 
tered to  animals  already  infected  with  hog  cholera.  Several 
years  ago  infected  swine  were  treated  by  this  method  on  the 
assumption  that  the  animals  already  had  enough  virus  with- 
in their  system  to  insure  active  immunity  after  recovery. 
Experience,  however,  taught  that  this  method  was  not  safe 
and  it  largely  has  been  supplanted  by  the  simultaneous  treat- 
ment. 

2.  Simultaneous  Treatment.  This  consists  of  the  sub- 
cutaneous or  intramuscular  injection  of  liberal  doses  of  anti- 
hog-cholera  serum  (see  table  of  dosage)  and  simultaneously 
but    at  a  different  site  two   or    more    cubic  centimeters  of  hog 


152 


Biological  Therapy 


cholera  virus.     An  active  immunity  which  persists  for  the 
life  of  the  animal  can  be  depended  upon  provided: 

1.  That  the  animals  weigh  40  lbs.  or  more  at  the  time 
of  vaccination. 

2.  That  at  least  2  c.c.  of  virus  are  used. 

3.  That  the  virus  is  fully  virulent  and  the  serum  fully 
potent.  Provided  the  animals  are  perfectly  healthy  at  the 
time  of  vaccination  this  treatment  is  followed  by  no  visible 
or  thermic  reaction.  However,  even  though  apparently 
healthy,  undesirable  post-vaccination  results  may  be  ob- 
served. These  are  due  to  the  virus  being  superimposed  upon 
an  already  existing  infection. 

In  these  immunizing  procedures  either  whole  blood  or 
clear  anti-hog-cholera  serum  may  be  used  with  equally  sat- 
isfactory results.  So-called  ''clear  virus"  has  not  been  found 
dependable  and  is  now  an  obsolete  product. 

The  care  afforded  vaccinated  animals  both  previous  and 
subsequent  to  vaccination  has  considerable  bearing  on  the 
results  obtained.  The  animals  to  be  treated  should  be  in 
quarters  which  are  dry  and  dean.  If  this  precaution  is  not 
observed  abscesses  or  infection  frequently  result  regardless 
of  the  quality  of  the  products  used.  Dust,  mud  or  filth  very 
easily  gain  access  to  the  body  tissue  through  abrasions  made 
by  the  syringe  needle  and  may  be  followed  either  by  ab- 
scesses or  by  septicemia. 

Whenever  possible  feed  should  be  withheld  for  twenty- 
four  hours  previous  to  treatment.  Before  and  following 
treatment  enough  water  should  be  allowed  to  alleviate  suf- 
fering, but  not  enough  to  allow  pens  to  become  wet  or  dirty. 
For  forty-eight  hours  following  vaccination  the  diet  should 
be  very  greatly  restricted,  while  corn  and  concentrates  are 
best  prohibited.  The  ration  should  consist  of  soft  feed  only 
and  the  return  to  full  diet  should  be  very  gradual. 

SYRINGES.  Immediately  upon  completing  the  vacci- 
nation, syringes  should  be  washed  inside  and  out  with  cold 
water  to  remove  any  serum  which  may  adhere  to  the  same. 

The  same  syringe  should  never  he  used   for    vaccinating    a    second 
herd  without  being  re-sterilized. 

TEMPERATURES.  Whenever  possible  the  tempera- 
tures of  all  animals  to  be  vaccinated  should  be  taken.  When 
the  number  of  animals  or  lack  of  help  precludes  this  a  rea- 


Biological  Therapy 


153 


sonable  number  should  be  ascertained,  by  taking  at  least 
one  temperature  to  each  ten  animals.  This  precaution  fre- 
quently reveals  high  temperatures  in  animals  showing  no 
symptoms,  thus  making  it  possible  to  notify  the  owner  that 
infection  already  exists  in  the  herd.  This  averts  responsi- 
bility for  sickness  which  is  almost  certain  to  follow  in  such 
herds  and  enables  the  operator  to  use  the  larger  doses  of 
serum  needed,  whereas  failure  to  determine  this  incipient 
infection  causes  blame  to  attach  itself  to  the  operator  or  to 
the  products  which  he  has  used.  Undoubtedly  failure  to  take 
temperatures  most  frequently  accounts  for  the  appearance 
of  so-called  breaks,  due  to  latent  infection. 

DOSE  OF  SERUM 

Following  are  the  doses  as  generally  recommended: 

WHOLE  BLOOD  AND  CLEAR  SERUM 

Suckling  Pigs    20  Cc. 

20  to  40  pounds 30  Cc. 

40  to  90  pounds 35  Cc. 

90  to  120  pounds 45  Cc. 

120  to  150  pounds 55  Cc. 

150  to  180  pounds 65  Cc. 

180  pounds  and  over 75  Cc. 

CONCENTRATED  CLEAR  SERUM 

Suckling  Pigs    15  Cc. 

20  to  40  pounds 25  Cc. 

40  to  90  pounds 30  Cc. 

90  to  120  pounds 35  Cc. 

120  to  150  pounds 45  Cc. 

150  to  180  pounds 50  Cc. 

180  pounds  and  over 60  Cc. 

Some  practitioners  regularly  use  smaller  amounts  of 
serum  than  is  given  above  and  apparently  obtain  satisfac- 
tory results.  While  this  is  frequently  possible  it  is  not  a 
safe  precedure  to  follow  and  the  dosage  given  should  be  the 
minimum  in  any  case.  If  one  is  to  err  on  dosage  it  is  much 
safer  that  it  be  on  the  side  of  larger  doses  since  this  will 
help  materially  in  protecting  against  breaks  due  to  animals 
which  may  be  in  the  incubative  stage  of  hog  cholera.  Both 
tables  represent  only  the  doses  for  healthy  animals.  When 
infection  is  present  in  the  herd  the  dose  administered  to 
each  individual  should  be  increased  at  least  fifty  per  cent. 


154  Biological  Therapy 


DOSE  OF  VIRUS 

At  least  two  c.c.  should  be  used.  No  greater  mistake 
can  be  made  than  to  entertain  a  fear  of  using  too  large  doses 
of  virus,  since  Immunity  Is  directly  dependent  upon  this 
product.  Animals  receiving  five  c.c.  of  virus  will  give  no 
more  visible  reaction  than  those  receiving  one  c.c.  and  re- 
sultant Immunity  is  more  certain.  As  a  matter  of  fact  a  dose 
of  one  c.c.  of  virus  is  more  dangerous  than  one  of  five  c.c. 
since  the  smaller  dose  may  fall  to  overcome  the  resistance 
of  the  animal.  When  this  occurs  we  fail  to  confer  active 
immunity,  as  a  result  of  which  a  true  break  may  occur  at  a 
later  period.  It  should  be  remembered  that  immunity  is 
dependent  upon  virus  and  that  large  doses  of  really  virulent 
virus  are  absolutely  essential  to  obtain  true-lasting  im- 
munity. 

ANTI-HOG  CHOLERA  SERUM  AS  A  CURATIVE.  Al- 
though this  product  is  not  recommended  for  therapeutic  pur- 
poses, it  is  frequently  the  means  of  saving  swine  sick  with 
hog  cholera.  Therefore  unless  the  animal  is  beyond  help  it 
should  be  injected  with  liberal  doses  of  serum.  In  such 
cases  the  dose  should  be  at  least  fifty  per  cent  greater  than 
is  recommended  for  the  simultaneous  treatment. 

Hog-Cholera  Virus 

Many  persons,  while  giving  considerable  attention  to 
the  production  and  use  of  anti-hog-cholera  serum,  fail  com- 
pletely to  appreciate  the  great  Importance  of  hog-cholera 
virus.  While  potent  serum  is  necessary  to  protect  swine 
during  the  reaction  of  the  simultaneous  treatment,  the  real 
immunity,  which  is  the  desired  object  of  the  treatment,  is 
dependent  absolutely  on  the  virulency  and  purity  of  the  virus. 

Virus,  unlike  most  antigens  used  in  developing  immu- 
nity against  disease,  cannot  be  grown  on  artificial  culture 
media.  On  the  contrary  it  is  produced  by  inoculating  sus- 
ceptible pigs  with  virulent  blood.  Approximately  seven  days 
later  these  animals  are  acutely  sick  with  hog  cholera  and 
are  then  bled  from  the  throat,  their  blood  defibrinated  and  a 
preservative  added,  after  which  the  blood  from  several  ani- 
mals is  mixed  to  comprise  a  serial  lot  of  simultaneous  virus. 

There  is  considerable  difference  in  the  surroundings 
under  which  this  product  is  prepared  and  the  actual  tech- 
nique used  in  its  production.     When  produced  in  a  crude 


Biological  Therapy 


ifj.i 


manner  or  under  unsanitary  surroundings  the  product  may 
become  contaminated  during  processing,  causing  it  to  lose 
its  virulency  or  to  undergo  chemical  changes.  It  is  a  grave 
mistake  to  assume  that  all  virus  is  alike  or  of  equal  viru- 
lency because  it  is  produced  under  inspection.  The  tech- 
nique used  and  attention  paid  to  details  of  production  are 
the  factors  which  determine  freedom  from  harmful  proper- 
ties and  the  length  of  time  for  which  virulency  is  retained. 
The  value  of  this  can  hardly  be  over-estimated  when  it  is 
realized  that  real  immunity  following  simultaneous  treat- 
ment is  absolutely  dependent  upon  these  factors  and  that 
the  reputation  of  the  practitioner  is  at  stake  each  time  he 
administers  the  treatment. 

PITMAN-MOORE  VIRUS 

Every  precaution  known  to  modern  biological  produc- 
tion is  exercised  in  the  production  of  Pitman-Moore  virus. 
The  product  is  prepared  in  specially  designed  buildings  of 
modern  hospital  construction  which  are  completely  isolated 
in  the  open  country.  All  animals  used  in  the  production  of 
this  product  are  very  carefully  selected,  purchased  in  the 
open  country  and  in  no  instance  are  animals  used  which 
have  ever  passed  through  public  stockyards.  The  virus  is 
bled  directly  from  the  animal's  heart  through  a  sterile  can- 
ula  into  tightly  closed,  sterile  bottles.  It  is  then  mechan- 
ically defibrinated  and  at  no  stage  in  this  process  is  it  ex- 
posed to  the  air  for  even  an  instant.  It  is  only  by  exercis- 
ing these  distinctive  features  and  precautions,  which  are 
necessarily  expensive  and  in  excess  of  the  methods  ordi- 
narily used  in  virus  production,  that  Pitman-Moore  Com- 
pany is  able  to  offer  virus  which  is  free  from  all  pathogenic 
bacteria,  toxins,  aggressins  or  other  harmful  substances. 

Every  serial  lot  of  Pitman-Moore  simultaneous  virus  is 
tested  for  virulency  on  susceptible  swine  before  leaving  our 
laboratories.  In  addition  to  this  we  make  certain  that  all 
virus  retains  its  virulence  for  the  full  length  of  time  for 
which  it  is  recommended  by  a  second  virulency  test  which  is 
conducted  when  the  virus  reaches  the  date  of  expiration.  In 
the  latter  case  several  susceptible  pigs  are  inoculated  with 
each  lot  of  virus  after  it  reaches  its  expiration  date.  There 
has  never  been  a  lot  of  Pitman-Moore  virus  so  tested  which 
has  not  proved  to  be  fully  virulent  after  reaching  its  expira- 
tion date.  We  are  therefore  safe  in  concluding  that  if  Pit- 
man-Moore virus   is   kept   under   proper   conditions   and   is 


Biological  Therapy 


157 


used  in  the  proper  manner,  active  immunity  is  certain  to 
result  from  its  use  for  simultaneous  treatment. 

In  addition  to  the  above  tests  we  conduct  on  every  lot 
of  virus  the  same  tests  for  purity  which  are  described  under 
the  production  of  anti-hog-cholera  serum. 

Each  serial  lot  of  virus  is  given  a  dating  of  sixty  days 
from  the  time  it  is  produced.  Although  virus  retains  its 
virulency  beyond  this  date  the  use  of  expired  virus  is  not 
advised  whenever  unexpired  virus  is  available. 

PRODUCTION  OF  ANTI-HOG-CHOLERA  SERUM 

This  is  sometimes  referred  to  as  a  crude  biological  pro- 
duct due  to  the  fact  that  the  red  blood  corpuscles  remain  in 
the  finished  product.  The  presence  of  these  corpuscles  does 
prevent  the  product  from  having  the  finished  appearance 
possessed  by  other  immune  sera.  The  presence  of  corpuscles 
is  in  no  way  harmful,  in  fact  recent  researches  indicate  the 
great  value  of  the  transfusion  of  red  blood  corpuscles,  which 
are  decidedly  beneficial  to  the  recipient.  In  addition  to 
this  we  must  realize  that  no  biological  product  known  has 
given  more  uniformly  satisfactory  and  dependable  results 
than  high-quality  whole  blood  anti-hog-cholera  serum. 
Neither  has  any  other  biological  product  accomplished  a 
greater  saving  by  the  prevention  of  disease. 

In  the  production  of  anti-hog-cholera  serum,  swine 
which  have  been  immunized  by  the  simultaneous  treatment 
at  least  sixty  days  previously,  are  subjected  to  the  process 
of  hyperimmunization.  This  is  accomplished  by  injecting 
intravenously  through  the  marginal  ear  vein  a  quantity  of 
virus  which  represents  five  c.c.  for  every  pound  which  the 
animal  weighs.  Healthy  animals,  if  properly  immunized, 
manifest  little  or  no  reaction  to  this  process,  whereas  swine 
not  properly  immunized  develop  acute  hog  cholera. 

The  hyperimmunizing  process  is  followed  by  an  inter- 
val of  ten  days  during  which  time  the  cells  of  the  body,  again 
stimulated  by  this  enormous  dose  of  antigen,  are  actively 
engaged  in  the  production  of  antibodies.  These  antibodies 
formed  by  the  cells  are  liberated  and  are  present  in  enor- 
mous quantities  in  the  blood  of  the  animal  within  ten  days 
days  after  hyperimmunization.  After  this  interval  the  ani- 
mal may  have  a  portion  of  its  blood  extracted  from  the  tail 
by  a  special  vacuum  apparatus  or  may  be  bled  to  death. 


158 


Biological  Therapy 


After  defibrination  and  the  addition  of  a  preservative  the 
blood  thus  obtained  constitutes  whole  blood  anti-hog-chol- 
era serum.  The  custom  most  generally  followed  is  to  sub- 
ject the  animal  to  one,  two  or  three  tail  bleedings  at  inter- 
vals of  seven  days  after  which  the  animal  is  bled  to  death 
and  all  of  the  bleedings  from  each  animal  mixed.  It  has 
been  conclusively  proven  that  these  various  bleedings  each 
contain  the  same  degree  of  potency.  After  all  of  the  blood 
from  several  hogs  is  mixed  into  a  serial  lot  it  is  tested  for 
potency  upon  seven  susceptible  pigs. 

THE  PREPARATION  OF  PITMAN-MOORE  SERUM 

In  the  Pitman-Moore  Biological  Laboratories  both 
whole  blood  and  clear  anti-hog-cholera  serum  are  produced 
under  the  same  ideal  conditions  as  described  under  the  pro- 
duction of  hog-cholera  virus.  Every  effort  and  precaution 
known  to  science  is  utilized  in  producing  this  product  to 
maintain  in  it  the  highest  possible  potency  and  to  insure  its 
freedom  from  any  pathogenic  bacteria,  toxins  or  aggressins. 
The  purity  of  each  serial  lot  of  serum  is  determined  by  tests 
which  are  distinctive  and  which  are  in  excess  of  the  require- 
ments of  the  U.  S.  Government.  Each  lot  is  subjected  to 
most  rigid  bacteriological  and  microscopical  examinations 
to  determine  the  freedom  from  pathogenic  bacteria,  while 
the  absence  of  toxins  and  aggressins  is  determined  by  the 
injection  of  white  mice  and  rabbits,  both  of  which  are  par- 
ticularly susceptible  to  these  substances. 

THE  PRODUCTION  OF  CLEAR  ANTI-HOG-CHOLERA 

SERUM 

Several  different  methods  are  used  for  producing  this 
product  which  results  in  considerable  variation  in  the  ap- 
pearance of  the  finished  product.  The  essential  point  uti- 
lized in  all  methods  is  the  removal  of  the  red  blood  corpus- 
cles, after  which  the  product  is  heated,  phenolized  and  tested 
for  potency.  Two  varieties  of  clear  serum  are  available. 
These  are  known  as  concentrated  and  unconcentrated.  The 
difference  lies  in  the  amount  of  true  serum  contained  in 
each  since  it  is  necessary  to  add  dilutents  to  both  while  pro- 
cessing. Concentrated  serum  contains  80%  true  serum  while 
unconcentrated  contains  65%  which  is  equivalent  to  that 
contained  in  whole  blood.  Although  the  true  serum  con- 
tent differs,  the  amount  of  true  serum  actually  injected  into 


Biological  Therapy 


If)!) 


swine  corresponds  on  account  of  the  difference  in  the  dosage 
(See  page  153).  Equally  satisfactory  results  may  be  expected 
following  the  use  of  any  of  the  three  kinds  of  anti-hog-chol- 
era serum. 

PITMAN-MOOKE   CLEAR  ANTI-HOG   CHOLERA   SERUM 

This  product  may  be  had  in  either  concentrated  or  un- 
concentrated  form.  By  means  of  a  special  process  these 
sera  are  rendered  perfectly  transparent,  thereby  eliminating 
the  smoky  appearance  as  well  as  the  precipitate  which  is 
observed  in  the  ordinary  clear  serum.  The  same  scientific 
precautions  used  in  producing  and  testing  our  whole  blood 
serum  are  maintained  throughout  the  production  of  our  clear 
anti-hog  cholera  serums. 

Keratitis  of  Cattle 

This  disease  is  also  spoken  of  as  "pink  eye"  of  cattle 
and  infectious  ophthalmia.  Ordinarily  enzootic  in  type,  the 
disease  has  frequently  assumed  epizootic  proportions  and 
affected  large  numbers  of  cattle  over  great  territories.  Blind- 
ness is  a  common  sequelae  while  loss  of  weight  and  emacia- 
tion make  the  disease  of  economic  significance. 

ETIOLOGY.  Various  organisms  have  been  considered 
as  significant  in  this  respect  but  none  have  been  definitely 
proven  as  the  etiological  factor.  In  outbreaks  during  the 
past  few  years  B.  bovisepticum  has  been  found  to  be  present 
in  practically  all  cases. 

SYMPTOMS.  The  disease  develops  as  an  acute  con- 
junctivitis with  intense  lachrymation  which  becomes  muco- 
purulent and  with  primary  corneal  localization.  Keratitis 
usually  develops  in  twenty-four  to  forty-eight  hours  after 
the  symptoms  of  conjunctivitis.  The  cornea  becomes  opaque 
with  intense  congestion  around  the  corneal  border  and  event- 
ually this  resolves  into  ulceration.  The  entire  process  is 
accompanied  by  considerable  pain  and  generalized  thermic 
reaction. 

TREATMENT.  Isolation  of  affected  animals  is  most 
desirable. 

During  the  extensive  outbreaks  which  occurred  in  Illi- 
nois during  1919,  1920  and  1921  it  was  found  that  afflicted 
animals  responded  promptly  to  a  bacterin  containing  B. 
bovisepticum.     Results   were   equally  satisfactory  whether 


160 


Biological  Tiierapy 


the  product  contained  this  organism  alone  or  combined  with 
others.  It  was  further  observed  that  exposed  animals  which 
received  such  a  bacterin  for  prophylaxis  did  not  develop  the 
disease  whereas  in  unvaccinated  cattle  the  incidence  was 
high.  In  view  of  these  results  Hemorrhagic  Septicemia  Bac- 
terin (Bovine)  is  now  extensively  used  for  the  prevention 
and  treatment  of  this  disease. 

Mastitis  in  Cattle 

This  condition  which  is  ordinarily  sporadic  sometimes 
becomes  enzootic  and  affects  all  available  animals  in  the 
herd.  The  affected  quarters  may  undergo  sufficient  patholo- 
gical change  to  completely  destroy  the  functioning  ability 
of  the  organ,  rendering  the  affected  animal  valueless  for 
dairy  purposes.  During  the  disease  the  milk  flow  is  ser- 
iously curtailed  and  frequently  this  is  followed  by  a  general- 
ized septicemia  which  results  in  death. 

SYMPTOMS.  Locally  there  is  swelling  and  inflamma- 
tion of  the  udder  in  one  or  more  quarters,  which  may  also 
exhibit  tenderness.  The  duct  may  become  occluded  and  the 
milk  supply  scant.  The  small  amount  of  milk  which  is 
secured  is  ropy  and  contains  flakes  of  fibrin  or  pus.  An 
admixture  of  blood  and  pus  in  the  milk  is  not  uncommon. 
The  associated  lymphatic  glands  are  swollen  and  tender  and 
as  the  toxins  from  the  infected  udder  are  absorbed  there  is 
inappetence  and  fever,  while  necrosis  and  gangrene  of  the 
affected  quarters  frequently  follows  prolonged  cases. 

TREATMENT.  Bacterins  containing  the  pyogenic 
streptococcus  associated  with  these  cases  are  generally  bene- 
ficial. Pitman-Moore  mastitis  bacterin  contains  4000  mil- 
lion bacteria  to  the  dose.  This  consists  of  streptococcus 
sixty  percent,  staphylococcus  thirty  per  cent,  and  B.  coli  ten 
per  cent.  All  organisms  used  in  this  product  were  carefully 
selected  from  cases  of  mastitis.  The  dose  is  two  c.c.  which 
should  be  administered  subcutaneously  and  repeated  each 
three  to  five  days  until  desired  results  are  obtained. 

In  acute  cases  associated  with  high  temperature  and 
evidence  of  generalized  septicemia  good  results  are  obtained 
with  anti-streptococcic  serum  in  doses  of  fifty  to  one  hun- 
dred c.c.  which  should  be  repeated  as  indicated. 


Biological  Therapy 


ir>i 


Metritis  and  Endometritis 

These  and  other  suppurative  conditions  of  the  female 
genitalia  are  extremely  common  in  cattle  following  parturi- 
tion. The  condition  is  seldom  sufficiently  acute  to  cause  the 
death  of  affected  animals,  but  the  chronicity  of  the  disease 
interferes  with  the  normal  functional  activity  of  the  uterus 
thus  preventing  pregnancy  and  seriously  interfering  with 
the  breeding  efficiency  of  the  affected  animals.  These  in- 
fections frequently  progress  through  the  fallopian  tubes  to 
the  ovaries  causing  chronic  infection  in  these  organs  which 
results  in  sterility. 

These  conditions  although  sporadic  in  type  are  ex- 
tremely troublesome  in  herds  in  which  infectious  abortion  is 
prevalent,  since  in  these  cases  a  majority  of  all  cattle  are 
affected  after  calving.  In  such  cases  these  complications 
are  more  serious  than  abortion  itself,  and  result  in  per- 
manently disabling  many  cattle,  either  from  sterility  or 
from  acute  toxemia  or  bacteremia. 

ETIOLOGY.  A  variety  of  bacteria  have  been  associated 
with  this  condition.  Those  occurring  most  frequently  and 
apparently  of  the  greatest  etiological  significance  are  B. 
pyogenes,  B.  coli,  streptococcus  and  staphylococcus. 

TREATMENT.  For  the  treatment  of  this  condition  we 
offer  Pitman-Moore  Metritis  Bacterin,  which  contains  60 
billion  killed  bacteria  to  the  dose,  as  follows: 


B.  pyogenes 

30% 

Streptococci 

25% 

Staplylococci 

25% 

B.  coli 

20% 

This  proportion  corresponds  with  the  frequency  with 
which  the  organisms  are  found  to  occur  in  field  cases. 

The  treatment  should  consist  of  subcutaneous  injections 
of  two  c.c.  of  the  above  bacterin,  repeated  each  twenty-four 
hours  until  acute  symptoms  and  the  profuse  vaginal  dis- 
charge are  modified.  Since  three  injections  ordinarily  pro- 
duce this  result,  following  the  use  of  Metritis  Bacterin  the 
duration  of  the  disease  is  considerable  shortened  and  the 
breeding  efficiency  of  the  animal  greatly  enhanced. 

PREVENTION.  In  herds  where  these  conditions  are 
prevalent  as  a  sequelae  of  abortion  the  use  of  metritis  bac- 
terin as  a  prophylactic  reduces  the  disease  incidence.     For 


162 


Biological  Therapy 


this  purpose  two  cubic  centimeters  should  be  injected  sub- 
cutaneously  a  few  days  before  parturition,  the  same  amount 
at  the  time  of  and  again  a  few  days  subsequent  to  parturi- 
tion. In  cases  in  which  symptoms  are  not  entirely  pre- 
vented by  this  treatment  it  has  been  observed  that  treated 
animals  respond  to  subsequent  treatment  much  more  read- 
ily than  the  untreated,  and  that  the  symptoms  are  much  less 
acute. 

Mixed  Infection  in  Swine 

This  condition  so  frequently  diagnosed  in  swine,  does 
not  exist  as  an  entity  but  is  usually  the  coexistence  of 
hemorrhagic  septicemia  and  necrotic  enteritis  in  the  same 
individual.  For  that  reason  it  is  advised  that  the  treatments 
and  preventive  measures  described  under  necrotic  enteritis 
be  applied  to  this  condition. 

Necrotic  Enteritis 

This  is  a  condition  affecting  swine  and  characterized  by 
progressive  emaciation  following  congestion,  thickening  and 
necrosis  of  the  intestinal  mucosa.  In  certain  sections  of  the 
country  it  is  extremely  prevalent  and  occasions  great  losses. 

ETIOLOGY.  The  exact  cause  of  this  disease  is  not 
known.  It  is  believed  that  the  condition  may  be  brought 
about  by  any  of  several  different  bacteria  which  are  nor- 
mally present  in  the  intestinal  tract  and  which  assume  in- 
creased virulence  after  some  devitalizing  condition  has  low- 
ered the  resistance  of  the  affected  animals.  The  organisms 
most  frequently  isolated  from  necrotic  enteritis  are  B.  para- 
typhosus  b.,  B.  suipestifer,  B.  coli  and  B.  suisepticum.  The 
disease  is  known  to  be  extremely  prevalent  following  hemor- 
rhagic septicemia,  hog  cholera  or  parasitic  infestations. 
While  other  devitalizing  conditions  may  precede  necrotic 
enteritis,  the  disease  most  frequently  follows  those  men- 
tioned above. 

SYMPTOMS.  Necrotic  Enteritis  is  most  frequently  ob- 
served as  a  chronic  affection  characterized  by  great  emacia- 
tion, an  arched  back,  unthrifty  coat  and  tough  leathery  skin. 
The  gradual  and  progressive  loss  of  flesh  causes  the  animal 
to  become  greatly  emaciated  resulting  in  this  disease  being 
referred  to  as  "Drying  up  Disease." 


Biological  Therapy 


163 


While  these  are  the  symptoms  most  frequently  men- 
tioned there  is  a  good  reason  to  suppose  that  the  symptoms 
ordinarily  associated  with  the  early  stages  of  an  acute  in- 
fection are  present  in  such  cases,  but  remain  unobserved. 
It  is  known  that  necrotic  enteritis  frequently  follows  an  at- 
tack of  acute  enteritis  characterized  by  high  temperature, 
intestinal  disturbances  and  inappetence.  The  appetite,  ex- 
cept in  the  early  stages,  is  retained  throughout  the  disease 
although  it  is  frequently  depraved.  After  the  pathological 
changes  associated  with  the  chronic  form  of  the  disease  have 
developed  there  is  little  or  no  elevation  of  temperature.  Not- 
withstanding the  retained  appetite  the  loss  of  flesh  is  char- 
aceristic  and  is  due  to  the  intense  inflammation  and  necrosis 
of  the  intestinal  mucosa  which  prevents  the  assimilation  of 
ingested  food.  In  herds  where  the  chronic  form  of  the  dis- 
ease prevails  there  is  little  indication  of  the  disease  being 
of  an  infectious  nature  although  many  animals  may  be  af- 
fected, since  the  devitalizing  conditions  which  precede  the 
attack  are  applicable  to  the  entire  herd.  In  the  acute  form 
there  is  some  justification  for  the  belief  that  the  disease  is 
of  an  infectious  nature. 

POST  MORTEM  LESIONS.  These  consist  of  inflam- 
mation and  congestion  of  the  intestinal  mucosa  followed  by 
swelling  which  may  be  so  marked  that  a  large  portion  or 
all  of  the  intestinal  lumen  becomes  occluded.  As  the  dis- 
ease progresses  button  ulcers  are  extremely  common  and 
small  areas  of  localized  necrosis  appear.  These  eventually 
become  confluent  so  that  large  areas  become  necrotic,  thick- 
ened and  dry  until  eventually  the  intestinal  mucosa  assumes 
a  leathery  appearance.  In  the  acute  stages  petechiation  of 
various  organs,  particularly  those  in  the  abdominal  cavity, 
may  be  observed.  The  mesenteric  lymphatic  glands  are  gen- 
erally engorged  and  darkened  in  color.  The  lungs  may  be 
found  in  all  stages  of  pathological  change  in  which  case  it 
must  be  assumed,  particularly  in  the  presence  of  chronic 
lesions,  that  the  original  infection  was  hemorrhagic  septi- 
cemia and  that  necrotic  enteritis  follows  as  a  secondary 
complication.     This  latter  condition  is  extremely  prevalent. 

TREATMENT.  The  food  should  be  soft  and  of  such 
a  character  that  it  is  easily  assimilated  since  rough  and 
coarse  feed  only  intensifies  the  existing  condition  and  af- 
fords less  possibility  of  assimiliation.  Intestinal  antiseptics 
such  as  sulphocarbolates  or  cupric  sulphate  are  always  ad- 
visable in  these  cases.  These  are  best  administered  in  the 
drinking  water. 


164 


Biological  Therapy 


Chronic  cases  may  be  benefitted  by  the  judicious  use  of 
a  mixed  bacterin  containing  the  four  organisms  most 
frequently  observed  in  such  cases.  This  bacterin  should  be 
administered  subcutaneously  at  intervals  of  three  to  five 
days  and  the  dose  should  consist  of  at  least  two  c.  c.  In  cases 
where  pathological  changes  of  the  intestinal  tract  are 
marked,  satisfactory  results  cannot  be  expected  from  any 
treatment. 

In  the  treatment  of  acute  cases  characterized  by  high 
temperature  and  intestinal  disturbances,  satisfactory  results 
should  obtain  from  the  use  of  anti-mixed  infection  serum. 
This  product  is  made  from  the  blood  of  horses  which  have 
been  hyperimmunized  against  the  offending  organisms  and 
its  theraputic  effect  becomes  apparent  shortly  after  use,  pro- 
vided pathological  involvement  is  not  marked  and  the  serum 
is  used  in  large  quantities.  For  this  purpose  a  dose  of  fifty 
to  one  hundred  c.c.  should  be  used  depending  upon  the  size 
and  condition  of  the  animal.  A  marked  drop  in  tempera- 
ture and  improvement  in  general  condition  is  generally 
promptly  apparent  following  this  treatment.  However, 
when  necessary  the  treatment  should  be  repeated  in  twelve 
to  twenty-four  hours.  Whenever  possible  the  serum  should 
be  administered  intraperitoneally  since  more  prompt  results 
follow  this  method. 

In  acute  cases  in  which  the  value  of  the  animals  does 
do  not  justify  the  use  of  immune  serum,  mixed  bacterin  may 
be  used  to  good  advantage.  For  this  purpose  injections 
should  be  made  daily  into  the  muscular  or  subcutaneous 
tissue  until  improvement  is  marked.  Good  results  fre- 
quently follow  two  or  three  such  injections. 

PREVENTION.  Affected  animals  should  be  isolated 
from  the  remainder  of  the  herd.  The  incidence  of  the  dis- 
ease is  considerably  diminished  by  the  treatment  of  exposed 
and  infected  animals  with  mixed  bacterin.  For  this  pur- 
pose three  injections  of  two  c.c.  each  should  be  adminis- 
tered subcutaneously  or  intramuscularly  at  intervals  of  three 
to  five  days. 

Necrotic  enteritis  is  frequently  observed  in  a  few  days 
after  hog  cholera  immunization  of  animals  which  were  ap- 
parently perfectly  healthy  previous  to  that  time.  This  is 
due  to  the  fact  that  many  apparently  healthy  animals  are 
harboring  a  mild  form  of  the  disease  which  Ibecomes  acute 
when  any  devitalizing  condition,  such  as  hog  cholera  im- 


Biological  Therapy 


165 


mimization,  is  superimposed.  Such  cases  should  not  be 
considered  as  "hog-cholera  breaks"  since  other  animals  in 
the  herd,  treated  at  the  same  time,  but  which  had  no  intes- 
tinal or  pulmonary  infection,  remain  perfectly  healthy.  In 
sections  where  this  condition  is  prevalent  the  trouble  is 
minimized  if  mixed  bacterin  is  used  simultaneously  with  the 
serum-virus  treatment.  This  is  sometimes  referred  to  as  the 
triple  treatment.  For  best  results  one  injection  of  bacterins 
should  be  given  a  few  days  before,  one  at  the  time  of,  and  one 
a  few  days  subsequent  to  the  use  of  the  serum  and  virus. 

Normal  Horse  Serum 

This  product  is  produced  from  the  blood  of  horses  which 
are  handled  in  the  same  manner  as  those  producing  immune 
sera  except  that  the  horses  from  which  it  is  drawn  have 
never  been  hyperimmunized  with  bacteria.  The  horses  used 
in  its  production  are  used  only  for  this  purpose  and  are 
tested  for  their  freedom  from  disease  in  the  same  manner 
as  those  which  produce  immune  sera. 

This  product  is  extensively  used  in  large  hospitals  for 
the  treatment  of  wounds.  For  this  purpose  it  may  be  kept 
constantly  dripping  on  the  wound,  or  gauze  which  has 
been  thoroughly  saturated  with  the  serum,  is  left  in  contact 
with  the  wound.  It  is  known  that  obstinate  wounds  such 
as  summer  sores  and  abscesses  which  are  so  refractory  to 
other  treatment,  respond  when  treated  in  this  manner. 

Normal  horse  serum  is  extensively  used  following  hem- 
orrhages, following  operations  where  the  loss  of  blood  has 
been  excessive,  in  cases  of  anemia  and  in  any  cases  where 
blood  transfusion  is  advisable. 

In  Europe  and  South  America,  normal  horse  serum  is 
used  extensively  for  the  treatment  of  specific  infections.  It 
has  been  claimed  by  several  investigators  that  anthrax  will 
respond  to  the  use  of  normal  horse  serum  as  well  as  to  anti- 
anthrax  serum.  While  this  product  may  have  some  bene- 
ficial effect  in  such  specific  infections  it  will  be  found  that 
specific  immune  serum  will  give  much  more  dependable  re- 
sults. 

The  dose  of  normal  horse  serum  must  of  necessity  be 
left  to  the  judgment  of  the  practitioner.  Any  amount  may 
be  used  without  fear  of  harmful  results. 


166 


Biological  Therapy 


Roup  and  Pox  in  Chickens 

Under  this  classification  is  grouped  a  number  of  patho- 
logical conditions  referred  to  by  various  authorities  as  roup, 
canker,  avian  diphtheria,  chicken  pox  and  ordinary  colds. 
Although  there  has  been  little  unison  among  investigators 
as  to  the  relation  which  each  of  these  bears  to  the  others, 
it  is  now  quite  generally  agreed  that  the  primary  etiological 
factor  of  all  of  these  conditions  is  a  filterable  virus.  This 
virus  is  responsible  for  the  condition  known  as  contagious 
epithelioma  and  commonly  called  chicken  pox,  which  is 
characterized  by  lesions  of  the  skin;  where  as  the  other 
class  of  conditions  affecting  the  eyes,  oral  and  nasal  pass- 
ages is  due  to  bacteria  which  act  in  a  secondary  manner. 
The  confusion  regarding  these  conditions  is  considerably 
increased  by  an  apparent  geographical  difference  in  the  clin- 
ical aspect  of  the  disease.  On  the  Pacific  coast  chicken  pox 
is  a  serious  and  primary  condition  and  roup  is  secondary  and 
of  less'  importance.  In  other  sections  of  the  country  pox  is 
not  a  particularly  virulent  disease  and  is  more  frequently 
seen  as  a  complication  of  roup.  Irrespective  of  the  accuracy 
of  these  divergent  opinions  and  aspects  of  the  disease  it  is 
quite  generally  agreed  that  losses  from  the  filterable  virus 
are  not  particularly  serious  but  that  the  more  serious  factor 
and  the  cause  for  the  high  mortality  associated  with  these 
conditions  is  the  group  of  bacteria  which  act  as  secondary 
invaders  and  are  responsible  for  the  complications.  Among 
this  group  the  most  important  are  probably  B.  pseudodiph- 
theria,  B.  pyocyaneus  and  streptococcus. 

SYMPTOMS  OF  ROUP.  This  disease  may  assume  any 
one  of  several  forms  as  a  result  of  which  the  symptoms  show 
some  variation.  In  some  cases  the  mortality  may  not  exceed 
ten  per  cent  while  in  others  it  may  reach  ninety  per  cent. 
The  disease  is  most  prevalent  during  the  fall  and  winter 
months. 

The  first  symptoms  are  usually  apparent  in  the  eyes, 
when  one  or  both  display  a  watery  discharge  which  rapidly 
becomes  thick  and  cheesy.  The  eyelids  become  adherent, 
destroying  the  vision  and  allowing  an  accumulation  to  occur 
in  the  conjunctival  sac.  The  local  infiammation  and  the 
pressure  caused  by  this  accumulation  eventually  causes  the 
destruction  of  the  eyes.  A  nasal  discharge  becomes  appar- 
ent. This  is  cheesy  in  character  and  because  of  its  accumu- 
lation and  pressure  on  the  palate  causes  a  distention  and 
swelling    on    one    or    both    sides    of    the    head    below    the 


Biological  Therapy 


16' 


eyes.  The  infection  from  the  nasal  passage  spreads  to 
the  mouth  and  may  involve  the  larynx  and  pharynx  with  the 
formation  of  croupous  exudates  of  a  diphtheritic  nature. 
This  form  of  the  disease  is  commonly  called  avian  diph- 
theria. It  is  accompanied  by  sneezing  and  later  by  dyspnoea 
which  terminates  in  death.  During  the  period  of  dyspnoea, 
breathing  is  entirely  through  the  mouth  which  causes  a  foul 
odor  and  intense  dryness  of  the  oral  membranes. 

The  affected  birds  become  extremely  dull,  inappetence 
is  complete,  emaciation  is  marked,  while  many  birds  are 
comatose  for  several  hours  before  death.  The  temperature 
is  elevated  and  diarrhoea  may  be  present.  Death  may  result 
in  a  few  days  from  toxemia,  from  dyspnoea  or  from  starva- 
tion. Less  frequently  the  symptoms  are  of  a  subacute  nature 
and  the  birds  recover  although  such  birds  constitute  a  men- 
ace bv  acting  as  carriers. 

SYMPTOMS  OF  CHICKEN  POX  OR  CONTAGIOUS 
EPITHELIOMA.  These  consist  of  local  skin  lesions  on  the 
unfeathered  portions  of  the  body,  particularly  on  the  comb, 
wattles  and  eyelids.  These  lesions  are  wart-like  growths 
which  appear  as  small  white  tumors  rapidly  increasing  in 
size  and  changing  in  color.  From  white  they  become  yel- 
low, then  dark  brown  or  black  red,  varying  from  one-eighth 
to  one-fourth  inch  in  diameter  and  covered  with  a  hard  dry 
scab.    The  virus  is  contained  in  these  scabs. 

TREATMENT  AND  PREVENTION  OF  ROUP.  Since 
the  serious  symptoms  and  lesions  of  this  group  of  conditions 
are  due  to  bacteria  which  act  as  secondary  invaders  it  is  but 
natural  that  satisfactory  results  have  been  obtained  with 
bacterins  which  contain  such  bacteria.  Results  should  not 
be  expected  in  cases  where  diphtheritic  exudates  are  exces- 
sive nor  where  the  cheesy  deposits  have  caused  considerable 
tissue  destruction.  In  birds  treated  before  the  disease 
reaches  this  stage  and  in  birds  coming  in  contact  with  such 
cases,  properly  prepared  bacterins  offer  much  encourage- 
ment. 

PITMAN-MOORE  MIXED  BACTERIN  (FOR  FOWL) 

Contains  twenty  billion  killed  bacteria  per  c.c,  as 
follows: 

B.  pseudodiphtheria   30  per  cent 

Streptococci    30  per  cent 

Staphylococci   20  per  cent 

B.  avisepticum    10  per  cent 

B.  pyocyaneus    10  per  cent 


168 


Biological  Therapy 


These  are  the  organisms,  and  the  proportions  in  which 
they  are  most  frequently  found  in  roup.  All  strains  used 
have  been  isolated  from  acute  cases  of  roup  and  are  han- 
dled in  such  a  manner  that  their  antigenic  activities  are 
fully  retained. 

DOSE.  One  c.c.  administered  subcutaneously  beneath 
the  wing.  Best  results  will  be  obtained  by  three  injections 
at  intervals  of  three  to  seven  days. 

TREATMENT  AND  PREVENTION  OF  CHICKEN  POX. 
All  infected  and  exposed  birds  should  receive  three  sub- 
cutaneous injections  of  Pitman-Moore  chicken  pox  vaccine. 
These  should  consist  of  one  c.c.  and  be  administered  at  inter- 
vals of  three  to  seven  days.  This  vaccine  is  an  attenuated 
virus  prepared  according  to  the  method  of  Beach  from  the 
scab  lesions  of  affected  birds.  This  product  is  given  an  ex- 
piration dating  of  only  two  months  and  is  therefore  supplied 
only  on  direct  order  to  our  home  office  at  Indianapolis.  This 
short  dating  is  in  accord  with  the  findings  of  Beach  and 
others,  which  indicates  that  a  pox  vaccine  to  be  effective 
should  be  comparatively  fresh. 

Scours  in  Pigs 

This  disease  of  young  swine  which  in  a  manner  corre- 
sponds to  scour  in  the  young  of  other  species,  is  both  epi- 
zootic and  enzootic  in  type.  It  generally  affects  all  of  the 
animals  in  a  litter  and  is  accompanied  by  a  heavy  mortality. 

ETIOLOGY.  Dietary  disturbances  are  undoubtedly  a 
factor  by  causing  a  devitalized  condition.  Following  this 
the  bacteria  ordinarily  present  in  the  intestinal  flora  find 
conditions  favorable  to  their  increased  activity  and  patho- 
genicity and  invade  the  circulatory  system.  The  organisms 
most  frequently  associated  with  this  condition  are  B.  para- 
typhosus  and  B.  suipestifer. 

SYMPTOMS.  Animals  under  three  weeks  of  age  are 
most  susceptible  and  this  susceptibility  decreases  with  age. 
The  affected  animals  cease  nursing  and  are  noticeably  in- 
active. The  temperature  becomes  elevated  and  a  profuse 
yellowish  or  chocolate  colored  diarrhoea  early  is  apparent. 
Prostration  is  marked  and  is  followed  by  coma  and  death. 
When  death  does  not  occur  the  animals  generally  remain 
unthrifty  and  develop  necrotic  enteritis.  On  account  of  the 
pathological  changes  in  the  intestinal  tract  the  food  is  not 
assimilated  and  emaciation  becomes  marked. 


Biological  Therapy 


109 


TREATMENT.  Intestinal  antiseptics  in  the  form  of 
dilute  solutions  of  cupric  sulphate  or  sulphocarbolates  are 
most  desirable.  The  food  of  the  dam  should  contain  little 
nitrogenous  material  while  corn  and  tankage  should  be  with- 
held. The  feeding  of  buttermilk  to  the  affected  pigs  is  bene- 
ficial. Two  to  three  injections  of  Pig  Scour  Bacterins  at 
daily  intervals  is  followed  by  cessation  of  the  diarrhoea  and 
recovery  of  many  animals,  particularly  where  tissue  destruc- 
tion has  not  been  extensive. 

PREVENTION.  All  exposed  animals  should  receive  two 
or  three  injections  of  Pig  Scour  bacterins  at  intervals  of 
three  to  five  days  and  their  ration  should  be  augmented  by 
the  addition  of  buttermilk. 

Suppurative  Conditions  of  Horses 
and  Cattle 

No  class  of  pathological  conditions  has  proven  more 
responsive  to  biological  therapy  than  the  numerous  sup- 
purative conditions  and  septicemic  diseases  which  are  so 
common  in  the  bovine  and  equine  and  which  are  caused  by 
pyogenic  bacteria.  The  organisms  most  generally  con- 
cerned in  these  local  suppurative  or  generalized  septicemic 
diseases  are  the  pyogenic  streptococci,  staphylococci  and  B. 
coli,  which  are  so  widely  distributed  in  nature  and  which  so 
readily  gain  access  to  wounds,  abrasions  of  the  skin  or 
which  cause  septicemias  as  a  secondary  condition  following 
some  other  primary  invasion.  The  activity  of  these  organ- 
isms is  responsible  for  a  long  list  of  localized  suppurative 
conditions  and  generalized  septicemias  among  which  may  be 
mentioned  fistulous  witliers,  quittor,  poll  evil,  abscesses,  sup- 
purative nail  wounds,  wire  cuts,  open  joints,  navel-ill,  septic 
arthritis  and  dermatitis  following  eczema  or  mange. 

TREATMENT.  The  value  of  bacterins  in  the  treatment 
of  these  conditions  is  too  fully  appreciated  to  require  com- 
ment. For  this  purpose  the  so-called  Strep-Staph-Coli  bac- 
terin  containing  organisms  isolated  from  suppurative 
conditions  is  most  capable  of  accomplishing  the  desired 
results.  It  must  not  be  forgotten,  however,  that  bacterins 
should  not  be  used  to  the  exclusion  of  surgical  methods 
when  these  are  advisable.  Good  drainage  of  suppurative 
areas  should  always  be  established  before  a  bacterin  is 
used.  Bacterin  should  be  administered  subcutaneously  in 
doses  of  two  c.c.  and  should  be  repeated  each  five  to  seven 


170 


Biological  Therapy 


days  until  suppuration  ceases.  In  cases  where  good  results 
do  not  become  apparent  after  the  first  of  second  injection 
the  dose  should  be  gradually  increased.  Occasionally  stock 
bacterins  do  not  accomplish  the  desired  results  in  suppura- 
tive cases,  which  is  generally  due  to  the  fact  that  some 
organism  not  ordinarily  present  in  such  cases  and  therefore 
not  included  in  stock  bacterins  is  responsible  for  the  trouble. 
In  such  cases,  if  stock  bacterins  fail  to  accomplish  the 
desired  results,  recourse  should  be  had  to  autogenic  bac- 
terins which  are  described  on  page  93. 

Anti-streptococcic  serum  is  a  most  valuable  biological 
product  for  the  treatment  of  acute  or  generalized  septi- 
cemias due  to  streptococcus.  The  acute  infections,  such  as 
purpura  hemorrhagica,  which  so  often  follow  other  diseases 
and  which  are  due  to  the  activities  of  pyogenic  streptococci, 
are  most  effectively  combatted  by  the  use  of  anti-strepto- 
coccic serum.  This  should  be  injected  intravenously  in 
doses  of  fifty  to  two  hundred  c.c.  and  should  be  repeated 
each  twelve  to  twenty-four  hours  until  improvement  is 
marked.  Unusual  care  is  given  to  the  production  of  Pitman- 
Moore  anti-streptococcic  serum.  The  antigen  used  in  in- 
jecting the  horses  which  produce  this  serum  is  made  from 
cultures  of  pyogenic  streptococci  isolated  from  suppurative 
conditions  and  which  possess  great  virulency.  This  viru- 
lency  is  maintained  throughout  the  use  of  such  cultures,  thus 
making  the  anti-streptococcic  serum  extremely  potent  and 
thoroughly  polyvalent. 

Tetanus 

This  is  an  acute  toxemia  which  is  most  frequently  seen 
in  horses  although  all  domestic  animals  are  susceptible  to 
the  disease.  It  is  characterized  by  muscular  spasms  due  to 
involvement  of  the  nervous  system. 

ETIOLOGY.  The  disease  is  caused  by  an  anaerobic 
organism,  B.  tetani.  This  organism  propagates  and  lives 
in  the  soil,  in  barnyards,  manure  pits  and  similar  places. 
Such  premises  remain  constantly  infected  and  represent  a 
menace  to  animals  which  are  injured  while  on  such  territory 
since  infection  may  occur  through  any  fresh  wound.  When 
B.  tetani  gains  entrance  through  such  wounds  it  remains 
localized  at  the  point  of  infection  and  causes  the  disease  by 
the  elimination  of  its  toxin  which  travels  to  all  parts  of  the 
body.     The  toxin  involves  the  nervous  system,  after  which 


Biological  Therapy 


171 


the  characteristic  symptoms  of  the  disease  appear.  The 
period  of  incubation  following  such  infection  is  from  one  to 
two  weeks. 

SYMPTOMS.  The  first  symptom  to  be  observed  varies 
somewhat,  depending  upon  the  portion  of  the  body  involved. 
In  some  instances  stiffness  constitutes  the  first  symptom 
while  in  others  it  may  be  an  elevation  of  the  tail,  a  rigidity 
of  the  ears,  of  difficulty  in  swallowing.  As  the  disease  pro- 
gresses the  head  and  neck  become  extended  and  the  tail 
markedly  elevated.  The  ears  stand  erect,  the  eyes  are 
sunken  with  a  marked  protrusion  of  the  nictitans  membrane. 
The  pupils  are  dilated,  the  nostril  distended  and  trumpet 
shaped.  The  mouth  is  tightly  compressed,  and  although 
drooling  may  be  marked  it  is  impossible  to  open  the  mouth 
to  any  degree.  The  gait  is  stilted,  the  legs  barely  bend,  and 
the  patient  will  move  only  when  forced  to  do  so.  The 
muscles  become  tense,  almost  boardlike  to  the  touch,  which 
interferes  with  correct  respiratory  and  circulatory  activities 
and  intensifies  the  animal's  suffering  or  may  hasten  death. 
The  reflex  irritability  is  so  materially  increased  that  the 
animal  is  extremely  sensitive  to  light,  while  any  unusual 
noise  intensifies  the  muscular  spasms  and  causes  profuse 
perspiration.  The  mortality  is  extremely  high,  death  occur- 
ring in  from  two  to  ten  days  although  consciousness  is 
retained  to  the  end. 

TREATMENT.  The  patient  should  be  kept  in  quarters 
which  are  quiet  and  dark.  Liquid  foods  are  frequently  nec- 
essary on  account  of  the  inability  to  swallow.  Tetanus 
antitoxin  is  indicated  unless  the  nervous  symptoms  are  ex- 
tremely marked.  It  should  be  considered  that  tetanus  toxin 
has  a  selective  action  for  the  nervous  system  and  is  en- 
meshed in  the  nerve  tissue  and  also  that  the  body  is  harbor- 
ing considerable  amounts  of  toxin  when  symptoms  become 
apparent.  Under  these  circumstances  therapeutic  results 
can  hardly  be  expected  unless  large  amounts  of  antitoxin  are 
used.  For  this  reason  injections  should  consist  of  from 
5,000  to  20,000  units,  which  should  be  administered  intrav- 
enously and  repeated  each  twelve  to  twenty-four  hours. 

PREVENTION.  The  effectiveness  of  tetanus  antitoxin 
in  preventing  tetanus  has  been  so  conclusively  demonstrated 
that  this  is  usually  the  only  precaution  which  is  taken  after 
an  injury  is  received.  Many  surgeons  use  a  prophylactic 
injection  after  all  operations.    An  imunizing  injection  con- 


172 


Biological  Therapy 


sists  of  from  500  to  750  units  which  should  be  administered 
subcutaneously  as  soon  as  possible  after  the  injury  has  been 
inflicted. 

PITMAN-MOORE  TETANUS  ANTITOXIN 

This  product  is  prepared  by  hyperimmunizing  healthy 
young  horses  against  the  toxin  of  B.  tetani.  Beginning  with 
minute  amounts  of  the  toxin  these  frequently  repeated  in- 
jections are  gradually  increased  in  amount  until  enormous 
antibody  production  is  obtained  in  the  blood.  When  trial 
bleedings  show  the  antitoxin  content  of  the  blood  to  be 
sufficiently  high,  the  horses  are  bled  to  obtain  the  serum 
portion  of  the  blood  which  contains  the  antitoxic  properties. 
This  is  then  tested  for  potency  or  antitoxic  units.  Unlike 
anti-bacterial  sera  it  is  possible  to  determine  the  unit  value 
of  antitoxins.  An  Antitoxic  Unit  is  the  smallest  amount 
of  antitoxin  which  will  protect  a  250  gram  guinea  pig  against 
one  thousand  lethal  doses  of  tetanus  toxin.  Pitman-Moore 
Tetanus  Antitoxin  is  unusually  high  in  its  antitoxic  value  as 
a  result  of  which  the  volume  is  small.  This  is  desirable, 
since  it  reduces  the  quantity  necessary  to  inject  for  a  given 
number  of  units.  Each  package  contains  30%  more  units 
than  is  indicated  on  the  label,  which  insures  the  full  unit 
dosage.  After  the  antitoxin  is  sterilized  and  tested  it  is 
subjected  to  the  most  exacting  tests  for  sterility. 

Tuberculosis  and  Tuberculins 

This  extremely  prevalent  disease  affects  practically  all 
species  of  animals  and  constitutes  the  greatest  menace  of 
the  livestock  industry. 

ETIOLOGY.  This  disease  is  casued  by  the  bacillus 
tuberculosis.  Three  types  of  this  organism  have  been  identi- 
fied. The  human;  bovine,  which  affects  cattle  and  swine; 
and  avian,  which  affects  only  fowls.  It  is  felt  that  the 
symptoms  and  lesions  of  this  disease  are  too  well  known 
to  require  any  discussion. 

TREATMENT.  Although  several  different  kinds  of  bac- 
terins  and  vaccines  have  been  claimed  by  various  investi- 
gators to  be  efficacious  for  the  treatment  of  affected 
individuals  proper  investigation  has  failed  to  demonstrate 
their  value,  and  at  this  time  it  is  the  consensus  of  opinion 
that  biologies  for  this  purpose  are  without  value.    Medicinal 


Biological  Therapy 


173 


treatment  is  of  no  value.  Present  efforts  of  control  consist 
of  preventive  measures  such  as  disinfection  and  tuberculin 
testing.  The  most  approved  procedure  at  the  present  time 
consists  of  removing  from  the  herd  all  affected  and  sus- 
picious individuals  and  by  conducting  regular  tuberculin 
tests,  insuring  that  no  incipient  cases  of  the  disease  remain. 
In  this  manner  it  is  possible  to  maintain  a  tuberculosis  free 
herd. 

DIAGNOSIS.  While  clinical  diagnosis  is  possible  in  the 
advanced  stages  of  the  disease  it  would  be  impossible  to 
control  this  disease  if  our  sole  dependence  were  placed 
upon  the  recognition  of  clinical  cases.  Fortunately  bio- 
logical therapy  offers  a  product  fully  capable  of  causing  the 
detection  of  animals  affected  with  this  disease.  This  product 
known  as  tuberculin  is  available  in  several  different  forms. 
Tuberculin  is  the  end  product  of  the  tubercle  bacilli  and 
is  obtained  by  growing  this  organism  on  suitable  culture 
medium  which  after  processing  contains  the  desired  active 
principle,  tuberculin.  These  products  when  used  on  tuber- 
culous animals  cause  a  characteristic  reaction,  whereas  when 
injected  into  individuals  which  are  not  affected  with  tubercu- 
losis no  reaction  occurs.  This  reaction  is  thought  to  be 
caused  by  the  hypersusceptibility  of  affected  individuals  to- 
ward the  end  product  of  the  organisms  causing  the  disease 
with  which  they  are  affected. 

Tuberculin  Tests 

For  this  purpose  three  tests  are  available : 

1.  Subcutaneous. 

2.  Intradermal. 

3.  Ophthalmic. 

THE  SUBCUTANEOUS  TEST.  This  is  the  oldest  and 
most  generally  used  method  of  detecting  tuberculosis.  While 
the  general  principles  of  the  test  are  understood  by  most 
practitioners  some  information  regarding  details  is  fre- 
quently desired.  For  that  reason  the  following  directions 
for  the  subcutaneous  tuberculin  test  taken  from  B.  A.  I. 
publications  are  supplied. 

1.  So  far  as  practicable,  the  cattle  should  be  stabled 
under  usual  conditions  and  with  usual  surroundings. 

2.  The  cattle  should  be  fed  and  watered  in  the  custom- 
ary manner,  except  that  it  should  be  done  only  immediately 


174  Biological  Therapy 


after  the  measuring  of  temperature.  Occasionally  it  is  ad- 
visable to  limit  the  quantity  of  concentrated  food  given 
animals  under  test.  This  is  especially  true  if  large  quantities 
of  that  kind  of  food  are  allowed. 

3.  A  careful  physical  examination  of  each  animal 
should  be  made  before  or  during  the  application  of  the  test. 

4.  During  the  period  immediately  before  the  injection 
of  tuberculin  each  animal's  temperature  should  be  taken  at 
least  three  times  at  not  less  than  two-hour  intervals.  Care 
should  be  taken  to  let  the  thermometers  remain  inserted  for 
a  sufficient  length  of  time  to  insure  correct  reading.  Animals 
showing  evidence  of  any  acute  disease  or  condition  or  show- 
ing extensive  pus  formations  should  not  be  injected  with 
tuberculin.  Any  animal  showing  pronounced  abnormal 
preliminary  temperatures  likewise  should  not  receive  the 
tuberculin  test.  Inquiry  concerning  the  history  of  the  herd 
should  be  made,  and  it  should  be  ascertained,  if  possible, 
whether  any  animal  in  the  herd  has  ever  given  a  positive 
reaction  to  tuberculin,  the  number  of  tuberculin  tests  applied 
to  the  herd  previously  and  also  whether  any  cattle  in  the 
herd  have  been  treated  at  any  time  in  any  other  manner 
with  tuberculin.  The  information  thus  obtained  should  be 
used  in  determining  the  method  to  be  employed  in  the  tuber- 
culin testing  of  the  herd. 

5.  The  hypodermic  syringes  and  needles  should  be  dis- 
infected before  testing  any  herd  with  tuberculin.  Before 
being  used  for  the  injection  of  each  animal,  needles  should  be 
washed  in  a  disinfectant  solution.  A  five  per  cent  solution 
of  carbolic  acid  is  suitable  for  sterilizing  the  instruments. 
Open  bottles  of  tuberculin  should  be  protected  from  contam- 
ination. Thermometers  should  be  sterilized  before  the  tem- 
perature is  taken,  and  should  be  dipped  in  a  disinfectant 
solution  before  and  after  each  reading. 

6.  For  cattle  which  are  apparently  healthy,  and  wHiich 
have  not  been  injected  with  tuberculin  within  a  period  of  at 
least  60  days,  the  dose  of  tuberculin  prepared  by  the  Bureau 
of  Animal  Industry  is  as  follows : 

Two  mils  for  calves  ranging  from  six 
months  to  one  year  of  age. 

Four  mils  for  cattle  more  than  one  year  old 
to  maturity. 

Older  animals  or  animals  clinically  sus- 
picious may  receive  a  larger  dose. 


Biological  Therapy 


175 


7.  The  measurements  of  temperature  following  the  in- 
jection of  tuberculin  should  commence  at  the  eighth  hour 
and  be  continued  every  two  hours  until  the  twentieth  hour 
after  injection,  when,  if  there  is  no  tendency  for  the  tempera- 
ture to  rise,  the  test  may  cease.  Temperatures  upon  cattle 
which  are  showing  a  rising  tendency  following  the  injection 
of  tuberculin  should  be  measured  more  frequently. 

8.  Suspected  cattle  should  be  submitted  to  a  retest 
after  the  expiration  of  not  less  than  60  days.  This  class  of 
cattle  and  those  which  show  possible  physical  evidences  of 
tuberculosis,  emaciation,  old  age,  or  which  have  been  tested 
repeatedly  should  receive  double  the  dose  of  tuberculin  indi- 
cated above. 

9.  Experience  has  shown  that  animals,  especially  those 
of  doubtful  record,  receiving  large  doses  of  tuberculin,  may 
respond  early  to  the  test,  and  inspectors  are  advised, 
wherever  practicable,  to  obtain  temperatures  at  from  the 
fourth  to  sixth  hour  following  the  use  of  large  doses  of 
tuberculin. 

10.  A  rise  of  2°  F.,  or  more,  above  the  maximum  tem- 
perature observed  prior  to  the  injection  of  tuberculin,  or  a 
temperature  above  103.8°  F.,  should  be  regarded  as  an  indica- 
tion of  tuberculosis,  provided  the  temperature  reaction 
shows  the  characteristic  rainbow  curve. 

11.  Animals  which  after  injection  show  a  rise  of  tem- 
perature of  2°  F.,  with  a  maximum  of  between  103°  and  103.8° 
F.,  as  well  as  those  which  show  a  rise  of  less  than  2°  F.,  with 
a  maximum  temperature  of  103.8°  F.,  are  regarded  as  sus- 
picious. The  presence  of  a  general  systemic  reaction  or  a 
typical  curve  should  be  considered  in  determining  the  classi- 
fication between  suspects  and  reactors. 

THE  INTRADERMAL  TEST.  This  is  made  by  inject- 
ing a  very  small  quantity  (0.1  c.c.  for  young  calves  to  0.2  c.c. 
for  adult  animals)  of  specially  prepared  tuberculin  INTO  the 
skin.  This  is  a  very  delicate  test,  which  requires  skill  and 
constant  practice.  The  tuberculin  should  be  injected  into 
the  dermal  tissue,  special  care  being  used  to  prevent  its  sub- 
cutaneous injection.  For  this  purpose  a  special  syringe  and 
needles  are  required.  Regular  dental  syringes  with  small 
calibre  needles  one-fourth  inch  in  length  are  quite  satis- 
factory. 


176 


Biological  Therapy 


The  injection  is  generally  made  in  the  sub-caudal  fold 
although  in  some  instances  the  skin  of  the  lower  eyelid  is 
used.  When  the  injection  is  properly  made  a  small  pea-like 
swelling  or  nodule  is  immediately  apparent,  whereas  if  the 
tuberculin  be  injected  subcutaneously  this  swelling  is  absent. 
This  swelling  subsides  quickly  and  is  of  no  diagnostic  sig- 
nificance. A  reaction  consists  of  a  circumscribed  or  diffuse 
swelling  at  the  site  of  injection  twenty-four  hours  or  more 
after  the  injection.  The  following  code  adopted  by  the  U.  S. 
Livestock  Sanitary  Association  for  reading  and  recording 
an  intradermal  reaction  will  be  of  assistance  and  should 
always  be  used: 

1.  If  one  observation  only  is  made  it  shall  be  at  the 

seventy-second  hour  after  injection. 
If  two  observations  are  made  they  shall  be  at  the 
forty-eighth  and  ninety-sixth  hours,  respect- 
ively, after  injection.  Under  special  conditions 
more  frequent  observations  over  a  more  ex- 
tended period  of  time  are  advisable. 

2.  An  intradermic  test  shall  be  reported  in  accordance 

with  the  following  code: 

a.  Animals  showing  no  reaction  shall  be  recorded 

at  each  observation  as  N —  (Negative). 

b.  Reactors  shall  be  recorded  as  follows: 

a.  For  circumscribed  swelling,  pea  size  (diam- 

eter fV")  shall  be  used  as  a  basic 
standard.  Larger  swellings  shall  be  re- 
corded as  P-2,  P-3,  P-4,  P-5,  etc.,  in 
accordance  with  the  findings  being  two, 
three,  four  or  five  times  the  size  of  a  pea. 

b.  For  diffused  swellings,  ''Thick  2-X"  shall  be 

used  as  a  basic  standard,  and  signifies 
a  diffuse  swelling  in  which  the  injected 
caudal  fold  is  twice  as  thick  as  the  nor- 
mal fold.  Larger  swellings  shall  be 
recorded  as  "Thick  3-X,"  "Thick  4-X," 
etc.,  in  accordance  with  the  findings. 

OPHTHALMIC  TEST.  For  this  purpose  the  ophthalmic 
disc  is  most  generally  used.  The  disc  is  placed  in  the  con- 
junctival sac  beneath  the  lower  eyelid.  It  should  be  held 
in  place  for  one  or  two  minutes,  during  which  time  the  disc 


Biological  Therapy 


177 


is  dissolved.  Most  satisfactory  results  from  the  ophthalmic 
test  are  obtained  when  one  disc  is  used  in  the  manner  de- 
scribed to  sensitize  the  eye,  and  in  forty-eight  to  seventy-two 
hours  placing  one  or  two  additional  discs  in  the  same  eye. 

The  discharge  of  varying  amounts  of  pus  from  the 
injected  eye  constitutes  a  reaction.  This  reaction  is  gener- 
ally written  as  Negative  when  no  pus  is  apparent,  or  as 
P-1,  P-2,  P-3  and  P-4,  depending  upon  the  amount  of  dis- 
charge present.  Animals  subjected  to  the  ophthalmic  test 
should  be  observed  each  twenty-four  hours  up  to  and 
including  the  seventy-second  hour. 

COMBINATION  TESTS.  Formerly  the  only  test  offi- 
cially recognized  was  the  subcutaneous  test.  The  United 
States  Live  Stock  Sanitary  Association  and  the  Bureau  of 
Animal  Industry  have  officially  endorsed  so-called  combina- 
tion tests,  and  in  the  future,  before  being  accredited,  herds 
must  be  subjected  to  a  final  combination  test.  This  combina- 
tion test  may  include  any  two  of  the  above  mentioned  tests. 
These  combination  tests  are  desirable  since  it  has  been 
demonstrated  that  all  three  tests  are  reliable  and  that  the 
ophthalmic  or  intradermal  tests  frequently  detect  tuberculous 
animals  which  fail  to  react  to  the  subcutaneous  test. 

It  is  of  interest  to  note  that  if  an  animal  reacts  to  the 
ophthalmic  or  intradermal  tests  and  later  is  subjected  to  the 
subcutaneous  test,  a  second  local  reaction  of  the  eye  or 
dermis  is  frequently  observed. 

The  subcutaneous  test  is  of  limited  value  in  cases  of 
advanced  or  generalized  tuberculosis,  and  in  animals  which 
have  been  repeatedly  injected  with  tuberculin  (so-called 
"plugged"  cattle).  In  these  cases  physical  examination  and 
the  other  two  tests  furnish  a  means  of  detecting  the  affected 
animal.  Excellent  results  have  been  obtained  in  these  cases 
from  the  use  of  so-called  "triple  strength  tuberculin,"  or  by 
using  large  doses  of  regular  subcutaneous  tuberculin. 

In  retesting  by  the  subcutaneous  method  at  least  six 
weeks  should  elapse  between  tests. 

Uninformed  persons  sometimes  claim  that  their  cattle 
contracted  tuberculosis  as  a  result  of  the  injection  of  tuber- 
culin. In  order  that  this  point  may  be  correctly  understood 
and  refuted  the  following  brief  description  of  the  production 
of  tuberculin  is  offered. 


178 


Biological  Therapy 


PITMAN-MOORE  TUBERCULINS 

Numerous  strains  of  the  tubercle  bacilli  which  are 
known  to  be  exceptionally  desirable  for  tuberculin  produc- 
tion are  used  for  this  purpose.  These  strains  are  grown  on 
the  surface  of  glycerine  bouillon  for  a  period  of  approxi- 
mately twelve  weeks,  during  which  time  they  eliminate  an 
effete  end  product  which  saturates  the  media.  When  the 
media  is  fully  saturated  or  charged  the  tubercle  bacilli  are 
killed  by  subjecting  the  flasks  and  their  contents  to  steriliza- 
tion in  an  autoclave.  The  content  of  the  various  flasks  is 
now  placed  on  a  water  bath  and  evaporated  to  one-tenth 
of  its  original  volume.  After  this  evaporation  the  product 
is  filtered  in  such  manner  that  all  bacteria  are  removed  and 
there  remains  a  sterile  product  incapable  of  causing  disease. 
The  product  concentrated  in  this  manner  is  known  as  Koch's 
Old  Tuberculin.  Beginning  with  Koch's  Old  Tuberculin  as  a 
basis  or  concentrate  the  various  kinds  of  tuberculins  are 
prepared. 

PITMAN-MOORE  SUBCUTANEOUS  TUBERCULIN  is 
prepared  by  adding  to  the  concentrate  described  above  a 
definite  amount  of  glycerine  and  normal  saline  solution.  The 
Bureau  of  Animal  Industry  requires  that  each  cattle  dose 
of  subcutaneous  tuberculin  shall  contain  .5  grams  of  Koch's 
Old  Tuberculin.  Pitman-Moore  subcutaneous  tuberculin 
contains  .6  grams  of  Koch's  Old  Tuberculin,  thus  insuring 
an  ample  amount  of  tuberculin  to  insure  dependable  re- 
actions. 

PITMAN-MOORE  INTRADERMAL  TUBERCULIN.  In 
this,  as  in  the  case  of  subcutaneous  tuberculin,  the  start  is 
made  with  the  concentrate  or  Koch's  Old  Tuberculin.  Enough 
saline  is  added  so  that  each  cubic  centimeter  contains  .5 
grams  of  Koch's  Old  Tuberculin.  This  product  is  prepared 
in  such  a  manner  that  it  minimizes  the  possibility  of  reac- 
tions occurring  from  causes  other  than  tuberculosis. 

PITMAN-MOORE  TRIPLE  STRENGTH  TUBERCULIN 
is  prepared  in  the  same  general  manner  as  subcutaneous 
tuberculin  and  contains  1.8  grams  of  Koch's  Old  Tuberculin 
to  each  cattle  dose.  This  product  is  admirably  suited  for  the 
subcutaneous  retesting  of  cattle  and  for  the  testing  of  cattle 
suspected  of  having  been  "plugged."    The  dose  is  four  c.c. 


Biological  Therapy 


179 


Each  lot  of  Pitman-Moore  subcutaneous,  triple  strength 
and  intradermal  tuberculins  is  carefully  standardized  for 
potency  by  animal  inoculation,  thus  insuring  that  the  desired 
results  will  be  obtained.  In  addition  to  this  each  lot  is  most 
rigidly  tested  for  sterility. 

PITMAN-MOORE  OPHTHALMIC  DISCS  are  prepared 
by  precipitating  the  active  principle,  tuberculin,  contained  in 
the  concentrate  after  which  it  is  subjected  to  special  proc- 
esses which  eliminate  all  extraneous  material.  The  precipi- 
tate after  proper  processing  is  made  into  discs  suitable  for 
ophthalmic  use.  These  discs  are  made  and  retained  in  such 
a  manner  as  to  prevent  undue  hardness  and  to  make  possible 
the  ability  of  the  discs  to  dissolve  readily  when  brought 
in  contact  with  the  normal  secretions  of  the  eye.  These  two 
factors  are  largely  responsible  for  the  desirable  results 
which  are  being  obtained  with  these  discs. 

TUBERCULIN  TEST  IN  SWINE.  This  is  best  accom- 
plished by  the  intradermal  test,  which  is  conducted  in  the 
same  manner  as  in  cattle.  The  site  most  suitable  for  this 
test  in  swine  is  the  outer  surface  of  either  ear.  The  test  is 
quite  dependable  in  this  specie  of  animal  when  properly 
applied. 


PART  III 

Sundries 

Surgical  Dressings 

Chemicals 


SUNDRIES 

Bottles,  Boxes,  Hypodermic  Syringes  and  Needles, 
Thermometers,  Apparatus,  Etc. 

Please  note  the  quantities  and  packages  priced  in  this  list. 

The  packages  can  not  be  broken  nor  the  quantities  changed 
at  prices  advantageous  to  our  customers. 

Bandages..  See  Surgical  Dressing  List. 

Bands,  Kubber. 

Sizes  No.  8  (small)  to  No.  19  (large),  not  assorted.  ^4  lb. 

boxes each  $0.35 

Bottles — Washed  and  Corked. 
Lyric  Ovals,  graduated. 

Prices  quoted  below  are  subject  to  discount  of  5%,  when 
ordered  in  lots  of  5  cases  or  more,  all  one  size  or  assorted. 

ALL  BOTTLES  SOLD  F.  0.  B.  INDIANAPOLIS. 

%  ounce — Per  case  of  five  gross $13.75 

Per  gross    3,10 

Per  carton — 6  doz 1.65 

1  ounce — Per  case  of  five  gross 14.90 

Per   gross    3.35 

Per  carton — 6  doz 1.80 

2  ounce — Per  case  of  five  gross 17.15 

Per  gross    3.90 

Per  carton — 6  doz 2.05 

3  ounce — Per  case  of  three  gi^oss 12.00 

Per   gross    4.50 

Per  carton — 4  doz 1.60 

4  ounce — Per  case  of  three  gross 13.70 

Per  gross    5.15 

Per  carton — 3  doz 1.40 

6  ounce — Per  case  of  two  gross 10.40 

Per   gross    5.85 

Per  carton — 3  doz 1.55 

8  ounce — Per  case  of  1^2  gross 8.85 

Per   gross    6.75 

Per  carton — 3  doz 1.80 

12  ounce — Per  case  of  one  gross 6.55 

Per  carton  of  1%  doz 1.00 

16  ounce — Per  case  of  one  gross 8.00 

Per  carton  of  1%  doz 1.15 

32  ounce — Per  case  of  %  gross 6.05 

Per  carton  of  I1/2  doz 1.80 

182 


Sundries 


183 


Boxes,  Folding — Packages  of  500 

500  1,000 

No.  1,  small $1.30  $2.50 

No.  2,  medium   1.55  3.00 

No.  3,  large  1.80  3.50 

Boxes,  Tin  Ointment. 

Vs  oz V2  gross  boxes,  each  $0.40 ;  gross  $0.75 

14  oz V2  gross  boxes,  each      .45 ;   gross  .90 

%  oz 1/2  gross  boxes,  each      .65;  gross  1.30 

1  oz V2  gross  boxes,  each     1.00 ;   gross  1.80 

2  oz V2  gross  boxes,  each     1.50 ;  gross  2.80 

3  oz %  gross  boxes,  each     1.35 ;  gross  3.65 

4  oz ys  gross  boxes,  each    1.60 ;  gross  4.25 

12  oz Ys  gross  boxes,  each    1.15 ;  gross  7.75 

16  oz .  Vs  gross  boxes,  each     1.40 ;   gross  8.95 

Patent  seamless  boxes,  with  either  flat  or  round  bottoms,  as  may- 
be available  in  the  market. 

Boxes,  Tin  Ointment — Myer's  Patent,  with  label  attached. 

14  oz V2  gross  boxes,  each  $0.90;  gross  $1.75 

V2   oz 1/^  gross  boxes,  each  1.10 ;  gross  2.00 

1  oz 1/2  gross  boxes,  each  1.60;  gross  3.10 

2  oz 1/^  gross  boxes,  each  2.50 ;  gross  4.90 

Boxes,  Powder,  Slide — %  Gross  in  Package. 

V2  gross  gross 

No.  128,  2iV  in.  X  1t^5  in,  X  1/2  in $0.75  $1.40 

No.  127,  2%  in.  X  1%  in.  x  %  in 75  1.45 

No.  126,  3iV  in.  x  1%  in.  x  %  in 80  1.55 

Brushes 

Camel's  Hair,  2-inch  quill per  doz.  $0.40 

Capsules,  Veterinary 

1  oz..  .Box  of  100  $2;  500  lots  per  100  $1.95;  1,000  lots  per  100  $1.90 

Capsules 

No.  00 box  of  1,000  $1.70 

No.     0 box  of  1,000  1.50 

No.     1 box  of  1,000  1.32 

No.     2 box  of  1,000  1.19 

No.     3 box  of  1,000  1.10 

No.     4 box  of  1,000  1.10 

No.     5 box  of  1,000  1.05 

No.  00 box  of  100,  each  $0.25;   per  doz.  boxes  $2.25 

No.     0 box  of  100,  each       .25;  per  doz.  boxes  2.00 

No.     1 box  of  100.  each       .25;   per  doz.  boxes  1.75 

No.     2 box  of  100,  each       .20;   per  doz.  boxes  1.65 

No.     3 box  of  100,  each       .20;   per  doz.  boxes  1.60 

No.     4 box  of  100,  each       .20;   per  doz.  boxes  1.60 

No.     5 box  of  100,  each       .20;   per  doz.  boxes  1.60 


184 


Sundries 


Corks,  Monogram — Extra  Long. 

Bag  of  500  Bag  of  100 

No.  1 $0.95  $0.30 

No.  2   1.10  .35 

No.   3 1.30  .40 

No.  4   1.50  .45 

No.  5    ■ 1.65  .50 

No.  6    1.S5  .55 

No.   7    2.10  .60 

No.  8    2.55  .70 

No.  9   3.00  .75 

Assorted — 

Nos.  1  to  3 $1.10  $0.35 

Nos.  1  to  4 1.20  .35 

Nos.  1  to  6 1.40  .40 

Nos.  2  and  3 1.20  .35 

Nos.  2  to  4 1.30  .40 

Nos.  2  to  6 1.50  .45 

Nos.  3  and  4 1.40  .40 

Nos.  3  to  6 1.60  .45 

Nos.  4  to  6 1.70  .45 

Dose  Syringes — Capacity  About  Two  Ounces. 

Per  Doz. 

Each  with  one  long  light  and  one  short  heavy  pipe $10.00 

Each  with  one  long  light  and  one  long  heavy  pipe 12.00 

Each  with  one  9  in.  heavy  pipe 12.00 

Envelopes . 

Drug,   open   side   3^/^x2%   in.,   white   or   assorted   colors,   no 

printing per  box  of  1,000  $1.15 

Coin,   open   end,   3i/^x2i4    in.,   white   or   assorted    colors,   no 

printing     per  box  of  1,000     1.25 

Veterinary  Coin    per  box  of      500     1.40 


Graduates 


Scale 
Double 


Minim    each  $0.50 

1  ounce   each  .50 

2  ounces   each  .60 

3  ounces each  .60 

4  ounces   each  .65 

8  ounces   each  .85 

1  pint each  1.30 

Quart each  2.20 


Hypodermic  Needles — Veterinary 

Slip,  gauge  No.  15,  16,  17,  18,  19;  length 

1,  1^/^  inch each 

Slip,  gauge  No.  18;  length  2,  21^  inch.. each 
Screw,  gauge  No.  18,  l^/^  inch  long..,. each 


.25;  per  doz.  $2.50 
.25;  per  doz.  2.50 
.25;   per  doz.     2.50 


Sundries 


185 


Hypodermic  Syringes — Virus  and  Serum  Syringes. 

2  Cc  Champion,  2  needles.  2  adapters,  molded  packing,  wood 

case    each  $3.20 

8  Cc  Champion,  2  needles,  2  adapters,  molded  packing,  wood 

case    each     3.80 

30  Cc  Champion,  2  needles,  molded  packing,  wood  case. each     5.30 
40  Cc  Champion,  3  needles,  adapter,  trocar,  molded  packing, 

wood   case    each     5.60 

2  Cc  Champion   Intradermal  syringe  graduated  in  minims 

in  metal  case  with  2  needles each     3.00 

2  Cc  Champion  Intradermal  syringe  graduated  in  minims, 

no  case,  no  needles each     1.50 

80  Cc  Champion,  3  needles,  adapter,  trocar,  molded  packing, 

wood   case    each     6.60 

8  Cc  Viking,  2  needles,  expanding  rubber  washer  on  pis- 
ton, wood  case   each     3,40 

10  Cc  Viking,  2  needles,  expanding  rubber  washer  on  pis- 
ton,   wood    case each     3.60 

30  Cc  Viking,  2  needles,  adapter,  expanding  rubber  washer 

on  piston    each     4.90 

2  Hand  40  Cc  Viking,  2  needles,  adapter,  expanding  rubber 

washer  on  piston each     5.30 

60  Cc  Viking,  2  needles,  adapter,  expanding  rubber  washer 

on  piston    each     5.35 

(This  size  is  not  in  stock  but  will  be  shipped  direct  from  the 
manufacturer). 

Jars — Ointment 

Opal  glass,  metal  screw  caps. 

14  ounce  per  doz.  $0.40 

V2  ounce  per  doz.  .45 

1  ounce  per  doz.  .50 

2  ounce  per  doz.  .55 

3  ounce  per  doz.  .75 

4  ounce  per  doz.  .85 

8  ounce  per  doz.  1.35 

16  ounce    per  doz.     2.00 

Medicine  Droppers 

straight  or  bent per  box  of  1  doz.  $0.35 

Paper,  Wrapping — In  Rolls 

Pink,  Blue  or  White,  9  or  12  in.  wide per  lb.  $0.15i/2 

Spatulas 

Wood  Handle,  riveted — 

5  inch   each  $0.60 

6  inch    each  .70 

§  inch each  1.10 

.    10  inch    each  1.75 


186 


Sundries 


Surgical  [N^eedles — Yeterinary 

straight — 

No.  1 — SV2  in.  long 

No.  2— 31^  in.  long 

No.  3—3       in.  long 

No.  4—2%  in.  long 

Half  Curved- 
No.  1 — ZV2  in.  long 

No.  2—314  in.  long 

No.  3—3       in.  long . . . 

No.  4—2%  in.  long 

No.  5 — 2 1^  in.  long 

No.  6—214  in.  long 

No.  7 — 2       in.  long.  .  .  , 

No.  8—1%  in.  long 

Full  Curved- 
Same  numbers  and  lengths  as  Half  Curved   (above), 
measured  from  point  to  point per  doz. 


Market 
Price 


Market 
Price 


Thermometers,   Clinical — Veterinary                 Each  Per  Doz. 

Special  pig,  4  in.  long,  no  case $1.00  $10.20 

With  case , 1.10  11.40 

Champion  No.  336,  5  in.  pear  bulb,  ring  end,  no 

case    1.30  15.00 

With  hard  rubber  case   1.45  16.80 


Test  Tubes 

Per   dozen 


Length 

3  in.  4  in. 

$0.30         $0.35 


5  in. 

$0.40 


6  in. 

$0.40 


7  in. 
$0.45 


SURGICAL  DRESSINGS 
Plasters,  etc. 


Absorbent  Cotton 

1  lb.  cartons  per  lb.  $0.65 

%  lb.  cartons  per  lb.  .70 

1/^  lb.  cartons  per  lb.  .75 

%  lb.  cartons  per  lb.  .85 

1  oz.  cartons  per  lb.  1.00 

Absorbent  Cotton — Rolls  L  &  L 

Per  lb.,  $0.50;  5  lbs.  at  $0.49;  10  lbs.  at  $0.48;  25  lbs.  at  $0.42. 

Belleview  Rolls 

1  yd.  wide,  10  yds.  long each  $1.25 


Surgical  Dressings 


187 


Bandages,   Gauze — 10   yards   long;    one   dozen  in  carton 

1  inch  wide    dozen  $0.70 

11/4  inches  wide     dozen       .90 

2  inches  wide  dozen     1.10 

2y2  inches  wide     dozen     1.30 

3  inches  wide , dozen     1.50 

Zy2  inches  wide    dozen     1.70 

4  inches  wide     dozen     1.90 

Bandages,  Plaster  Paris — In  tins,  %  dozen  in  box 

IV^  inches  wide,  5  yards  long dozen  $2.70 

2  inches  wide,  5  yards   long dozen     3.00 

2y2  inches  wide,  5  yards  long dozen     3.30 

3  inches  wide,  5  yards  long dozen     3.60 

oVz  inches  wide,  5  yards  long dozen    3.90 

4  Inches  wide,  5  yards  long dozen     4.20 

Cotton — See  Absorbent  Cotton 
Gauze 

Lasalle,  100-yd.  roll   $4.75 

Gauze,  Absorbent — Plain,  Sterilized 

25  yard  cartons  each  $3.00 

5  yard  cartons  dozen  7.00 

1  yard  carton dozen  1.80 

1  yard  jars  each.   .45 

5  yard  jars  (aseptic)  each  1.40 

Gauze,  Absorbent — Medicated 

5-yd.  jar  1-yd.  jar  5-yd  cart.  1-yd.  cart. 

Borated $1.50  $0.45  $1.25  $0.30 

Carbolated     1.50  .45  1.25  .30 

Iodoform,     5  per  cent     1.85  .55  1.65  .40 

Iodoform,  10  per  cent     2.10  .60  1.90  .45 

Corrosive  Sublimate — 

1:1000  or  1:2000 1.50  .45  1.25  .30 

Oakum 

In  1-lb.  cartons    each  $0.60 

Ligatures,  Catgut 

Dry  aseptic  catgut  in  envelopes;  plain  or  chromicized,  each 
30  in.  long. 

Nos.  1,  2  or  3 doz.  env.  $1.20 

No.    4    doz.  env.     1.50 

Catgut  in  antiseptic  solution;  sterilized,  carbolated,  chro- 
micized, or  sublimate;  each  string  10  ft.  long  on  spool, 
3  spools  in  bottle. 

Nos.  0,  1,  2  or  3—3  spool  bottle each  $1.00 

No.  4,  3-spool  bottle   each     1.00 

Assorted,  3  spools  in  bottle bottle     1.00 


188  Surgical  Dressings 


Kordo  Linen  No.  5 

Veterinary    per  jar  $0.75 

Dry  Twisted  Silk  on  Reels 

Nos.  0,  1,  2,  3,  4,  6,  7,  or  8 doz.  cards  $1.20 

Nos.  9,  10,  or  11 doz.  cards  1.20 

Nos.  12,  13,  or  14  doz.  cards  1.20 

Nos.  15,  16,  17,  or  18  doz.  cards  1.50 

Twisted  Silk — In  antiseptic  Solution 

strings  of  5  yards  on  3  spools  in  one  bottle;    carbolated, 

corrosive  sublimate  or  sterilized. 

Nos.  5,  9,  12,  3-spool  bottles each  $1.00 

Dry  Braided  Silk  on  Card  Reel — In  Envelope 

Nos.     1  to  14,  inclusive     doz.  cards  $1.50 

Nos.  15  to  20,  inclusive     doz.  cards     3.00 

Braided  Silk — In  Antiseptic  Solution 

strings  of  5  yards  on  3  spools  in  one  bottle,  carbolated  or 

sterilized. 

Nos.  4,  7,  10,  3-spool  bottle each  $1.00 

Wool,  Merritt's  Antiseptic 

Prepared  for  padding,  etc *A-lb-  box  $0.85 

Rope  form  for  tampons,  small  (approx.  14  lb.) each       .75 

Large  (approx.  i^  lb.)    each     1.35 


Plasters 


Plasters,  Adhesiye — Zinc  Oxide,  10  yard  Spools. 

V2  in each  $0.40  2i^  in each  $1.00 

1  in each      .50  3       in each     1.20 

ll^  in each       .65  4      in each     1.60 

2  in each      .80 

Rolls,  1  yd.  by     7  in each  $0.45 

Rolls,  5  yd.  by     7  in each     1.50 

Rolls,  5  yd.  by  12  in each     2.00 


Chemicals 


189 


CHEMICALS 

Crude  and  Powdered  Drugs 

Acetanilid,  Crystal  or  Powd 14  lb.  20c;   1/2  lb.  30c;   lb.  $0.55 

Acetphenetidin   oz.  .30 

Acid  Acetic,  36  per  cent c.  s.  bottle,  lb.  .30 

Acid  Acetic  No.   8    c.  s.  bottle,  lb.  .25 

Acid  Acetic,  Glacial,  99  per  cent oz.  10c;  bottle,  lb.  .40 

Acid  Arsenous,  powdered  oz.  15c;  lb.  .50 

Acid  Benzoic,  from  Benzoin    oz.  .75 

Acid  Benzoic,  from  Toluol   lb.  1.20 

Acid  Boric,  crystals  or  powdered 1  lb.  cartons  .35 

Pure  Impalpable  powder  for  surgical  use,  in  bottles 

14  lb.  15c;   1/2  lb.  25c;   lb.  .44 

Acid  Carbolic,  pure  crystals   (silver  label),  bottle lb.  .35 

Acid  Carbolic  Liquefied  P-M  Co. .  .• c.  s.  bottle,  lb.  .35 

Acid  Cbromic,  crystals   c,  s.  vial,  oz.  .35 

Acid  Citric,  crystals  or  powd lb.  .85 

Acid  Gallic   c.  s.  bottle,  oz.  15c;   lb.  1.25 

Acid  Muriatic — See  Acid  Hydrochloric. 

Acid  Hydrobromic,  U.  S.  P.  10  per  cent c.  s.  bottle,  oz.  15c;  lb.  .40 

Acid  Hydrochloric,  cone,  pure g.  s.  bottle,  lb.  .55 

Acid  Hydrochloric  Diluted  P-M  Co c.  s.  bottle,  lb.  .35 

Acid  Hydrocyanic,  2  per  cent  U.  S.  P.   (prussic  acid) 

c.  s.  bottle,  oz.  16c,  lb.  .55 

Acid  Lactic  U.  S.  P.,  cone bottle,  oz.  20c;  lb.  1.10 

Acid  Nitric,  cone,  pure    g.  s.  bottle,  lb.  .60) 

Acid  Nitric  Diluted  P-M  Co c.  s  bottle,  lb.  .40 

Acid  Nitrohydrochloric,  cone.  P-M  Co g.  s  bottle,  lb.  .60 

Acid  Nitrohydrochloric  Diluted   P-M  Co g.  s.  bottle,  lb.  .45 

Acid  Nitromuriatic — See  Acid  Nitrohydrochloric. 

Acid  Oleic bottle,  oz.  10c;  lb.  .40 

Acid  Oxalic,  crystals   (technical)    carton,  lb.  .40 

Acid  Phosphoric,  cone,  syrupy  liquid    g.  s.  bottle,  lb.  .60 

Acid  Phosphoric,  Diluted  P-M  Cc c.  s.  bottle,  lb.  .35 

Acid  Picric,  crystals  c.  b.,  oz.  25c;  lb.  1.25 

Acid  Pyrogallic,  resublimed  crystals oz.   25c;   carton,  lb.  2.10 


190  Chemicals 


Acid  Salicylic   i/4  lb.  20c;    1/2  lb.  30c;  lb.  .55 

Acid  Sulphur,  cone,  pure   g.  s.  bottle,  lb.  .55 

Acid  Sulphuric,  Aromatic  P-M  Co c.  s.  bottle,  lb.  1.55 

Acid  Sulphuric,  Diluted   P-M   Co c.  s.  bottle,  lb.  .40 

Acid  Sulphurous,    6   per   cent bottle,  lb.  .55 

Acid  Tannic  (Tannin) carton,  oz.  20c;  %  lb.  40c;   %  lb.  70c;  lb.  1.35 

Acid  Tartaric,  powd carton,  lb.  .60 

Acid  Trichloracetic,   deliquescent  crystals bottle,  oz.  .45 

Aconite  Root lb.  40c;  ground,  lb.  45c;  powd.,  lb.  .50 

Adeps  Lanae  Hydrosus — See  Lanum. 

Alcohol,  denatured    gal.  $0.95;    5  gal.  4.25 

Alcohol,  wood  gal.  1.20 

Aloin oz.  15c;   %  lb.  40c;   1/2  lb.  75c;  lb.  1.40 

Alum,  lump    lb.  .25 

Alum,  powdered   lb.  .27 

5  lb.  $1.20;    10  lb.  $2.30;   25  lb.  5.50 

Alum  burnt,  powd lb.  .25 

Ammonia  Water  U.  S.  P gal.  $1.25;  c.  s.  bottle,  pt.  .35 

Ammonia  Water,  stronger  26  per  cent gal.  jugs  $2.00;  bottle,  pt.  .45 

Ammonium  Benzoate    oz.  .25 

Ammonium  Bromide  oz.  10c;   %  lb.  20c;  %  lb.  35c;   lb.  .60 

Ammonium  Carbonate    tin  or  bottle,  lb.  .50 

Ammonium  Chloride — 

Granular   lb.  .40 

Powdered    lb.  .40 

Ammonium  Iodide oz.  50c;  %  lb.  $1.70;  1/2  lb.  $3.30;  lb.  6.50 

Ammonium  Salicylate lb.  1.05 

Amyl  Nitrite    sealed  tubes,  oz.  .45 

Antimony,  Black,   powdered lb.  .50 

Antimony  Chloride,  Solution  (Butter  of  Antimony) bottle  lb.  .50 

Antimony  and  Potassium  Tartrate   (Tartar  Emetic) lb.  .70 

Antipyrine     oz.  .30 

Apiol  Fluid,  green  c.  s.  bottle,  oz.  .25 

Arnica  Flowers   lb.  25c;   ground,  lb.  .35 

Arsenic  Iodide   oz.  .65 

Atropine  Sulphate    15  grain  vials  .40 

Balm  Gilead  Buds lb.  $1.00;  ground,  lb.  1.10 


Chemicals 


101 


Balsam  Copaiba    bottle,  lb.  1.10 

Balsam  Peru    bottle,  Vi  lb.  $1.05;    y^  lb.  $2.05;   lb.  4.00 

Balsam  Tolu    tin,  lb.  1.00 

Barium  Chloride,  pure lb.  .40 

Belladonna  Leaves     powd.,  lb.  .45 

Belladonna  Root    ground,  lb.  .45 

Beta  Naphtliol,  resub.,  medicinal oz.  .20 

Bismuth  Salicylate,  basic   64   per   cent..i/4  lb.  50c;    i^  lb.  $1.70;   lb.  3.25 

Bismuth  Subcarbonate   14  lb.  80c;    14  lb.  $1.55;   lb.  3.00 

Bismuth  Subgallate    14  lb.  80c;   1/2  lb.  $1.55;  lb.  3.00 

Bismuth  Subnitrate   14  lb.  80c;   I/2  lb.  $1.50;  lb.  2.90 

Berberis   Aquifolium    lb.  40c;   ground,  lb.  45c;   powd.,  lb.  .50 

Black  Haw,   U.   S.   P lb.  55c;   ground,  lb.  60c;   powd.,  lb.  .65 

Black  Cohosh    lb.  25c;   ground,  lb.  30c;  powd.,  lb.  .35 

Blistering  Flies,  Chinese  powd.,  lb.  1.75 

Blood  Root    ground,  lb.  30c;   powd.,  lb.  .35 

Blue  Cohosh    lb.  25c;   ground,  lb.  30c;   powd.,  lb.  .35 

Blue  Flag    lb.  70c;   ground,  lb.  75c;   powd.,  lb.  .80 

Blue  Mass  U.  S.  P.    (Mass  of  Mercury) powd.,  lb.  1.00 

Blue  Vitriol — See  Copper  Sulphate. 
Blue  Ointment — See  Mercurial   Ointment. 

Borax,  powdered    lb.  .20 

Borax,  lump lb.  ,15 

Bromine    g.   s.  bottle  in  can,  oz.  .40 

Bromoform    bottle,  oz.  .30 

Buchu lb.  $2.25;   ground,  lb.  $2.30;  powd.,  lb.  2.35 

Buckthorn  Bark   lb.  25c;   ground,  lb.  .30 

Burdock  Root   lb.  20c;   ground,  lb.  25c;   powd.,  lb.  .30 

Burdock  Seed    lb.   35c ;    ground,  lb.  .40 

Caffeine,   alkaloid    oz.  .60 

Caffeine  Citrated  P-M  Co oz.  .50 

Calamine    lb.  .55 

Calcium  Bromide   oz.  15c;    i^  lb.  30e;    1/2  lb.,  50c;   lb.  .90 

Calcium  Carbonate,  precip lb.  .25 

Calcium  Chloride,  fused   lb.  1.05 

Calcium  Chloride,  granulated   bottle,  lb.  .45 

Calcium  Hypophosphite   oz.   15c ;  lb.  1.10 


192 


Chemicals 


Calcium  Lactophosphate,    soluble    oz.  .30 

Calcium  Phosphate,  precip carton,  lb.  .40 

Calcium  Sulphide   bottle,  oz.  13c;  lb.  .55 

Calcium  Sulphocarbolate    oz.  20c;   lb.  .95 

Calendula  Flowers    ground,  lb.  1.20 

Calomel   lb.  1.25 

Calomel,  English  (original  package  contains  1  lb.) lb.  1.95 

Camphor — See   Gum   Camphor. 

Camphor   Monobromated    oz.  .30 

Cannabis  American ground,  lb.  .65 

Cantharides,   Chinese — See   Blistering  Flies. 

Capsicum    ground,  lb.  60c. ;   powd.,  lb.  .65 

Caramel   (Burnt  Sugar) lb.  .40 

Caraway  Seed lb.  25c;  ground,  lb.  30c;  powd.,  lb.  .35 

Carbon  Bisulphide    lb.  .45 

Cardamon  Seed   lb.  95c;    powd.,  lb.  1.00 

Carmine  No.  40   oz.  .55 

Cascara  Sagrada,  old lb.  25c;   ground,  lb.  30c;   powd.,  lb.  .35 

Castor  Oil— See  Oil  Castor. 

Catnip    lb.  35c ;   ground,  lb.  .40 

Celery   Seed    Ih.  40c;   ground,  lb.  .45 

Cerium  Oxalate,  powder  oz.  15c;   i/4  lb.  .30 

Chalk,  prepared,  Eng.  drops — See  Calcium  Carb. 

Charcoal,  Willow,  powdered lb.  .20 

Cherry  Bark,  thin lb.  30c;   ground,  lb.  35c;    powd.,  lb.  .40 

Chloral  Hydrate,  crystal,  s.  €.  bottle,  oz.  20c;  ^4  lb.  40c;  1/2  lb.  75c;  lb.  1.40 

Chloroform,  purified  for  anesthesia    c.  s.  bottle,  lb.  .72 

Merck    lb.  .72 

P-W-R lb.  .72 

Mallinckrodt    lb.  .72 

Squibb  lb.  1.35 

Cinchona,  red  lb.  40c;  ground,  lb.  45c;  powd.,  lb.  .50 

Cinchonidine    Sulphate    bottle,  oz.  1.05 

Cinnamon lb.  50c;  ground,  lb.  55c;  powd.,  lb.  .60 

Citrine  Ointment  (Ointment  Mercuric  Nitrate) per  lb.  .85 

Cloves    lb.  60c;   ground,  lb.  65c;   powd.,  lb.  .70 

Cocoa,   Butter   of lb.  .75 


Chemicals 


19: 


Colchicum  Root    lb.  35c;   ground,  lb.  .40 

Colchicum  Seed    lb.  45c. ;   ground,  lb.  .50 

Collodion,  U.  S.  P 1  lb  can  .55 

Collodian,  Flexible,  U.   S.   P 1  lb.  can  .65 

Colurabo lb.  25c;  ground,  lb.  30c;  powd.,  11).  .35 

Copper  Acetate    lb.  .80 

Copper  Arsenite     oz.  .15 

Copper  Subacetate    (Verdigris)    Technical lb.  Mkt. 

Copper  Sulphate    (Blue  Vitriol)    in  5-lb.  lots,  lb.  25c;   lb.  .30 

Copper  Sulphate,  granular   lb.  .35 

Copperas — See  Iron  Sulphate. 

Coriander  Seed lb.  25c;  ground,  lb.  30c;  powd.,  lb.  .35 

Corrosive  Sublimate  lb.  1.10 

Couch  Grass    lb.  .30 

Cranesbill   lb.  30c;   ground,  lb.  35c;    powd.,  lb.  .40 

Cream  Tartar — See  Potassium  Bitartrate. 

Creolin — Pearson's   c.  s.  bottle,  lb,  .75 

Creosote  U.  S.  P oz.  20c;  Y^  lb.  25c;   y^  lb.  45c;  c.  s.  bottle,  lb.  .85 

Creosote  Carbonate   c  s.  bottle,  oz.  .35 

Cubeb  Berries  lb.  $2.00;   ground,  lb.  2.10 

Culver's  Root lb.  30c;   ground,  lb.  35c;   powd.,  lb.  .40 

Damiana  Leaves   lb.  25c;   ground,  lb.  .30 

Dandelion  lb  25c;  ground,  lb.  30c;   powd.,  lb.  .35 

Diastase    oz-  -40 

Digitalis   lb.  25c;  ground,  lb.  30c;   powd.,  lb.  .35 

Elecampane    lb.   25c;    ground,  lb.  .30 

Elm'  Bark   ground,  lb.  45c;    powd.,  lb.  .50 

Epsom  Salts — See  Salts. 

Ergot  lb.  $2.10;  ground,  lb.  $2.15;   powd.,  lb.  2.20 

Ergotin    jar,  oz.  1.00 

Eserine  Sulphate    1-grain  vials  .20 

Ether  for  Anesthesia   lb.  .45 

Merck    lb.  .45 

P-W-R    lb.  .45 

Mallinckr odt lb.  .45 

Squibb  lb.  .95 

Ethyl  Chloride   40  Gm.  tubes  $1.10;   80  Gm.  1.75 

Eucalyptol  c.  s.  bottle,  oz.  20c;   i^  pt.  50c;   V2  Pt.  90c;   pt.  1.75 

Eucalyptus  Leaves lb.  25c;  ground,  lb.  30c;  powd.,  lb.  .35 


194 


Chemicals 


False  Unicorn  ground,  lb.  80c;  powd.,  lb.  .85 

Fenugreek ground,  lb.  15c;  5  lbs.  at  14c;  10  lbs.  at  .13 

Flaxseed  Meal lb.  Mkt. 

Formaldehyde,  40  per  cent  solution. pt.  .35 

Fringe  Tree  Bark  lb.  50c;  ground,  lb.  55c;   powd.,  lb.  .60 

Fuller's  Earth    lb.  -15 

Gaduol oz.  .40 

Gelsemium    lb.   35c;    ground,  lb.  .40 

Gentian   lb.  25c;   ground,  lb.  30c;  powd.,  lb.  35c;   5  lbs.  at  .30 

Ginger,  African powd.,  lb.  .30 

Ginger,  Jamaica  lb.  90c;   gi^ound,  lb.  95c;   powd.,  lb.  1.00 

Glycerine,  chemically  pure 

pt.  40c;   qt.  75c;  5  pts.  $1.50;   gal    (101/2   lbs.)  2.70 

50  lbs.  at gal.  2.60 

Gold  and  Sodium  Chloride   15-grain  vials  .50 

Golden  Seal  powd.,  lb.  7.00 

Grindelia  Robusta lb.  25c;  ground,  lb.  30c;  powd.,  lb.  .35 

Guaiacol,  Liquid    oz.  .45 

Guaiacol   Carbonate    oz.  .45 

Gum  Aloes  Curacoa   (gourd) lb.  25c;    powd.,  lb.  .30 

Gum  Aloes,   Socotrine    powd.,  lb.  .80 

Gum  Arabic    powd.,  lb.  .50 

Gum  Asafetida   lump,  lb.  .70 

Gum  Benzoin,  Sumatra lb.  .60 

Gum  Camphor    1-oz.  blocks,  per  lb.  1.20 

Gum  Euphorbium    powd.,  lb.  1.20 

Gum  Gamboge    powd.,  lb.  2.25 

Gum  Myrrh   lb.  90c;   powd.,  lb.  .95 

Gum  Tragacanth,  flake  or  powdered lb.  4.0p 

Hellebore,   white    powd.,  lb.  .35 

Hemlock  Bark  lb.  25c;   ground,  lb.  .30 

Henbane   ground,  lb.  .45 

Homatropine    Hydrobromide    5-grain  vial  1.00 

Hydrangea    lb.  25c;   ground,  lb.  30c;    powd.,  lb.  .35 

Hydrogen  Peroxide   4  oz.  bottle,  doz.  1.10 

pt.  30c;  5  pts.,  $1.25;  gal.  1.75 

Iodine,  resublimed oz.  50c;  %  lb.  $1.60;   i/^  lb.  $3.05;   lb.  5.95 

Iodoform,  powdered,  U.  S.  P oz.  55c;  y^  lb.  $1.70;  1/2  lb.  $3.30;  lb.  6.50 


Chemicals 


195 


lotone  P-M  Co %  oz.  .95 

Ipecac  powd.,  oz.  30c;   ^4  lb.  95c;  lb.  3.50 

Iron  Citrate,  soluble   oz.  20c;  lb.  1.40 

Iron  Hypophosphite oz.  .30 

Iron  Phosphate,    soluble    : oz.  20c ;   lb.  1.45 

Iron  Pyrophosphate    oz.  20c;   lb.  1.50 

Iron  and  Quinine  Citrate    oz.  45c;   lb.  5.10 

Iron  Subsulphate    (Monsel's),   powdered 

1/4  lb.  15c;   1/2  lb.  25c;  lb.  .45 

Iron  Subsulphate,  solution  (Monsel's)    lb.  .35 

Iron  Sulphate,   coml lb.  .05 

U.  S.  P.,  crystals  or  granular lb.  .15 

Dried,  powdered  Technical  lb.  .10 

Iron   and  Potassium  Tartrate oz.  25c;  lb.  1.75 

Jalap    ground,  lb.   40c ;    powd.,  lb.  .45 

Ladies'  Slipper  Root lb.  $1.00;   ground,  lb.  $1.05;   powd.,  lb.  1.10 

Lanum  Hydrous  lb.  tin  .30 

Lead  Acetate,  granular  or  powdered lb.  .45 

Lead  Oxide,  yellow — See  Litharge. 

Licorice  Root    lb.   25c;    powd.,  lb.  .30 

Lime  Chlorinated 12  oz.  can  .25 

Litharge    lb.  .35 

Lithium  Benzoate  oz.  .30 

Lithium  Bromide oz.  35c;   i/i  lb.  75c;  lb.  2.75 

Lithium  Carbonate    oz.  20c;    %  lb.  60c;   lb.  2.20 

Lithium  Citrate    oz.  30c;   14  lb.  70c;  lb.  2.60 

Lithium  Salicylate   oz.  25c;   14  lb.  50c;  lb.  1.80 

Litmus  Paper,  Books,  Red  or  Blue each  .10 

Lobelia  Herb    lb.  30c;    ground,   lb.   35c;    powd.,  lb.  .40 

Lobelia  Seed  lb.  $1.50;  ground,  lb.  $1.55;  powd.  lb.  1.60 

Lunar  Caustic,  Sticks,  No.  1 oz.  .85 

No.  2  Sticks u oz.  .70 

No.  3  Sticks oz.  .60 

Lycopodium  lb.  4.00 

Magnesia,  Calcined,  light  or  heavy lb.  1.10 

Magnesium  Carbonate  2-oz.  blocks,  per  lb.  .45 

Male  Fern,  Extract  (Oleoresin)    oz.  .40 


196 


Chemicals 


Mandrake lb.  25c;  ground,  lb.  30c;  powd.,  lb.  .35 

Marshmallow   lb.  25c ;    powd.,  lb.  .30 

Menthol  Crystals  oz.  .75 

Mercurial  Ointment,  Dilute  (Blue  Ointment),  33%  per  cent lb.  1.00 

Mercurial  Ointment,  50  per  cent lb.  1.25 

Mercury  redistilled   lb.  1.65 

Mercury  Ammoniated    (White  precip.) lb.  1.75 

Mercury  Bi-chloride — See  Corrosive  Sublimate. 
Mercury  Chloride — See  Calomel. 

Mercury  Iodide,  Red  (Biniodide) oz.  40c;  lb.  4.60 

Mercury  Iodide,  Yellow   (Protiodide)    oz.  .40 

Mercury  Oleate,  25  per  cent oz.  .25 

Mercury  Oxide,  Red   (Red  Precipitate) oz.  15c;   lb.  1.45 

Mercury  Oxide,  Yellow   (Yellow  Precipitate) lb.  2.85 

Mercury  Subsulphate  (Turpeth  Mineral)    oz.  .25 

Mercury  Sulphate  Neutral   (Bisulphate)    oz.  10c;  lb.  .85 

Mercury  with   Chalk lb.  .95 

Methylene  Blue,  medicinal    oz.  .50 

Milk  Sugar    lb.  .40 

Mustard  Seed,  yellow  powd.,  lb.  .30 

Naphthalin,  flake  or  balls lb.  35c;  5  lb.  at  .33 

Naphthalin,  purified  oz.  .15 

Naphthol,  Beta — See  Beta  Naphthol. 

Nutgall,  Aleppo    powd.,  lb.  .35 

Nutmeg    lb.    40c;    powd.,  lb.  .45 

Nux  Vomica    powd.,  lb.  .35 

Orris  Root lb.  25c;  ground,  lb.  30c;  powd.,  lb.  .35 

Oxgall,  U.   S.  P.  Powdered  Extract oz.  .40 

Pancreatin,  U.  S.  P.,  powdered oz.  .30 

Papain  oz.  .45 

Paraldehyde    oz.  .20 

Paraffin  lb.  .15 

Pepsin,  U.  S.  P.  1/3000 oz.  .35 

Pepsin   Saccharated    lb.  1.25 

Petrolatum,  extra  amber    5  lb.  can  85c;   lb.  .20 

Petrolatum,  white    5  lb.   can  $1.00 ;  lb.  .25 

Pilocarpine  Hydrochloride 5  grains  35c;  10  grains  .65 


Chemicals 


19' 


Plaster  Paris,  dental 5  lb.  can.  40c;  paper  lb.  .09 

Pleurisy  Root lb.  30c;  ground,  lb.  35c;   powd.,  lb.  .40 

Podophyllin   oz.  .60 

Poke  Root  lb.  25c;   ground,  lb.  30c;   powd.,  lb.  .35 

Poplar   Bark powd.,  lb.  .25 

Potassa,  Caustic,  white  sticks c.  s.  bottle,  lb.  .55 

Potassium  Acetate c  s.  bottles,  %  lb.  40c;  lb.  .70 

Potassium  Arsenite   oz.  .25 

Potassium  Bromide,    crystals   or   granulated 

bottles,  1/1  lb.  15c;   1/2  lb.  25c;   lb.  .45 

cartons,  14  lb.  14c;   1/2  lb.  22c;   lb.  .40 

Potassium  Bicarbonate,  crystals    carton,  lb.  .45 

Potassium  Bichromate    lb.  .65 

Potassium  Bitartrate    carton,  lb.  .55 

Potassium  Carbonate  ( Salts  Tartar ) lb.  .35 

Potassium  Chlorate,  crystals,  powder  or  granular lb.  .35 

Potassium  Citrate    i/4  lb.  35c;   1/2  lb.  65c;  lb.  1.20 

Potassium  Perricyanide  (Red  Prussiate) lb.  .90 

Potassium  Hypophosphite    oz.  25c ;   lb.  1.40 

Potassium     Iodide,  crystals  or  granular 

oz.  35c;   lA  lb.  $1.05;  1/2  lb.  $2.00;   lb.  3.95 

Potassium  Iodide,  Saturated  Solution   Mkt.  Price 

Potassium  Nitrate,  gran,  or  powd lb.  .30 

5  lb.  at  29c;  10  lbs.  at  28c;  25  lbs.  at  .26 

Potassium  Permanganate,  crystals    lb.  .45 

Potassium  Sulphate,  powdered   lb.  .45 

Potassium  Sulphocarbolate    oz.  .20 

Prickly  Ash  Bark  lb.  30c;   ground,  lb.  35c;  powd.,  lb.  .40 

Queen  of  the  Meadow lb.  25c;   ground,  lb.  30c;  powd.,  lb.  .35 

Quinine  Bisulphate   bottle,  loz.  $1.15;   5  oz.  can  at  1.10 

Quinine  Hydrobromide    bottle,  oz.  1.25 

Quinine  Salicylate   bottle,  oz.  1.25 

Quinine  Sulphate bottle,  1  oz.  $1.00;  can,  5  oz.  at  .95 

Red  Precipitate — See  Mercury  Oxide,  Red. 

Rhubarb    ground,  lb.  75c;  powd.,  lb.  .80 

Rhus  Aromatica  ground,  lb.  25c;  powd.,  lb.  .30 

Rosin  lb.  .10 


198 


Chemicals 


Saccharine,  soluble oz.  .35 

Salol oz.  18c;    i/l  lb.  40c;   1/2  lb.  75c;  lb.  1.40 

Salts,  Epsom   1  lb.  carton  at  12c;   10  lb.,  lb.  .10 

Salts,  Epsom,  pink  lb.  15c;   10  lb.,  lb.  .12 

Salts,  Rochelle,  U.   S.  P lb.  .45 

Salts,  Tartar — See  Potassium  Carbonate.- 

Sal  Soda,  Technical 5  1-lb.  lot  5c;  lb.  .08 

Santonin   oz.  Mkt.  Price 

Sarsaparilla  Root   lb.  80c;   ground,  lb.  85c;   powd.,  lb.  .90 

Sassafras  Root  Bark   ground,  lb.  50c;   powd.,  lb.  .55 

Scullcap   lb.  60c;   ground,  lb.  65c;   powd.,  lb.  .70 

Senega  Root   powd.,  lb.  1.75 

Senna  Alexandria,  Sif tings lb.  30c;   ground,  lb.  35c;  powd.,  lb.  .40 

Serpentaria  Root ground,  lb.  $1.75;  powd.,  lb.  1.80 

Silver  Nitrate,  crystals oz.  .80 

Fused — See  Lunar  Caustic. 

Skunk  Cabbage   lb.  40c;   ground,  lb.  45c;   powd.,  lb.  .50 

Soap,  Green,  U.  S.  P 5  lb.  can  at  33c;  lb.  .35 

Soda,  Caustic,  white  sticks bottle,  lb.  .50 

Sodium  Bicarbonate,  powdered    lb.  14c;    5  lbs.  at  .12 

Purified,  powdered    lb.  .22 

Sodium    Bromide,   crystals   or    granulated 

bottle,  1^  lb.  15c;   1/2  lb.  25c;   lb.  .45 

carton,  14  lb.  12c;   1/2  lb.  22c;   lb.  .40 

Sodium  Carbonate,  Monohydrated,  U.   S.  P carton,  lb.  .25 

Sodium  Citrate  lb.  1.20 

Sodium  Hypophosphite  oz.  20c;  lb.  1.30 

Sodium  Hyposulphite,   small   crystals  or   granulated 

lb.  12c;  5  lb.  at  lie;   10  lb.  at  .l(i 

25  lbs.  at  9i^c;   50  lbs.  at  .09 

Sodium  Iodide    bottle,  oz.  45c;   i^  lb.   $1.35;  lb.  5.10 

Sodium  Nitrate lb.  25c;  5  lb.  at  23c;  10  lbs.  at  22c;  100  lbs.  at  .20 

Sodium  Phosphate,  crystals  or  granulated bottle,  lb.  35c;   can,  lb.  .30 

Sodium  Salicylate   14  lb.  20c;    l^  lb.  35c;  lb.  .65 

Sodium  Silicate,  solution    lb.  .20 

Sodium  Succinate    lb,  1.50 

Sodium  Sulphite,  crystals  or  dried  powder tir.,  lb.  .35 


Chemicals 


199 


Sodium  Siilphocarbolate carton,  oz.  10c;   lb.  .60 

Spikenard    lb.  45c;   ground,  lb.  50c;   powd.,  lb.  .55 

Squaw   Vine    lb.  30c;   ground,  lb.  35c;   powd.,  lb.  .40 

Squills     ground,  lb.  .35 

Stillingia   Root    ib.  25c;   ground,  lb.  30c;  powd.,  lb.  .35 

Stramonium  Leaves    25c;   ground,  lb.  30c;  powd.,  lb.  .35 

Strontium  Bromide  lb.  .60 

Strontium  Lactate    oz.  .25 

Strontium  Salicylate    oz.  .20 

Strychnine  Alkaloid Vs  oz.  .35 

Strychnine  Arsenate    %  oz.  .40 

Strychnine  Nitrate   Vs  oz.  .40 

Strychnine  Sulphate %  oz.  .30 

Sugar  of  Milk — See  Milk  Sugar. 

Sulphur  Sublimed    (Flowers)    5  lb.  lots  at  14c;   lb.  .15 

Sulphur  Precipitated    (Lac    Sulphur) cartons,  lb.  .50 

Sulphur,  washed cartons,  lb.  .25 

Talcum  Powder    lb.  .20 

Tannin — See  Acid  Tannic. 

Tartar  Emetic — See  Antimony-Potassium  Tartrate. 

Terebene    oz.  20c;   lb.  1.35 

Terpin    Hydrate    oz.  12c;   lb.  .95 

Thymol    oz.  .60 

Turpentine Mkt. 

Turpentine,  Venice,  artificial lb.  .50 

Unicorn  Root    ground,  lb.  80c;   powd.,  lb.  .85 

Uva  Ursi    lb.  25c;   ground,  lb.  30c;   powd.,  lb.  .35 

Valerian,  prime   lb.  25c;   ground,  lb.  30c;   powd.,  lb.  .35 

Verdigris — See  Copper  Subacetate. 

Wahoo  Root  Bark ground,  lb.  $1.00;  powd.,  lb.  1.05 

Water,  Distilled    gal.  .40 

Wax,   Bees,   white lb.  .60 

White  Precipitate — See  Mercury  Ammoniated. 

Wild  Indigo     ground,  lb.  25c;   powd.,  lb.  .30 

Wild  Yam    lb.  25c;   ground,  lb.  30c;   powd.,  lb.  .35 

Witch  Hazel  Leaves   ground,  lb.  25c;   powd.,  lb.  .30 

Witch  Hazel     distilled  extract   pt.  40c;   5  pts.  $1.40;   gal.  2.00 


200 


Oils 


Zinc  Acetate  cartons,  lb.  60c;   bottle,  lb.  .70 

Zinc  Carbonate,  precip lb.  .70 

Zinc  Chloride,  granular   oz.  16c;   lb.  .85 

Zinc  Iodide oz.  .50 

Zinc  Oxide,  powder lb.  .35 

Zinc  Phosphide    oz.  .35 

Zinc  Sulphate,  crystal   lb.  .30 

Zinc  Sulphocarbolate  M  lb.  20c;   1/2  lb.  35c;   lb.  .60 

OILS 

Essential  —  Fixed 

Oz.  14  Lb.  Lb. 

Almond,  Bitter    $1.00  

Almond,  Sweet    15 

Amber,  rectified    25 

Anise    20 

Bay,   true 40 

Bergamot,  Synthetic 45 

Cade   20 

Cajeput    20 

Caraway 35 

Cassia 30 

Castor— qt.  75c;   5  pts.  $1.75;   gal.  $2.25;   5  gal. 
at  $2.10. 

Cedar  Wood   

Citronella    20 

Clove    40 

Cocoanut    .40 

Cotton  Seed,  bleached gal.   U  75 

Croton    25  .65  2.25 

Cubeb 1.00  

Eucalyptus    

Fennel  Seed 40 

Geranium,  Rose,  Turkish    65 

Hemlock    20 


$0.40 

$L25 

.70 

2.50 

.45 

1.50 

1.30 

5.00 

1.40 

4.80 

.50 

1.80 

.45 

1.40 

1.05 

3.75 

.95 

3.50 

.90 

.45 

1.40 

1.30 

4.75 

.30 

.95 

1.00 

3.75 

2.35 

9.00 

.50 

1.75 

Oils 


201 


.60 

4.00 

.00 

7.00 

.50 

1.75 

.50 

1.75 

Huilene,   Mineral    Oil— Pts.    35c;    5    pts.    $1.40; 
gal.  $1.75;  5  gal.  at  $1.70. 

Huilene,  Mineral  Oil,  Aromatic — Pts.  40c;  5  pts. 
$1.65;  gal.  $2.00;  5  gal.  at  $1.90. 

Juniper  Berries    35 

Lavender  Flowers,  U.  S.  P 60 

Lavender,  Garden    20 

Lemon    20 

Linseed,   Raw    Market  Price 

Mustard,  artificial    50  

Nutmeg,  essential    25  .65  2.20 

Olive,    Imported — Qt.    can    $1.00;     %    gal.    can 
$1.90;  1  gal.  can  $3.50. 

Orange,  Sweet 50 

Origanum  Compound    

Pennyroyal    35 

Peppermint  U.  S.  P 40 

Pimenta   (Allspice)    40 

Pine  Needles   45 

Pinus  Pumilio   65 

Rose,  true  l^  oz.  $2.00 

Rosemary  Flowers 20  .45  1.40 

Sandalwood,   East   India 90  

Sassafras,  Synthetic   .30  1.00 

Savin,   true    75  .... 

Tansy  1.00  

Tar    gal.   $0.90 

Thuja 25  .65  2.25 

Turpentine,  rectified   .50 

Wintergreen,  artificial    (Methyl  Salicylate) .85 

Wormseed   50  1.70  6.25 

Wormwood   1.25  ....  .... 


1.60 

6.00 

. .  . . 

.75 

1.10 

4.00 

1.20 

4.25 

1.20 

4.25 

L50 

5.50 

2.35 

9.00 

.vebster  Family  Library  of  Veterinary  Medicine 
Cummings  School  of  Veterinary  Medicine  at 
Tufts  University 
200  Westboro  Road 
North  Grafton,  MA  01 536 


m^'/////////////. 


